The Essential Reads: Recent Episodes
Isaac Birchall
The Essential Reads podcast is a collection of classic audiobooks from your favourite authors such as Orson wells, Robert Lewis Stevenson, John Steinbeck, and many more, narrated by Isaac Birchall. Join Isaac on his journey to help get these books to the masses in an easy accessible way.Support the show and Join the Book Club https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Sense and Sensibility by Jane Austen chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSummary:Mr. John Dashwood plans to keep his promise to his deceased uncle and treat his female relatives with generosity. His wife, Fanny, however, is a narrow-minded and selfish woman and she convinces him to leave them only 5 thousand pounds apiece. Fanny moves into Norland Park immediately after the passing of Mr. Henry Dashwood and becomes mistress of the estate, forcing John’s stepmother Mrs. Dashwood and half-sisters Elinor, Marianne, and Margaret to the status of “visitor.”SEO stuff I don't want to do. Jane Austin's timeless classic Sense and Sensibility follows the story of two girls, Elinor and Marianne Dashwood, and their endeavors in love, marriage, and societal expectations. Love is not easy however, and Elinor finds her sense tested by her charming brother-in-law, while Marianne's sensibility brings her nothing but heartbreak.
Sense and Sensibility by Jane Austen chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSummary:Old Mr Dashwood, is the owner of a large estate in Sussex called Norland Park. after the death of his sister, Mr Dashwood invites his nephew, Mr Henry Dashwood, to live with him. The younger Dashwood, brings his son, John Dashwood, from a previous marriage, with him, as well as his three daughters from his current marriage. John Dashwood is grown, and has a 4 year old child, Harry. When old Mr Dashwood soon passes away, he leaves his estate to John and the little Harry. Now however, John's father, Henry is left with no means to support his three daughters, and his wife. He too, dies a year later, and only leaves 10,000 pounds to his family. Right before his passing, he makes his son John promise to care for his stepmother and three half-sisters.
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Epilogue chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: The narrator tells us that Raskolnikov doesn't mind the conditions in prison, but that his pride has been extremely wounded. He still believes that what he was right and that he committed no sin, but only an error. He considers his choice of a confession the result of a weakness rather than a metaphorical resurrection. The other prisoners don't like him, but they adore Sonya. While Raskolnikov is ill, he has a dream that a virus is sweeping across Russia. The virus causes its victims to suffer from a madness that causes each of them to think of themselves the sole possessor of truth. People can't get along and tear each other apart. Throughout Raskolnikov's imprisonment, Sonya comes to visit, sitting outside of his window where he can see her. One day, she manages to meet him outside. They sit and hold hands. Previously, Raskolnikov felt repulsed at such actions, but now he feels different. He feels collapses in tears and embraces her. They both realise that he truly loves her. They decide to wait out the remaining seven years of his sentence together. He starts to read a copy of The New Testament that he asked Sonya for. He feels at one with her. The narrator closes the novel by stating that what happened to Raskolnikov after his time in prison is the matter of a different story.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Epilogue chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov is in prison in Siberia and Sonya has gone with him. he has been there for 9 months, and a year and a half has passed since the murders. At his trial, Raskolnikov confessed to everything, establishing his guilt by explaining why Lizaveta was murdered and identifying the location of the stolen items. The examining magistrates and judges had difficulty in believing that Raskolnikov didn't know how much money was stolen, but the psychologists at the trial explained his ignorance as a symptom of his temporary insanity. The testimony of his friends, especially Razumikhin's and that of his landlady's helped Raskolnikov secure a lighter sentence. Porfiry Petrovich also kept his promise. 5 months after Raskolnikov's trial, he was sentenced to 8 years hard labour in Siberia. Sonya went with him while Dunya, Razumikhim, and Pulcheria Alexandrovna stays in St. Petersburg. Before leaving St. Petersburg, Raskolnikov realised that his mother was soon going to pass away. Two months later, Razumikhin and Dunya married. They attempted to keep the truth about Raskolnikov hidden from his mother, but she eventually became delirious and revealed her knowledge her her son's fate just before she died. Sonya serves as a link between the family and St. Petersburg and Raskolnikov in prison. She also lightens Raskolnikov's burden in the prison by befriending the authorities. Raskolnikov falls ill and spends some time in the hospital. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 8, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov goes to Sonya's apartment. The narrator tells us that Sonya and Dunya bonded yesterday, when Dunya came to visit and ask questions about what Raskolnikov said to her. Raskolnikov tells Sonya that he has come to collect his crucifix, and jokes that he now has to bare his cross. Sonya has Raskolnikov say a prayer before he leaves. Raskolnikov starts walking towards the police station, dreading the humiliation of a confession. He takes a detour to the Haymarket, remembering Sonya's suggestion that he declare his guilt at a crossroads. While walking to his seeming doom, he takes in every detail of the city, taking particular notice of a misspelt sign, saying to himself that he will need to remember it in Siberia. At the Haymarket, he kisses the ground, but people start to laugh at him just before his public confession can escape his lips. He notices Sonya following him at a distance and feels a renewed conviction. At the police station, Raskolnikov has a friendly chat with Ilya Petrovich, "Gunpowder," who apologises to him for being suspicious of him. Ilya Petrovich mentions that a man called Svidrigailov was found dead that morning and too stunned to give a response, Raskolnikov leaves without confessing. He head out of the building, and downstairs sees Sonya, prompting him to go back up and see Ilya Petrovich again, and finally, in a strange state of mind, confesses.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Svidrigailov wanders around St. Petersburg aimlessly in the rain. In the evening he visits Sonya, and tells her that her siblings will be provided for, and also offers her a 3000 ruble bond. He tells her that she is to use the money to go to Siberia with Raskolnikov. He states that he is going to America. After leaving Sonya, Svidrigailov visits his fiancee's family and says that he is going away for a while, and gives them money too. He then goes to a hotel where he is tormented by dreams. He finally awakes in a delirious state before dawn and walks out into the streets on St. Petersburg and goes out with the gun that Dunya stole from him. He finds a soldier keeping watch and pulls his gun out, pointing it to his own head. He tells the man to say, if anyone asks, that he has gone to America, then fires.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Svidrigailov notices that Raskolnikov is following him and again says goodbye. After Raskolnikov continues to follow him Svidrigailov enters a carriage and invited Raskolnikov to go with him. Raskolnikov refuses and leaves quickly. Svidrigailov only heads a hundred meters in the carriage before getting out, and walking to meet someone. Raskolnikov runs into Dunya while crossing a bridge, but in so lost in his thoughts that he fails to see her. Svidrigailov meets Dunya as she gets off of the bridge, and takes her back to his apartment after convincing her that Sofia could also be home next door. Dunya is unconvinced when Svidrigailov shows her where he overheard Raskolnikov's confession to Sofia. Dunya slowly becomes overwhelmed and angry with confusion, and Svidrigailov offers to help her brother avoid punishment if she will marry him. In horror, she runs to the door but finds that it has been locked by Svidrigailov. He threatens to assault her, warning that he can report her brother whenever he wants. She pulls out a revolver from her pocket and threatens to shoot him if he takes one step closer to her. She claims that Svidrigailov poisoned his wife and says that if he takes one step closer, she will fire. He moves and she shoots, twice, but only grazes him. He tries to embrace her, but as he touches her, he suddenly realises that she hates him. His world shattered, he begs Dunya to leave after throwing the key towards her.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Svidrigailov goes to tell Raskolnikov a long story about his relationship with Marfa Petrovna, his deceased wife. He claims that she allowed him to be unfaithful to her. Raskolnikov believes that Svidrigailov is becoming drunk. and announces that he believes that Svidrigailov still has designs on Dunya. Svidrigailov tries to deflect, and tells him that he has found a much younger bride, a fifteen year old girl, and has become engaged to her. According to Svidrigailov this girl has a mixture of childlike qualities and mature intelligence that he finds alluring. Raskolnikov is disgusted at the engagement and the man across the table from him. Svidrigailov is unfazed. He leaves, amused by Raskolnikov's disapproval. Raskolnikov goes to follow Svidrigailov into the street, worried that he might still be a threat to Dunya.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov goes searching for Svidrigailov. He finds the man in a café looking through the window, watching him. Raskolnikov enters the establishment and finds Svidrigailov being entertained by a singer. The two talk, but in an elusive manner, ending with Raskolnikov theatening to kill Svidrigailov if he uses his recent discoveries to force Dunya into marrying him. Svidrigailov tells Raskolnikov that he has enjoyed watching him, and then starts to talk about his life. Raskolnikov, thinking Svidrigailov a worthless, depraved man, gets up to leave, but his advisory persuades him to stay by mentioning Dunya. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Porfiry tells Raskolnikov that he wants to appoligise for his behavior towards him, admitting that he was trying to pull a confession from him. He attributes his suspicions to Raskolnikov's article he wrote on crime, his fainting in the police station, and he remarks to Zamyotov at the Crystal Palace. The official soon admits however, that he still does not believe Nikolai's confession, because the painted seems to childish and is ignorant of some of the details of the crime, while fully aware of some of the other details. Porfiry claims that Raskolnikov is the real murderer. Raskolnikov denies the accusation, but Porfiry repeats his claim with conviction. He hasn't arrested Raskolnikov, he says, because he doesn't yet have enough evidence. He is very sympathetic towards Raskolnikov, and urges him to confess. He claims that he has proof of Raskolnikov's guilt, and says that if he confessed before the evidence is produced then he would get a lighter sentence from the judge. Porfiry also says that he would put in a good word with the judge if he confessed. He is confident that Raskolnikov's guilt will nonetheless cause him to confess. Before leaving, he asks Raskolnikov to leave a note revealing the location of the stolen goods, if he decides to end it all before he is arrested. Raskolnikov leaves a few minutes later.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: A delirious haze washes over Raskolnikov in the days following his confession to Sonya and Katerina Ivanovna's death. He wanders the street, and hangs around in the bars near Sonya's house. One day, Razumikhin comes to visit him. He says that he has come to find out once and for all if Raskolnikov has gone mad. Razumikhin has decided that he has not. He tells Raskolnikov that his mother is heartbroken by her son's actions and she feels abandoned. Razumikhin, forever sympathetic, seems to have finally lost his patience with Raskolnikov's selfishness, now that he has seen the pain that he has put him family in. He also tells Raskolnikov that Dunya has received a letter from someone and that she was distraught after reading it. He also mentioned that Porfiry Petrovich apparently believes that Nikolai is guilty. When Raskolnikov tells him that Dunya visited him, Razumikhin becomes suspicious of a "conspiracy" between the two. After Razumikhin leaves, Porfiry turns up.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 5 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Lebezyatnikov informs Sonya that Katerina Ivanovna has seemingly gone mad. Katerina has visited the homes of upperclass people, demanding their help and assistance, and has been thrown out by them. She has resolved to take the kids to busk on the streets to make money, and has torn the clothes of the children to make them costumes. She wants to perform in front of one of the houses that she was kicked out of in order to shame its inhabitants. Lebezyatnikov says that she cries that "people shall see the children of a noble family beg in the public streets."Sonya rushes off to find her stepmother. Raskolnikov goes to his room before going to find Katerina Ivanovna, and his sister soon comes to see him. She says that Razumikhin has told her that the police are hounding him about the crime and pledges her support for him. Raskolnikov tells her that he thinks very highly of Razumikhin and thinks that he is a good man. After she leaves, Raskolnikov goes into the street where Lebezyatnikov finds him and takes him to where Katerina Ivanovna is, saying that she truly has gone insane from her tuberculosis, and will maybe be taken away by the police. Katerina Ivanovna looks incredibly ill, and she has clearly succumb to her illness, and is forcing the children to sing and dance, and is beating them. She tries to appeal the the well dressed people watching and passersby, explaining that her children are of "nobel, nay, even aristocratic family." She refuses Sonya's please that she return home. A policeman confronts her, and when she runs to round up her children, she falls to the ground and starts to bleed from her throat; her tuberculosis ulcer has ruptured. They carry her up to Sonya's room, which is not far away, where after hallucinating, and raving one last time, she passes away, surrounded by her children, Sonya, Raskolnikov, Lebezyatnikov, and many onlookers. Svidrigailov appears, and tells Raskolnikov that he will cover the funeral expenses that he promised to pay Dunya, and says that he will send the children to a good orphanage, and set them up with some savings. He also reveals to Raskolnikov that he heard his confession to Dunya... SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 5 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov visits Sonya in her room. He tells her that her family has been evicted, but urges her not to go and help them. He confesses to the murder to Sonya. She responds with deep pity and promises to support Raskolnikov and not abandon him. She is shocked when he tells her that his situation and poverty was not the motive for his crime. He says "I was ambitious to become another Napoleon; that was why I committed a murder." He also confesses that he feels detached from other people and believed and still maybe believes that he is superior to most other people. Sonya tells him that he has been punished for turning away from God. He reaffirms that the crime was fueled by self-absorption, that he wished to prove that he was extraordinary and able to take actions that ordinary people cannot. Sonya tells him that he must confess to his crimes publicly for God to give him peace. At first he is resistant, but soon consents. Sonya promises to see him in prison and support him. She also gives Raskolnikov a pendant crucifix to wear, like the one she wears, saying that they will both bare their crosses. Then Lebezyatnikov knocks on the door. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 6 chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov goes to see his mother. She says that she has read his article and that she was impressed by it, even if she didn't understand it all. Raskolnikov looks at his article with disgust. His mother has convinced herself that he son is a genius destined for greatness and that his strange eccentricities are proof of it. She is overjoyed to see him. Raskolnikov shocks her by asking if she will love him always, no matter what. He tells her that he will always love her, but that he must leave. She tries to get him to stay, but he leaves and returns to his apartment. He is worried that he will find Porfiry there, but when he opens the door, he finds Dunya. He confesses to her that he has thought about ending his life, but that he couldn't go through with it. He tells her that she will confess, and she urges him to do it, arguing that it will help atone for his crime. This appellation causes Raskolnikov to flip. He argues that he only killed a louse and that what he did wasn't a crime. Dunya is shocked at his response. Looking into her face, he can see how much pain he has caused her and his family. The two go out and take one last look at each other before walking in opposite directions.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 5 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Luzhin insulting brushes Katerina Ivanovna aside as she seeks protection from the Landlady. Turing to Sonya, he accuses her of stealing a 100 Ruble note. Sonya denies the theft. Katerina Ivanovna is disgusted by the insult at her stepdaughter and starts raving at Luzhin and the Landlady. To prove Sonya's innocence, Katerina Ivanovna, asks her to turn out her pockets and is stunned when a 100 ruble note falls to the floor. Luzhin magnanimously agrees not to press charges against the girl, but to Luzhin's horror, Lebezyatnikov steps forwards and declares that he saw Luzhin plant the note in Sonya's pocket. Raskolnikov then steps forward and explains that Luzhin was probably looking to embarrass him for his relations with Sonya. Luzhin, plans foiled, tries to leave the apartment and maintain his innocence while insulting Raskolnikov and Lebezatnikov. After Luzhin leaves, the fight between Katerina Ivanovna and her Landlady continues, ending in the eviction of the Marmeladov family. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 5 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: The narrator considers Katerina Ivanovna's reasons for spending more than half of the money that Raskolnikov gave her on the memorial banquet, concluding that it is because of her pride. Raskolnikov and the lowest ranking tenants, who behave rudely, attend the banquet. Katerina Ivanovna, who claims again and again to be of a "noble if not aristocratic" family, insults her guests again and again. As the dinner continues, she appears to get increasingly unwell, coughing up blood during the meal. She ends up having a fight with the landlady. In the middle of the fight, Luzhin appears in the doorway and Katerina Ivanovna rushes to him for help.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 5 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Luzhin is in his shared room with Lebezyatnikov. Luzhin now realises that his engagement to Dunya is irreparably broken. He holds a deep loathing of Raskolnikov, and shudders thinking about the money he lost on bringing Dunya and her mother to St Petersburg, and renovating the apartment he purchased. He fantastises that if he had given her more money and presents, then they wouldn't have broken off the engagement. Meanwhile, he and Lebezyatnikov have been invited to the memorial dinner that Katerina Ivanovna is holding for Marmeladov. Lebezyatnikov is a pompous fool, though Luzhin thought that he could help him navigate the new political waves washing over Russia. Luzhin invites Sonya into the room, and given her a 10 ruble note, saying that there will be more money to come. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Suddenly, Nikolai, the prisoner who was suspected of committing the crime rushes into the office and confesses to it. Although Porfiry doesn't believe the man, he takes the confession seriously. He shows Raskolnikov out. As Raskolnikov is on the stairs, Porfiry stops him again and says that he will see his soon for more questions. Raskolnikov goes home, where he realises that if Nikolai hadn't rushed into the room, he probably would have confessed to the crime. He decides that he will go to the memorial dinner for Marmeladov, but as he leaves the door, the stranger who called him a "murderer" the previous day enters his apartment. The man says that he lives in the pawnbroker's building, and says that he head he question the decorators about the blood. He says that he doesn't actually no anything about the crime, but after he heard Raskolnikov's conversation with Porfiry, he is now sympathetic to Raskolnikov. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: The next morning Raskolnikov goes to visit Porfiry Petrovich at the police station. While he waits in the reception, he thinks about his hatred for the magistrate. One inside Porfiry's office, Raskolnikov presents him with a written request for his pawned items. The two then have a long conversation in which Raskolnikov starts to feel that he has fallen into a trap. Frustrated by Porfiry's games, he asks the magistrate to submit him to questioning like they discussed the previous day. Porfiry tries to put Raskolnikov at ease and becomes friendly with him. He babbles away, talking mostly nonsense, though every now and again adding a poignant remark. He discusses the psychological methods by which he hopes to catch the killer. He includes observations about the "youth" and "intelligence" of his the suspect that are directed towards Raskolnikov. Raskolnikov stays quiet throughout Porfiry's monologue. He then bursts out claiming that Porfiry is suspects him, and challenges Porfiry to either arrest him or let him be. Porfiry tries to calm Raskolnikov down, but as he does so he says that he knows that Raskolnikov went to the scene of the crime. He tries to trick Raskolnikov into admitting that he sent Razumikhin to ask Porfiry about his suspicious. Raskolnikov becomes very upset, but then something happens...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Raskolnikov goes to Sonya's apartment. She is surprised and scared by the sudden visit. They discuss Katerina Ivanovna, whom Sonya defends as kind, fiercely proud, and childish, though she admits that misfortune has more or less deranged Katerina. Sonya clearly cares deeply for her stepmother and is troubled to think that she might soon pass away from her illness, leaving her children defenseless. She clings to the belief that God will provide for the family and take care of them. Sonya also reveals that she was a friend of Lizaveta. She actually gave Sonya a copy of the Gospels and a crucifix. Raskolnikov orders Sonya to read him the story of Lazarus. Sonya, after struggling to start, eventually overcomes her fear and reads the story to him. The passage clearly holds some significance for her. Raskolnikov shares his resolution to separate himself from his family to her and asks her to go away with him. He sees her as very similar to him, someone who, because of her work, has also transgressed moral law and "destroyed a life - her very own." He tells her that he knows who murdered Lizaveta, and says he will tell her who did it the next time they see each other. Meanwhile, in the room next door, Svidrigailov eavesdrops on the two of them.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: After Luzhin leaves, the group is overjoyed. Razumikhin is the happiest of them all. Raskolnikov becomes anxious again. He tells that that Svidrigailov is offering to give Dunya 10000 Rubles, which both women refuse. Razumikhin offers to protect Dunya from the man, which she consents to. He suggests that Dunya and her mother stay in St Petersburg and suggests that they all go into the publishing business together. Dunya is thrilled with the idea and Raskolnikov agrees that it is a good idea too. But Raskolnikov suddenly gets up to leave. He has decided that he needs to separate himself from his family and Razumikhin for a while and that they mustn't pursue him. The rest of the group is shocked and Razumikhin follows him out into the hall, but Raskolnikov sends him back. He tells Razumikhin to stay with Pulcheria Alexandrovna and Dunya. The two stare at each other, and Razumikhin realises that Raskolnikov is the murderer. He returns to the table.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 12 and Epilogue, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveler concludes his story by telling his friends what he did immediately after arriving back in the modern day. The Guests are speechless and very skeptical. For a moment it seems that the Time Traveler has lost his memory but he recovers his composure on seeing the time machine. He guests leave, all still skeptical, except for the narrator, and the following day, he is the only person to return. The Time Traveler greets him happily with a camera in his hand, saying that if he would only wait for a 30 minutes, he will return with all of the proof he needs. The Narrator picks up the story 3 years later, saying that the Time Traveler never returned. He wonders where he could be, and hope that he is alright. All that is left of the Time Machine's voyage, are two strange little flowers that the narrator kept, proof that the human spirit of tenderness lives on.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Razumikhin and Raskolnikov walk to meet Dunya and Pulcheria Alexandrovna, and on the way, Razumikhin informs Raskolnikov that he has seen Porfiry, and says that he is certain that the detectives suspect Raskolnikov. They meet Luzhuin when they arrive and they don't say a word to him. They are greeted by Raskolnikov's mother and sister, and sit around the table. Luzhin's pride is hurt by Raskolnikov's presence and he resolves to punish the women for it. He upsets Dunya and Pulcheria Alexandrovna by telling them that Svidrigailov in in town. He goes on to describe the crime that the man committed in the past, but Dunya rejects this as mere gossip. Raskolnikov finally talks, saying that Svidrigailov visited him, and tells them about the money that Marfa Petrovna left for her. Dunya then confronts Luzhin about his annoyance at her brother's presence, and Luzhin offends everyone in the room with his response. There is an angry confrontation between mother, daughter, and son, verses fiancé. Dunya orders him to leave and he does so only after insulting them. He now holds a deep hatred for Raskolnikov, and is strangely still convinced that he has chances with Dunya.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 4 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Svidrigailov explains that he has come to Raskolnikov to ask for his help in his quest to be with his sister. Svidrigailov says that he only has good intentions towards Dunya, and that all of the rumours about him are false. He says that he was not a monster but a slave to passion. He then tells Raskolnikov that he was nearly imprisoned for some financial reasons, and that Marfa Petrovna paid his debts for him and then married him. He claims too that he was visited by the ghost of his wife on 3 occasions, and Raskolnikov starts to wonder if this man is insane. Svidrigailov says that he has heard of Dunya's engagement to Luzhin, a relative of his, and offers to break off their engagement for Raskolnikov, saying that if Raskolnikov has met him, then he will know that Luzhin isn't a good man. Svidrigailov says that he wants to give Dunya 10000 rubles as an apology for his past behaviour before he either marries her or travels. Raskolnikov assures him that Dunya would refuse this offer. Svidrigailov says also, that his late wife left Dunya 3000 rubles in her will, and then leaves the apartment. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 11, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveler flies into the future at a speed of 1000's of years per second. He notices that the day and night cycle starts to end, and the sun grows larger and redder. Finally he notices that the Earth has stopped rotating. He brings the machine to a stop and finds himself on a beach. Green vegetation covers every surface that isn't in the sunlight. Behind him, on a hill, he sees a huge moth flying over it. He turns and sees a huge rock that starts to move and while looking at it, he feels something brushing against his neck, another crab. In fear he pushes the machine further into the future. He stops the machine every hundred years or so to watch the earth ebb away. Finally 30 million years into the future and he comes to a stop. The air is bitterly cold and the only sign of life is some lichen. The air is very thin, and while nearly on the verge of fainting, he pushes the machine back into the past.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinhttps://open.spotify.com/show/13b1qP3WhCWxam9yc49vIF?si=3b8907ab0f1045af SUMMARY: Razumikhin argues with Raskolnikov about whether the police suspect him of the crime. Raskolnikov thinks that they do, but Raskolnikov believes that if they really did suspect him, then they wouldn't actively engage him in the discussion of it. Razumikhin does eventually say that the police probably do suspect him. The two try to analise Porfiry's methods, and argue about whether his last question was a trap or not. The two get to Raskolnikov's house where they are told that a man has been asking after him. Leaving Razumikhin behind, Raskolnikov runs after the man, who turns around and names Raskolnikov as a murderer. Raskolnikov turns around and returns to him home is a feverish state, and collapses in his bed. He claims that Alyona's life was worthless and that what he did to her was good for society as a whole. He has a nightmare where he goes to Alyona's house again, and again tries to commit his crime. The axe does no damage to her though, and she laughs in his face. When he awakes, he finds a stranger in his room...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Razumikhin is quite embarrassed by Raskolnikov, who is laughing loudly as they enter the room. Raskolnikov tries to be calm and confident with Porfiry but his laughter comes across as a bit strange. He become a bit uneasy when he notices Zamyotov and starts to assume that they much have been talking about him before they arrived. Razumikhin then makes the situation worse by saying that Raskolnikov gets nervous whenever the crime is mentioned. Raskolnikov assumes that Porfiry suspects him, and he nearly looses his cool when Porfiry mentions that he was the only person who pawned items to the victim who didn't come to collect their items. He starts to feel that Porfiry is playing with him. Porfiry mentions that he read an article that Raskolnikov had written "On Crime," and asks him to explain his arguments. Raskolnikov is surprised as he didn't know that it was published, but gladly accepts the challenge. He argued that certain men were above general humanity, and could commit crimes for the betterment of society. Razumikhin finds it very hard to believe that Raskolnikov holds this view, and the two men get up to leave. Just before they get out of the door however, Porfiry asks Raskolnikov if he saw the decorators when he pawned his last item to the victim. He recognises the trap, and tells Porfiry that he didn't, but did see that an apartment was moving, reminding Porfiry that the decorators where there 2 days later, on the day of the crime, not beforehand. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature Get SurfShark and protect yourself online todayVPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 10, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Early in the morning, the Time Traveler arrives at the place where he observed the world around him on his first day in the future. He is very aware of the beauty of the upper world and he compares them to cattle in a field. He morns too the loss of human intellect. The rich, assured of his wealth, and the poor, of his toil. He heads to the white sphinx and strangely finds the door beneath the plinth open. He chuckles, and walks through the opening. He sees his time machine and is impressed to see that it has been cleaned and oiled, suspecting that the Morlocks took it apart and put it together again to try to understand the mechanism. The doors close behind him, confirming his suspicion, and he goes to strike a match. The matches are the kind that need the box in order to light, and he is swarmed by the Morlocks. He fights his way to the saddle in the dark and punches several while struggling to put the lever in place. He pushes the lever, and the world falls around him while he heads further and further into the future, away from his enemy.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Sonya slowly and timidly enters Raskolnikov's room, interrupting Raskolnikov, Pulcheria Alexandrovna, Dunya, and Razumikhin's conversation. She says that she has been sent by her mother to ask him to come to Marmeladov's funeral and wake. She is shocked by Raskolnikov's poverty, and wonders why he gave her all his money. Dunya and Pulcheria Alexandrovna leave. Raskolnikov tells Razumikhin that he pawned a watch to Alyona Ivanovna and would like it back. Razumikhin is overjoyed at this news and replies saying that he should go to see Porfiry Petrovich, the man in charge of the case. Raskolnikov agrees to go to Marmeladov's funeral the next day, and the three of them leave the apartment. Sonya walks back to her apartment, and fails to notice that she is being followed by a man who seems to have moved in next to her. On their way to Porfiry's Raskolnikov decides to tease Razumikhin about his affection for Dunya, with the goal of laughing together when they arrive at the door of the detectives.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Zosimov welcomes Raskolnikov's mother and sister, and Razumikhin, and lets them know that his patient is well of the way to recovery. Raskolnikov pretends to be feeling better and he apologises to Zosimov and Razumikhin for his behaviour. He also apologises to his mother and sister, a gesture that touches everyone in the room after his outburst the previous day. Raskolnikov confesses to having given his money away to Marmeladov's widow, and asks his mum's forgiveness again, saying that she would have done the same thing. The calm air starts to annoy Raskolnikov and he becomes anxious again. He demands that Dunya reject Luzhin, saying that the engagement is sordid. She fights back, saying that she has done and is doing nothing wrong, stating that she is "guilty of no one's death." This comment nearly makes Raskolnikov feint, but he recovers. Dunya then explains the test that she has in place for Luzhin, to confront him with Raskolnikov and Razumikhin at supper. Raskolnikov agrees to come. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 9, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveler is exhausted as he has hardly slept for 2 days but he is determined to push on. As they near the woods again, they start to hear Morlocks. Night has started to fall and the Time Traveler decides to start a fire using some camphor and dry brush to get rid of the stalking Murlocks behind them. The fire spreads quickly as the Time Traveler and Weena make their way into the forest. He and Weena walk in the dark, and slowly he feels small hand grasping at his clothes and legs, and Weena. He decides that he must light another fire in the woods to make a camp to rest a little so that he can break away from his pursuers with new strength. Dreadfully tired, he actually falls asleep, and when he wakes he is covered in Morlocks biting at his hands and neck. He finds no more matches in his pocket but thankfully finds his Iron bar, and he bats away the attacking Morlocks. Suddenly, he sees for the first time that the fire has spread to the forest. He cannot find Weena around him anywhere and decides to run away from the blazing fire around him. He comes to a clearing with a small hillock and he runs to it. The Morlocks chase him he strikes several of them as they run at him. Soon he notices however that they are blinded by the fire as they run into it, and their demise.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The following morning, Razumikhin is filled with regrets about the bold things that he said to Dunya. He renounces his feelings, and says that his feelings are absurd. He still takes extra care to wash and prepare himself to visit the mother and sister that morning. He finds the two women very glad to see him, and they offer him tea. He tells them about Raskolnikov's condition, emphasising his involvement. He remains calm and cool for the majority of the encounter, but nonetheless lets his feelings for Dunya slip out again. They show him a letter that Luzhin sent them, and ask for his advice. Luzhin wishes to never see Raskolnikov again, and asks Dunya and Pulcheria Alexandrovna to choose between him and Raskolnikov. He also tells them about the money that Raskolnikov gave to Marmeladov's widow. Dunya thinks that Raskolnikov should meet with Luzhin again, despite what Luzhin wants. The three then head to Raskolnikov's apartment. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 3 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov's Mother and sister are grief-stricken at his condition. They want to take care of him, but he becomes annoyed at their presence and orders them out. He adds that Dunya should end her engagement. Razumikhin promises to Pulcheria and Dunya that he will forget his party and take care of Raskolnikov after escorting them to their lodgings. He convinces them to leave after assuring them that he will update them about Raskolnikov's condition and will also get his doctor Zosimov to update them too. Razumikhin is very attracted to Dunya and makes a fool of himself to her. He declares that Luzhin is unworthy of her and gets down on his knees to kiss her and her mother's hand in the street. Once they arrive at their lodgings, Razumikhin leaves, and the narrator spends some time describing Dunya's beauty. Later Razumikhin returns and updates the women on Raskolnikov's condition, and runs off again to fetch Zosimov. They then return together, and the doctor gives his report. Outside, Razumikhin slams Zosimov against the wall after he makes a comment about how attractive Dunya is, but they laugh it off while they walk back to Raskolnikov's apartment. He also tries to set up Zosimov with Raskolnikov's landlady so that he may try and court Dunya. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 8, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Weena and the Time Traveler arrive at the Palace of Green Porcelain and enter. It appears to have been a museum of some sort before society lost interest in anything intellectual. He and Weena explore the exhibits and in a chemistry section find some camphor, which the Time Traveler takes to use as a candle. He is also thrilled to find some matches, which by luck were well preserved. Exploring a hall full of machinery, he notices that Weena is scared, and in the ill lit room the Time Traveler starts to hear some unwelcome noises. He breaks an iron bar from one of the machines and determines to use it as a weapon as he hasn't found any usable arms. Following this, he and Weena make their way out, the Time Traveler hoping to make it back to the sphynx before nightfall.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov sees Marmeladov, drunk, lying in the street after having been trampled by a horse and cart. He takes the man home to his family who live nearby and there his wife tries to take care of him. A doctor declares that Marmeladov is dying, and Marmeladov calls for a priest. The priest tells Katerina to forgive her husband for his drunkenness. She rejects these ideas but nonetheless cares for Marmeladov. He passes in his daughter's arms. Raskolnikov leaves the family 20 rubles and promises to return with more money. Polenka, a daughter of Marmeladov, runs after Raskolnikov and asks for his name on behalf of her eldest sister Sonya and her mother. She hugs the girl and asks her to pray for him. Raskolnikov is full of pride and considers himself partially redeemed. He goes to see Razumikhin who is a bit drunk from his housewarming party. He tells Raskolnikov that Zosimov thinks him to be mad. Raskolnikov is very faint and Razumikhin walks him home where they are shocked to find Pulcheria Alexandrovna and Dunya, his mother and Sister, waiting for him. Once inside Raskolnikov collapses.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov is suddenly clearheaded and gets out of bed, puts on his new clothes, and leaves the apartment. Wandering the streets he questions passing pedestrians. He enters a café called the Crystal Palace, and orders newspapers from the past week so he can read about the Pawnbroker. There he meets a police officer called Zamyotov. Raskolnikov starts to tease the officer about the crime and murders in general, claiming to know about both. Ge starts to ramble on to the officer and very nearly confesses to committing the crime against the old woman. His crazed way of speaking arouses the officer's suspicions, but soon dissuades the officer. Leaving the café, he runs into Razumikhin, who is furious to find Raskolnikov out of bed, but he then invites the sick Raskolnikov to his housewarming party. Raskolnikov refuses and walks away. He sees a woman try to take her life on a bridge and is disgusted by it. Continuing to wander around, he ends up at the Pawnbroker's house, and enters it alarming the men redecorating it. In a daze he asks them about the blood, and they chase him out onto the street with the porter.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time traveler decides that he needs a way to defend himself against the Morlocks. He has to revise his theories, and over the next few days he realises that he meat he saw underground must have been from an Eloi... He becomes more and more certain that his theory about a class separation caused the split in the evolutionary chain that created the Morlock and the Eloi. In their ease, the rich became weak and dumb. In their struggle, the poor, became strong and harsh. He sets out for the green porcelain building with Weena. The journey takes longer than originally thought and he and Weena are forced to sleep in the open near the boarder of a forest. Though terrified of an attack, the night passes without any harm.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The man in the doorway introduces himself and Luzhin, Dunya's Fiancé. he is pompous and has an air of wanting to impress about him. He is distrustful of Razumikhin's friendly manner. He tries to make a show of being interested in modern issues to impress the young audience, but fails to do so. Both Razumikhin and Raskolnikov treat the man coldly. As Luzhin gets up to leave, Zosimov and Razumikhin continue to talk about the murder of the pawnbroker. Razumikhin argues that the man must have been an amateur since only a few objects went missing, and no money was taken. Luzhin breaks in with another attempt to show off, but is cut short by Razumikhin. Luzhin storms off after being called out by Raskolnikov for his proposal to his sister. Raskolnikov then throws the others out of the room. On the stairs, Zosimov remarks that Raskolnikov gets sicker every time the death of the old lady is brought up...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Zossimov is a pompous, well dressed man. He accepts to come to Razumikhin's housewarming party at which Zamyotov will be present. Zossimov. Razumikhin, and Nastasya discuss the murder of the Pawnbroker and he sister. Razumikhin has been trying to clear the name of one of the painters who was working on the apartment on the 2 floors below the victim's. Apparently, the painter found a box with earrings in it that someone had pawned to the woman in the apartment he was working on. Razumikhin argues that the real murderer could have hid in the room while making his escape and dropped them there to be found later by the painter. As he finishes his explanation, a new face appears at the door.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveller determines that in order for him to get his Time Machine back, he must enter the underground world of the Morlocks. In the distance he sees a tall building that looks as though it is made of green porcelain, but instead of heading to this new discovery, he heads into one of the Morlock wells. It takes him a long time to climb down the 200 yard deep well, and he nearly falls, being nearly too heavy for the climbing hooks to hold. He finds a small tunnel where he rests before being awakened by a Morlock touching him. He quickly lights a match, causing the creature to flee, and he makes his way through the tunnel into a large cave. He sees some huge machines lining the walls and a light metal table with some White coloured meat laying on it. His matches are running low, and the creatures are getting more confident around him and he decides that it is a good idea to flee before they swarm him. Exhausting all of his matches, he only narrowly escapes the Morlock's clutches. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov starts to hallucinate and feels extremely weak. He wakes up one morning surrounded by Nastasya, Razumikhin, his landlady, and a stranger. The stranger brings him 35 rubles from his mother. Raskolnikov learns that he hasn't been conscious for 4 days, and that Nastasya, Razumikhin, and his landlady have been nursing him. Zossimov, a doctor, and Zamyotov, a detective, have also visited him during this time. Razumikhin has managed to keep Raskolnikov's debtors at bay for the time being. Razumikhin is very concerned for his friend and uses the money to buy Raskolnikov some new clothes. Then Zossimov enters. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov goes to his room and collects his stolen objects from the hole in the wall and goes for a walk. he thinks about dumping them in the river but winds up burying them on a construction site. He walks around frustrated, and contemplates his motives for the crime. He somehow ends up at Razumikhin's place and he goes in to see him. Razumikhin is worried about Raskolnikov sees that he is visibly sick, and offers him some translation work. Raskolnikov refuses the work and leaves, frustrated. He walks the streets aimlessly and gets hit by a passing carriage. When he gets home at 8pm he falls into a deep sleep during which he dreams that one of the police detectives was beating his landlady. He is sure that his dream was real, and when Nastasya wakes him, she tries to reassure him that his landlady is fine. She fetches him some water and he falls into another deep sleep.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: As the Time Traveller is reflecting on his theories, it starts to get dark and he makes his way back to his Time Machine. As he gets closer to it however, something is wrong. He swears that this is the place that he left it, but it is nowhere to be found. In a frenzy he runs around accosting the Eloi and trying to find out what they have done with it. After a while, he calms down and sleeps. In the morning, he assumes that they must have moved it beneath the Sphinx statue as they aren’t strong enough to have moved it far and with a rock he hits at the pedestal, finding it to be hollow. The Eloi are very scared by his actions, and the Time Traveller eventually stops, reasoning that it would be better to be calm for a few days to better integrate into their society while he finds out more. As some days go by, he asks more questions about the Eloi and their strange world. They wear clothes, yet no one seems to make them, The strange vents seem to produce warm air, and there are very deep wells all over the place. One day, he rescues one of the Eloi from drowning, and she becomes very attached to him, like a child to a parent. He wakes up one morning and sees some white ghost-like figures and speculates that they are ghosts. But he was soon proven wrong, when he came face to face with one of these white creatures before it dashed out of sight down one of the wells. He soon concludes that these creatures, Morlocks, must too have descended from humans and endeavours to find out more about them.
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 2 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: After a night of terrible sleep, Raskolnikov frantically examines his clothes for traces of blood. In one of his pockets he discovered the stolen items and he tries to hide them. He starts to believe that his mental faculties are slipping from him and wonders if his punishment is already starting. Around midday, Nastasya and the groundskeeper come to check on him and deliver him a summons from the police. Raskolikov is terrified, but nonetheless goes to the police station, figuring that it cannot be related to the murders. He goes to the station where he finds out that he landlady has reported him for unpaid debts. He also overhears two of the officers discussing the murder of the pawnbroker and her sister which causes him to immediately pass out. When he awakes, the detectives ask him what he was doing on the previous day... Leaving the station, Raskolnikov is deeply worried that the police suspect him.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The old woman lets Raskolnikov into her apartment. He presents her with his fake silver cigarette case that is elaborately wrapped. As she turns away to untie Raskolnikov gets the axe from his coat. After attacking her, the woman lies on the floor in a bloody heap. He then takes her keys from her pocket and heads to her room, overcoming an urge to flee. He takes the a purse that was hanging around her neck too. In the room he finds a couple of items, but is too frantic to check what they are. While riffling through the woman's affairs he hears a small cry from the other room, and realises that Lizaveta has come back and has seen her sister on the floor. Raskolnikov ends her life too; there was nothing else to do in his frenzied state. Terrified and desperate, he washes his hands and the axe in the sink, and locks the door. Then two strange men come to knock at the door, looking for Alyona. They find the door being locked strange, and leave to fetch the yard keeper, giving Raskolnikov just enough time to escape. He then takes a very long and winding route home and takes the axe back to where he found it.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveller goes on to explain that the creatures around him spoke with a “sweet and liquid tongue.” They seemed to be free of fear, and he felt safe with them. He removes the control lever from the machine to stop anyone else from using the machine, and followed the creatures. The creatures have large eyes, curly hair, and thin red lips. When the Time traveller points to the sky, trying to explain where he came from, a little man made an explosion sound, thinking he came from the hailstorm. He wonders if the men are fools and is greatly disappointed. The little men begin to run around the Time Traveller and start throwing flowers at him.The creatures take the Time Traveller into one of their large buildings. It is covered in hieroglyphics. They give him a meal of strange fruit and he starts trying to learn some of their language. The little men laugh at the Time Traveller’s attempts at speech, but they soon grew weary of teaching him. The men seem foolish and indolent. He notices, on a walk, that the creatures all live in buildings together, and makes note that there are no signs of gender or old people. He thinks that he has arrived in a communist paradise, and that these creatures are a result of a world without fear and hardship. He notes that the work of his time is with the goal of making life easier, and that the result of that is frailty. The hardship is what keeps man intelligent and strong. Without danger, he believes that there is no need for family, which results in this strange way of life. But, The Time Traveller notes, this theory was very wrong.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The narrator describes how Raskolnikov first came the the idea of killing Alyona Ivanovna. He developed a strong hatred of the woman from the first sight of her. Soon afterwards, in a bar, he heard another person talking about how it would be a perfect crime, as no one would miss her, and because so many people owe her money, many lives would actually be saved by her death. Theses ideas rattled around in Raskolnikov's head and he was shocked by hearing the idea uttered by someone else. He became sure that it was his duty to end the life of the old woman. At home, Raskolnikov falls into a deep sleep and doesn't wake until the following evening. Realising that it is already 6 o'clock, he jumps out of bed and makes his preparations for the crime. He sews a loop into the armpit of his jacket to hold an axe, and retrieves his fake "pledge" to give to Alyona Ivanovna. He heads downstairs and is still unsure about commiting the crime, but when he finds an axe in the caretaker's shed, he deems it fate. He goes to the woman's apartment, and at 7:30 he is at her door, ringing the bell...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Raskolnikov decides not to meet his friend until he has gone through with his crime, if he does ever commit it. After drinking, he falls asleep in a grassy area nearby. He dreams of an event in his childhood where he saw a group of peasants delight in beating an old mare to death. In his dream a young boy cries out against the sadistic act, and cuddles the mare's head in his hands before his father drags him away. Raskolnikov awakes in a cold sweat. On a whim, while heading home, he walks by the Haymarket, where he happens to see the mean Pawnbroker's sister, Lizaveta, talking with a salesman. Raskolnikov agrees to meet the salesman at 7pm on the following day, confirming to Raskolnikov that the pawnbroker will be home alone on the following evening. He walks home stricken with horror while reflecting on the event, feeling as though the crime were manifesting itself in front of him.
SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveller climbs onto his machine and pushes the “forward” lever a little. He felt a lurch and dizzy sensation and pulled the lever back to its original spot… 5 hours had passed. He then decided to push the lever all the way forward and proceeded to watch the sun and moon revolve around him. The lab soon disappeared, and he sees the sky and hazy buildings pass in front of his eyes. He is very excited, but soon starts to wonder what will happen when he stops the machine – what if there is a solid object where he is currently positioned. He grows afraid and pulls the lever back and is then flung forward through the air with the machine. The Time Traveller finds himself in the middle of a hailstorm. When it passes, he sees a giant statue of a white “sphinx” on a bronze pedestal. He starts to become fear for what has happened to mankind. He notices large buildings around him, and as he turns towards the Time Machine, he sees some strange figures standing in rich robes watching him. One of them approaches him and the time traveller remarks that he is very frail and small, but beautiful.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man.
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: On his walk Raskolnikov decides that he will not let his sister marry the man his mother wrote about. He will not let his sister suffer to benefit him. Luzhin sounds disrespectful, and Raskolnikov starts to hate the man. He stops these thoughts when he sees an older drunk man pursuing a younger woman who is drunk and seems to have had her clothes ruffled by something or someone. Raskolnikov calls out the man, and a policeman intervenes. Raskolnikov talks to the officer and convinces him to get the girl back to her home, and to not let the older drunk man anywhere near her. The girl eventually goes away, and the policeman and old drunken man follow her. Raskolnikov thinks that the policeman will let the older man “have the girl” as soon as he is out of sight. He then realises that he has been walking towards the hold of his “best friend” from University, Razmuikhin, whom he has not seen in four months…SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The next morning, Raskolnikov is awakened by the maid Natasya who brings him a letter from his mother. Natasya tells him that the Landlord is going to try and evict him for his late rent payments. In the letter, his mother tells him about his sister, Dunya’s, time as a maid working for the Svidrigailov family. Dunya was trying to help make some money for the family, but her employer Svidrigailov made advances towards her and ruined her reputation in the village. His sister has accepted the marriage proposal of a man names Pytor Petrovich Luzhin, who wants to marry her because she is poor, and he wants to “save” her. After reading the letter, Raskolnikov’s face is covered with tears, and he decides to take a walk to reflect on its contents, talking to himself like a madman or a drunk. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The following week, the Narrator returns to the Time Traveller’s home for dinner. The guests include a couple of guests form the previous week, and some new men. They have been told to start dinner without their host. When the host eventually arrives, he is incredibly dusty and dishevelled. He drinks some champagne, and then goes to wash himself, insisting that no one asks him any questions until he is ready. The Narrator suggests that the man has been time traveling, and the other guests make some jests and sarcastic remarks in reply. When the time Traveller returns, he asks the men to follow him into the lounge where he starts to tell his story… SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man.
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Inside the bar, Raskolnikov meets a drunk man who looks like a retired government official. The Man’s appearance has suffered as a result of his drinking habits. Although his clothes are ruinous, the man manages to maintain an air of dignity about him. The man heads over to Raskolnikov, and proceeds to tell his life story. He claims his drunkenness and says that he is married to a man of a noble background. She married him out of desperation after her first marriage ended in ruin. The man had a daughter of his own, named Sonya, who has become a sex worker to support her family. The man, Marmeladov, managed to get his old job back in the civil service, but he lost it in a fit of drunkenness, and he hasn’t been home in 5 days. Throughout his story, Marmeladov flits between self-reproach and justification of his state. He leaves the tavern to finally head home with Raskolnikov. The man Marmeladov’s home is a in a sorry state, his children and wife are starving. When Marmeladov enters, his wife grabs and scolds him, and the other tenants come to mock the couple. As Raskolnikov leaves, he leaves them some money he had in his pocket. He distains the Marmeladov family, especially for forcing Sonya to sacrifice herself to support them.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
Crime and Punishment by Fyodor Dostoyevsky - Part 1 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY: A young man leaves his boarding house by the back stairs, not wanting to see his landlady, to whom he is in debt. The man has fallen into a state of nervous depression akin to hypochondria and so avoids people. As he leaves, the young man's thoughts turn to an extreme act that he is thinking about committing. He thinks that he isn't capable of doing it as he can't even face his landlady about his late rent. The young man is tall and handsome, with dark hair and fine dark eyes. The young man wears tattered clothes and looks like he could be homeless and the young man feels no embarrassment about his appearance. He walks, in a trace like state while reflecting on the act that he is planning to commit. He is at the moment doing a "test run," and arrives at his destination, the home of Alyona Ivanovna, a pawnbroker. As he walks up the stairs he takes in the scene, and notes that the German clerk that used to live there has moved out, making is act easier to commit. The Pawnbroker is a very old woman with a chicken leg like neck. Her home is full of ugly furniture, but it is all immaculately clean, thanks to the work of the woman's younger sister. The woman treats the young man, Raskolnikov, poorly and reminds him of the money he owes her, and offering him a terrible price for a silver watch he wants to pawn. He decides to pawn the watch nonetheless so that he can watch the woman and observe her apartment so he can commit his crime. The woman keeps all of her money and pawned items in a chest in her room that is out of view. Before leaving, Raskolnikov tells her that he will be back in a few more days with better item. Once outside, he gets filled with a sense of disgust and renounces his potential crime. On the way home he stops in a bar, suddenly overcome with a dreadful thirst.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Fyodor Dostoyevsky's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this incredible literary classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Russian literature as the a desperate young Russian man, Raskolnikov, plans the perfect crime - the murder of a despicable pawnbroker, an old woman who no one will mourn. It isn't just, he argues, for a man of of genius to commit a crime if it will ultimately benefit humanity. A powerful psychological study and a terrifying, thrilling murder mystery, filled with philosophical, religious and social commentary.Join me for this Crime and Punishment novel audiobook as we delve into themes of crime, social commentary, and Right and Wrong.Russian Literature, Dostoyevsky Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Time Machine, by H. G. Wells chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The Time Traveler is in his home, speaking to a group of men, including the Narrator. He is giving a lecture on the fourth dimension. He tells them that a cube does not only exist in space, but also in time. He goes on further to claim that a man should not just be able to move about in space, the 3 other dimensions, but also in time. He notes that we are nonetheless moving forwards along the time dimension, so why not backwards. He produces a small version of a "Time Machine" and lays it on the table. He explains that one lever will send it forward, and the other backward in time. He asks one of the other guests to push the lever, and after doing so, the machine disappears, blowing out a candle with it. The guests ask why they cannot see it if it is moving into the future, and the Time Traveler explains that it is moving too quickly to be seen. The guests are blown away, and the Time Traveler takes them to his laboratory where they find a even bigger, machine. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...One of the most influential pieces of fiction of all time, The Time Machine by H. G. Wells, sees a Victorian scientist send himself forward to the year 802,701 AD. He is delighted to find that suffering has been replaces by beauty and happiness, and a "new man", the Eloi, has descended from man. Science Fiction book, Sci-fi, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 34, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: As time passes, Heathcliff becomes more solitary and he begins to eat and drink less and less, eventually only eating one meal per day. A few days after his fight with Cathy, he spent the whole night walking on the moors, and he returned with a strange almost happy persona. He told Nelly that he spent the whole night on the threshold of Hell, but that he has now seen heaven. He refuses all food and insists to be left alone, to have the Wuthering Heights to himself. He seems to have seen a figure infront of him and even conversed with it. Heathcliff's behaviour became more strange; he murmured Catherine's name and insisted that Nelly remember his burial wishes. Nelly soon found him laying in the bed in Catherin's room dead. She tells Lockwood that he has since been buried and that Cathy and Hareton shall soon be married, and then shall move to the Grange. Lockwood then leaves the Wuthering Heights and makes his way toward the church yard. Although many of the villagers claim to have seen Heathcliff and Catherine's ghosts walking through the moors, Lockwood insists that he can only imagine quiet slumbers for the people buried in such quiet earth.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 33, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: At breakfast one morning, Cathy and Heathcliff get into a huge argument over her inheritance and her relationship with Hareton. Heathcliff grabs her, and goes to strike her, but when he looks at her face he lets her go - having seeing something in her eyes that reminded him of her mother. Nelly speculates to Lockwood that the many reminders of Catherine changed Heathcliff. He in fact confided to Nelly that he no longer has any desire to carry out his revenge on Cathy and Hareton...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge Part 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Part 3 brings us back to the present on Own Creek Bridge where Farquhar is to be hanged. He loses consciousness and falls into the river below the bridge as the rope snapped. He awakens to a strong pain running through his body. Farquhar sees a light flash and fade before it grows brighter and he rises to the surface of the river. He is afraid that he will be shot by the northern forces as soon as he is spotted in the water, and makes an attempt to free his hands and neck from the rope. Once freed he finally breaks the surface of the water and inhales deeply and painfully. He looks to the bridge and sees his executioners standing on the bridge looking for him. A sentinel fires his rifle at him but misses, Farquhar notices his grey eyes through the sight of the gun. Farquhar then hears the lieutenant instructing his men to fire, so he dives under the water and swims with the current away from the bridge. A cannonball lands two feet away from him and he swims harder for the shore. He is spun round by the current and winds up on a gravelly bank out of site and range of the gunfire. He weeps with joy and takes in the beautiful landscape around him. He heads into the forest and follows a path, walking all day to his home. Time seems to pass without him noticing, and he rouses standing at his front gate. He makes his way towards his home and sees his wife come down the verandah to meet him. When he moves to embrace her, he feels a sharp pain in his neck and sees a blinding white light. Farquhar is dead. He is hanging at Owl Creek Bridge.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 32, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: About 6 months have passed and Lockwood has been invited to visit the North by a friend of his. On his journey he crosses paths with a farmer who remarks a cart that is apparently too late for its harvest. The man also mentions Gimmerton, which reminds Lockwood of his time at the Grange, and he decides to visit for the night and see Nelly, and also settle his debts with Heathcliff. He discovers that Nelly is no longer at the Grange and has been moved to the Wuthering Heights. He decides to head to the Heights while the sun is still up where he talks to Nelly about the past few months. She says that Cathy admitted to her that she felt guilty about mocking Hareton for his attempts to learn to read. One afternoon, Hareton was wounded while hunting and had to remain inside at the Heights. He and Cathy fought at first, but they soon agreed to get along, and Cathy even promised to help Hareton read properly. The two young people have slowly grown to love each other, and Nelly says that she cannot wait for the two of them to marry.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 31, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Lockwood heads to Wuthering Heights to end his lease at the Grange. He brings a note from Nelly to give to Cathy. Hareton first takes the note, but when Cathy cries, he gives it back to her. He has been struggling to learn to read. Cathy says however that she has been deprived of books. Cathy mocks Hareton's attempts to learn, angering him, but she says that she doesn't want to hinder his progress. Heathcliff returns and on entering the house, mutters quietly to himself that he he can only see Catherine Earnshaw's features in his face - so much so that he can hardly bare to see him. Lockwood passes a dreary meal with Heathcliff and Hareton and then leaves. Riding back to the Grange, he remarks on how dreary the North and its people are. He thinks further of what a "Fairy Tale" it would have been, had Cathy fallen in love with him, and left the Heights with him for London.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge Part 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:In Part 2 we find out that Farquhar was as successful plantation owner who was devoted to the Southern Cause. One day, while he and his wife sitting on their patio, a grey-clad soldier rode up to them and asked for a glass of water. The soldier appears to be a confederate. While his wife got some water, Farquhar asked some questions from the front and was informed by that the Northern forces took Owl Creek Bridge, and have repaired the railroad to prepare for an advance. Any civilian caught interfering with the Northern forces would be hanged. Farquhar asks how someone could help the southern forces, and the man replies that he could easily set fire to the driftwood in the area to burn the bridge down. The man then drinks his water and leaves, and we are informed that he was actually a Northern scout.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 30, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly has not seen Cathy since she left, and her only source of information of the goings on at the Heights is Zillah. Zillah says that Heathcliff forbade anyone from acting kindly towards Cathy, and says that Cathy must tend to Linton by herself until he passes away. Since Linton's death, Cathy has kept her distance from Zillah and Hareton, with whom she is in constant conflict. Desperate to help, Nelly took a cottage to bring Cathy to, but Heathcliff, she knows won't allow it. The only thing that could save Cathy would be for her to remarry...Writing in his Diary, Lockwood says that this is the end of Nelly's story. He states that he is recovering from his illness and says that he will ride to the Heights on the following day to tell Heathcliff that he is leaving for London, and won't be back until the end of his lease. Heathcliff may look for a new tenant. Lockwood states that he has no desire to spend another winter in the north.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 29, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Heathcliff appears at the Grange shortly after the funeral of Linton to take Cathy to Wuthering Heights. He tells her that he punished Linton for helping her escape, and says that she will have to work for her keep at the Heights. Cathy spits back that she and Linton are in love and that in spite of Linton's bad-temperdness, they will prevail, while Heathcliff, has no one to love him. As Cathy goes to pack her things, Nelly asks to have Zillah's position at the Heights, desperate to remain with Cathy. Heathcliff interrupts her however to tell her that the day before, when the sexton was digging the grave to lay Edgar, he had him remove the earth from Catherine's grave and undo the lid so he could look on her face. He asserts that Catherine's face will not fade until he too is in the ground.He says that he asked the Sexton to remove one half of Catherine's coffin so that he and her may lay together in the ground once he too is gone. Nelly chastises him for disturbing the dead, and Heathcliff tells her that he believes in ghosts, and that he has been haunted by Cathine since the day she died.As they leave, Cathy asks Nelly to visit her, but Heathcliff says that no such thing will happen, noting that if he needs Nelly, he will come to the Grange himself. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
An Occurrence at Owl Creek Bridge Part 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Peyton Farquhar is standing on a railroad bridge, twenty feet above the water. His wrists are bound and there is a rope tied around his neck. He is positioned on loose planks that have been made into a makeshift platform. Two army soldiers, a captain and a sergeant from the Northern Army are surrounding him. Farquhar observes the forest scene around him and takes in the army on the banks of the bridge while the men around him move to their final positions. Awaiting the captain's signal, the sergeant is about to step away to let Farquhar drop. Farquhar tries to stare into the water swirling below. He watches some driftwood get carried away by the slow water. He shuts his eyes to push away any visual distractions and tries to think of his family. He gets distracting by a ringing metal tone that seems to bang constantly, but slower and slower. Farquhar opens his eyes and tries to imagine himself freeing his hand and swimming away down the river to his family. These thoughts are barely realised before the captain nods and the sergeant steps off of the board.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 28, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: At last, Zillah frees Nelly from her imprisonment, telling her that the villagers in Gimmerton have been saying that both Nelly and Cathy were lost on the moors. Nelly searches through the house for Cathy, but only finds Linton who tells her that Cathy is locked away. The two are now married and Linton claims that everything she owns is now his.Fearing that Heathcliff will come back home and find her, Nelly hurries to Thrushcross Grange. Here, she tells the incredibly ill Edgar that Cathy is well and will be home soon. She send a group of men to search for Cathy at the Grange and to get a lawyer, for Edgar's will. The men fail to get Cathy back, and the lawyer says that he will come after he has finished his work in town. Nelly, late at night hears a knock at the door and believes it to be the lawyer, but it is Cathy! She can see her father before he passes away, and Edgar is happy to see that his daughter is married to Linton, not knowing how awful he is. Shortly after Edgar's passing, Mr. Green, the lawyer arrives, saying he has seen Heathcliff, and he orders everyone but Nelly and Cathy out of the house by the order of the new owner of the house.
SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 27, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Over the next week, Edgar's health gets worse and worse. Worried about her father, Cathy reluctantly rides to her meeting with Linton. Linton seems more nervous than normal during their meeting, and he eventually reveals that Heathcliff is forcing him to court Cathy, and he is terrified what will happen if she refuses him. Heathcliff arrives, and asks Nelly about Linton's health. He says that he is worried that Linton will pass before Edgar and ruin his plans. Heathcliff asks Cathy to walk Linton back to the Heights, and though Nelly refuses and Cathy states that she is forbidden to do so, she agrees because she is afraid of Heathcliff.Heathcliff is furious with Linton, who is terrified of his father. Once he gets Nelly, Cathy, and Linton inside, he locks them in the Heights and refuses to let them leave until Cathy and Linton are married. He allows Cathy to leave her bedroom and be with Linton, but locks Nelly inside for 5 days, with Hareton bringing her food.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Monkey's Paw by W. W. Jacobs Part 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinThe White family buries their son. After a few days pass, both Mr. and Mrs. White are exhausted. One evening Mr. White wakes up and hears his wife crying next to an open window. He tries to convince her tom come back to bed, but she refuses. After dozing off again, he is awaken by a cry from his wife, calling about the monkey's paw. In hysterics, she tells him to go downstairs and use the paw to wish for their son back. Mr. White resists and says that Herbert's death could have had nothing to do with the paw, but his wife insists. He then says that when he saw Herbert, he could only identify him by his clothes. His wife however doesn't listen and begs him to get the paw. He reluctantly goes to get it, and makes his way to the stairs before wishing, afraid that his son would barge through the door immediately. He makes the wish, and waits... nothing happens, and he goes back upstairs. They hear a mouse scurry about on the stairs, and then some knocking on the door...Mrs. White bolts up and cries out that her son has come home, and she runs to the door. Mr. White tries to stop her but she gets past him. She runs to the door and tries to unlock it but cannot reach the top latch. Her husband follows her but has the paw in hand. The banging gets harder, and Mr. White raises the monkey paw to make one last wish. The banging stops, and when they open the door, the street and front garden are empty..SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 26, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: When Cathy and Nelly go to their meeting with Linton, they don't find him where they agreed to meet. He has not gone far from the heights. He looks frail and weak, but he says that he is improving. The boy looks nervous and seems to look over his shoulder towards the house. At the end of their visit, Cathy agrees to meet Linton again the next week. On the way home, Cathy and Nelly worry about Linton's health, but agree that they won't come to any conclusions until their next visit.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 25, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly stops her story briefly to tell Lockwood that all of what she just described happened only last Winter. Nelly says that she would never have guessed that in only a year, she would be telling an absolute stranger about the family history. She wonders how long Lockwood will be a stranger for; she has noticed that Lockwood has gained feelings for the Cathy. Lockwood confesses that that is true, but that he doubts that it would ever happen. He urges Nelly to continue her story. Young Cathy agrees to follow her father's wishes, and says that she will no longer visit Linton. Linton never visits the Grange either, he is too sick and frail. Edgar worries about his daughter's happiness and the future of his estate. He says that if marrying Linton would make Cathy happy, then he would give Heathcliff his revenge. Edgar's health continues to fall, and so does that of Linton. Eventually Edgar allows Cathy to meet Linton, not at the Heights, but on the moors, before the boy can succumb to his illness. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Monkey's Paw by W. W. Jacobs Part 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinThe following morning, on a sunny Winter's day, the rooms seems bright and cheerful after the previous evening's events. Mrs. White comments on how silly the Sergeant-Major's story was, and Herbert jokes that the only way the 200 pounds could do any harm would be if it dropped out of the sky onto his father's head. Mr. White states that people often confuse coincidences for wishes. Herbert then leaves for work. Later that day, Mrs. White sees a strange man seemingly hesitating to enter the gate through the window. After a few minutes he enters and knocks the door where Mrs. White goes to let him in. He states that he is a representative for Maw and Meggins, Herbert's work place. Mrs. White asks if her son is okay, and the man says that he is hurt, but not in pain. Mrs. White is momentarily relieved until the gravity of his words hit her... The representative says that their son was caught in the machinery. Embarrassed, the representative says that he is only obeying orders, and states that the company takes no responsibility for the accident, but would none the less like to compensate the family with a cheque, for 200 pounds... Mrs. White Screams and her husband feints. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 24, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: After Nelly recovers, she notices Cathy's strange behaviour and soon discovers that she has been riding to the Heights after she and Mr Linton were in bed. Cathy confesses to Nelly that she has been to the heights and she tells of an instance where Hareton proved to her that he could read the name carved in stone above the door. When Cathy asked him if he could read the date after it, Hareton replied that he didn't yet know his letters, and she scalded him for it. Cathy called him a Dunce and the went inside to join Linton. Soon after seeing him, Hareton burst through the door in a rage and bullies Linton into going upstairs. Afterwards, he apologised to Cathy for his behaviour, but she ignored him and went home, angry. When she returned to the Heights a few days later, Linton blamed her for the transgression. She leaves, and comes back a few days later to tell him that she won't be coming back. Linton begs for her forgiveness. After Cathy hears the story, she goes to Edgar and tells him what his daughter has done. Edgar immediately forbids his daughter from visiting Linton again, but he does write to him, and says that he can come and visit the Grange. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 23, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The next morning, Cathy and Nelly ride to Wuthering Heights in the pouring rain. They find Linton whining like usual. He talks to Cathy about the possibility of getting married so that he would then love him as much as she loves her father. Cathy says that not all married people love each other, and tells Linton about his mother and father's relationship. Linton refuses this information and it causes an argument between them which climaxes in Cathy pushing the frail boy. Linton has a coughing fit, and after recovering, claims that Cathy assaulted him. Cathy is filled with guilt, and Linton asks her to nurse him back to health. Nelly puts her foot down and says that Cathy will not be coming back to the Heights. After Nelly and Cathy get home, Nelly discovers that she has fallen ill from the rain. Cathy acts as nurse for both she and her father, and is incredibly attentive to her patients, but during the night, she makes frequent visits to Linton while her patients sleep.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Monkey's Paw by W. W. Jacobs Part 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinOn a dark and stormy night, the white family are sitting inside their cozy home. Herbert White and his father are playing chess while Mrs White knits. Mr White complains about the dreary weather. A family friend, Sergeant-Major Morris arrives to visit them, and over a some Whisky, he tells stories about his time in India and overseas. Mr White expresses interest in going to India, but the Sergeant-Major urges him against it. Mr White asks him about the Monkey Paw that he brought up the last time they saw each other. He takes it out of his pocket, and explains that a Fakir placed a spell on it to prove that people are ruled by fate, and that one shouldn't mess with it. Apparently the paw allows 3 men to make 3 wishes on the paw. The Sergeant-Major claims that he has made his 3 wishes, and another man used his 3rd to wish for death. The Sergeant-Major throws it into the fire, and Mr White leaps after it. Morris warns Mr White against using the paw, but eventually explains how a wish is made. Sergent-Major Morris eventually understands that the White's are going to use the paw, so he tells them to use common sense before making a wish, and then leaves. Mr White claims that he already has everything he wants, and doesn't know what to wish for. His son suggests 200 pounds to allow him to pay off the house. He makes his wish and suddenly screams, claiming that the paw moved like a snake over his hand. After Mr and Mrs White go to bed, their son sits watching the fire. He sees faces in it, and when the face turns to that of a monkey, he startles and throws water over the fire. Then taking the paw, he goes to bed.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 22, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Edgar Linton's health beings to fail him, and he has to spend less time with Cathy. Nelly attempts to fill the void, but in vain. On a Winter's day on a walk in the garden, Cathy climbs as will and stretches to reach some fruits, but her hat falls down to the other side. She climbs over the wall with Nelly's permission, but soon finds the gate locked, and the wall too slick to climb. Nelly looks through her ring of keys for the right one, and Heathcliff turns up. He tells Cathy that it was cruel to cut off contact with Linton, and says that his health has fallen. He urges Cathy to visit Linton and restore him to health while he is away. He claims that Linton's failing health is caused by a broken heart. Nelly eventually breaks the lock on the door, and Heathcliff leaves. His words made an impact on Cathy though, and she manages to convince Nelly to let them go together to the Heights to visit Linton. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 21, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Cathy is distraught over her cousin's departure from Thrushcross Grange. Nelly tries to keep informed on Linton's wellbeing by asking Wuthering Heights' housekeeper. She learns that Heathcliff hates his son and cannot stand to be alone with him, and that Linton is very frail and sickly. A few years later, when Cathy is 16, she and nelly are out looking for birds on the moors. Cathy runs forward, and when Nelly catches up with her, she is conversing with Heathcliff and Hareton. Heathcliff invites her and Cathy to Wuthering Heights to see his son. Nelly is suspicious, and doesn't want Cathy to go. Cathy is headstrong though, and heads off with Hareton while Heathcliff walks with Nelly. At Wuthering Heights, Heathcliff tells Nelly that he wants to marry Linton to Cathy someday. The cousins do not recognise each other, but on mention of his name, Cathy flies to embrace him. Linton has become too sick to show Cathy around the farm, and she at first goes on a walk with Hareton, and Heathcliff eventually forces him to go after them. At Thrushcross Grange the following day, Cathy accosts her father about Linton's proximity and asks to know why he kept Linton a secret. Edgar tries to explain, and eventually, though painful, tells Cathy about the complicated history between Linton, Heathcliff, and Catherine. Edgar begs Cathy to not keep in touch with the boy, but Cathy cannot resist sending him letters. After a while, Nelly decides to go through Cathy's drawer where she finds a pile of letters from Linton, and she removes the letters. When Cathy finds out, she accosts Nelly, after which, Nelly threatens to take them to Edgar. Cathy, after a struggle, agrees to let Nelly burn the letters, and never write to Linton again. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 12 The Strange Story of Jonathan Small, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Watson heads back to Baker Street and shows Jones and Holmes the empty Treasure Chest. Small barks a laugh, and says that he emptied the gems into the river when he realised that they were going to catch him, and says that the only people with a right to the treasure and the men that make up "the Sign of the Four."Holmes then presses Small to start his story. He was born into a poor farmer family in Worcestershire. He joined the British army after getting into some trouble with a girl, and was sent to India. After leaving training, his leg was bitten off by a crocodile, and was forced to leave the forces. After recovering, his superior got him a job on a plantation looking over the workers. His boss was kind, but soon a revolt started in India, and the workers turned against the masters and Small was forced to flee to Agra. In Agra he joined a volunteer corps set up in an old fort. He served here as a guard, and had two Punjabi men under his command. One night, the two ambushed him, and told him to be either with or against them. When he agreed, they told him about the treasure, and told him that a man was coming that night to Agra. When the man arrived, they attacked the man with the chest, and hid both the body and the treasure after making a tally of the jewels inside. Sadly for the men, the body was soon found, and they were all arrested and sent to work camps, and after a while were sent to the Andaman Islands. Here, Small was given a bit more freedom, and became close to the doctor. He over heard the doctor and the army guards playing cards, and heard two of them slowly lose more and more money, Morstan, and Sholto.Small then told the two about the treasure, and said that if they could go and get the treasure and help the members of the Sign of the Four escape, then they could have their fair share of the treasure too. Sholto goes to collect the Treasure, and then doesn't return... Small knows that he has stolen the Agra Treasure, and vows to get his revenge. He soon came into contact with one of the Natives, and helped heal him back to health after being wounded. He soon told the man, Tonga, of the Treasure, and asked to help him escape in his canoe. The two escape, and after a long while, make their way to London. Small finds out about Sholto, and goes to investigate; Sholto passes away when he see's Small's face in the window. Small then employs a man inside the house to give him information about the Treasure. One day he hears that it was found, and he takes Tonga with him to take it back. They get the treasure, Sholto is taken out, and then Holmes' chase began.SEO stuff that I really don't want to have to do...Join me for another immersive narration of this classic detective story from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 🎭 As I, your narrator, guide you through the mystery of The Sign of Four Chapter 12. This piece of literature continues to showcase Doyle's masterful storytelling as we dive deeper into the investigation :D
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 20, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly gets orders to take Linton to Wuthering Heights. On the way Linton asks plenty of questions about his father, saying that his mother never said that he had a father. Nelly invents some reasons as to why Heathcliff couldn't have visited. When they arrive at the Grange, Heathcliff doesn't pretend to love his son, he calls Linton's mother a s*** and says that Linton is his property. Linton begs Nelly not to leave him, but she has to go, and mounts her horse quickly while the boy is distracted.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 19, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Edgar brings the boy Linton to Thrushcross Grange, and Cathy is very disappointed to discover that her cousin, is a weak, small, whiney young boy. Not long after he arrives, Joseph turns up and yells at Nelly and Edgar that Heathcliff wants his son, saying that if he doesn't come tonight, Heathcliff will come and get him himself in the morning. Edgar promises to send the boy...SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 11 The Great Agra Treasure, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: The police take the boat back to the shore and talk with Jonathan Small. He tells them that he wasn't the person to end the life of Bartholomew, but it was Tonga, the pigmy. Holmes says that he believes him, but that he will need to provide a full honest account of the Agra Treasure, and how he came to England, and how he came into Bartholomew's room. Small agrees, but curses the treasure, saying that it brings nothing but misery to those who possess it. Watson is dropped off at Vauxhall bridge with the Agra Treasure, and with a police guard, heads to Miss Morstan's home. She is happy to see Watson, but seems a little upset and aloof when receiving the treasure. Watson is likewise unhappy, and over does his excited performance when handing the chest over. He tells her about the boat chase, and she seems terrified at the danger she put Watson and Holmes into. Watson proceeds to open the chest, and when he lifts the lid, they find the crate empty. Watson lets out a "Thank God" and confesses his love to miss Morstan saying that the treasure would have separated them. She reciprocates his love.
SEO stuff that I really don't want to have to do...Join me for another immersive narration of this classic detective story from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 🎭 As I, your narrator, guide you through the mystery of The Sign of Four Chapter 11. This piece of literature continues to showcase Doyle's masterful storytelling as we dive deeper into the investigation :D
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 18, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Cathy grows up at Thrushcross Grange, and at the age of 13 she is a intelligent, beautiful, and temperamental girl. Her father is fearful of Wuthering Heights, and doesn't let his daughter leave the grounds of the Grange's park, and he doesn't tell her anything of the Heights, or its inhabitants. One day, Edgar receives a letter from Isabella, saying that she is ill and going to pass away, and that she wishes to see her brother and wants him to take her son with him back to the Grange. Edgar leaves for London, and tells Nelly to take care of Cathy.While under Nelly's care, Cathy escapes to the moors, wanting to explore the world by herself. When she doesn't come home in the evening, Nelly gets worries and goes to look for her, fearing that she has found the Heights. When she gets to the Heights, she finds one of the family dogs, and goes to the door of the manor, where she is greeted by a housekeeper who tells her that Cathy is inside. Cathy is talking with Hareton, and seems to be very fond of him. Nelly is furious however, and only wants to take Cathy home. Nelly tells Cathy that Hareton is not the son of the master of the house, but is actually her cousin. Cathy is shocked and tries to deny this, saying that her cousin is being brought to the Grange by her father. Nelly persists, and explains that people can have more that one cousin, and finally gets the girl to leave. On the way home, Nelly gets Cathy to promise that she will tell nothing of her visit to the Heights to her father.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 17, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Not long after the funeral, Isabella arrives at Thrushcross Grange, laughing like a madwoman, and out of breath. She has come to ask Nelly for help, at an hour when she knows Edgar will be sleeping. Isabella says that a Heathcliff and Hindley are attacking each other. She says that Hindley tried to stay sober so that he could go to his sister's funeral, but couldn't bring himself to go and started drinking again. While Heathcliff was watching over Catherin's grave, Hindley locked him out of the house and told Isabella that he intended on shooting him. Isabella warned Heathcliff about the plan, and when Hindley aimed his pistol out of the window, Heathcliff grabbed and fired it back at Hindley, the knife attachment cutting his wrist. Heathcliff then forced his way inside and beat Hindley all over. The following morning, Isabella reminded Hindley of the previous night and he became enraged and began to fight Heathcliff anew. In the fury, Isabella managed to escape. Soon after her visit to Nelly, Isabella goes to London, where she gives birth to Heathcliff's son, Linton. She keeps up a correspondence with Nelly over the next 12 years until Isabella passes away too. Six months after Catherine's passing, Hindley goes too. Nelly returns to Wuthering Heights to see about the funeral arrangements and to bring Hareton back to Thrushcross Grange. She comes to find that Hindley was in a huge amount of Debt and that Heathcliff, has become the owner of The Heights. He does not allow Hareton to return with Nelly, and says that he will raise the boy himself. Hareton, who should be one of the finest gentlement in the area, is now forced to live as a common servant, friendless, and without hope. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 10 The End of the Islander, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Holmes, Watson, and Officer Athelney Jones head to the Thames and board a police boat. Holmes instructs the men to remove anything that indicates that the boat could be the police, and they make their way down the river to the shipyard. Holmes explains that the previous day, he went down to the shipyard and talked with the men who worked there, and suddenly, the man Smith, walked in shouting that he needed his ship ready for that evening. Holmes followed the man for a little, and when that proved unsuccessful, he went back to the shipyard where he found one of his street men hovering around. He informed the child to wave a white flag if the boat leaves the yard. The men lie in wait for a little bit, and then see the white flag waving and the Aurora leaving the shipyard. Holmes directs the ship to go as fast as they can get her to go, and they race after the Aurora. They very slowly gain on the Aurora, and little by little they make out the bodies and then faces of the men on board. A Tug separates the ships again, but Holmes and the police are on the chase and slowly gain on the Aurora again. Suddenly, the little Pigmy man jumps out and raises his blowpipe and Holmes and Watson. They pull out their pistols and fire at the man, felling him into the river. As they pull alongside the Aurora, Smith forces the boat into the marshes, and Small jumps off, getting his leg stuck in the mud, allowing the police to capture him, and get the treasure chest.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 16, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: That night Catherine gives birth to a daughter two months premature and then passes away 2 hours later. When Nelly goes to tell Heathcliff, he seems to know already. He curses Catherine for all of the pain that she has caused him and prays that she haunts him for the rest of his life. She may drive him mad as long as she stays with him. Edgar watches over Catherine's body at night, and Heathcliff lurks in the garden waiting to see her. When Edgar eventually retires to bed, Nelly lets Heathcliff have a moment with her. After Heathcliff leaves, Nelly finds that Heathcliff replaces Edgar's hair in Catherine's locket with one of his own. She wraps Heathcliff's around Edgar's and leaves them in the locket together. Hindley is invited to Catherine's funeral but doesn't come, Isabella isn't invited. Catherine, to the surprise of the villagers, is not buried at the Linton tomb nor with her relatives. She is instead places in a corner of the church yard looking over the moors.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 15, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Four days after Nelly's visit to Wuthering Heights, she waits for Edgar to leave for church before giving Heathcliff's letter to Catherine. Catherine has become very weak, and can't hold the letter, but as soon as Nelly mentions that it is from Heathcliff, he enters the room, unable to wait for a response. Catherine and Heathcliff have a very heated conversation where Catherine claims that her heart has been broken by both Heathcliff and Edgar. She states that she doesn't want to die while Heathcliff is alive, and she never wants to be apart from him, and begs for his forgiveness. Heathcliff says that he can forgive her for the pain she caused him, but not that which she caused herself. The church service ends, and Nelly urges Heathcliff to leave so that Edgar doesn't find him at home, but Catherine urges him to stay. As Edgar comes into the room, Nelly screams and Catherine collapses. Edgar is furious at Heathcliff's presence, but is too concerned about his wife to do anything about him, and Nelly takes Heathcliff away to the garden. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 8 A Break in the Chain, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Watson wakes up from his sleep, and Holmes informs him that Wiggins and his fellow street urchins found no sign of the Aurora on the Thames. Watson suggests a few ideas to Holmes about where the boat could be, but Holmes has thought about them all. The only thing that they can do is wait and hope that more news comes for them throughout the day. Watson leaves Holmes at home and goes to see Miss Morstan to tell her of their developments.When he gets home, Holmes is in his room, and their Landlord tells him that Holmes has done nothing but pace back and forth the whole afternoon. Throughout the whole night Holmes paces around the room, and during the following day Holmes spends his time mixing chemicals together. The next morning Watson is startled when he wakes to see Holmes at his bedside dressed in a sailors jacket. Holmes says that Watson is to take over the Baker Street Office while he is out. Watson tries to distract himself throughout the day, but he struggles to think of anything but the case. Suddenly the detective Anthenly Jones arrives and says that Holmes told him to come. The two exchange some small talk, and then hear a knock at the door and an old wheezing breath. An old man enters the room asking for Sherlock Holmes. The man says that he can only talk to Holmes but that he has information about the case. The two men stop the old man from leaving and tell him to wait for Holmes to come back. After a few more minutes small talk, Holmes reveals himself to be disguised at the old man. and says that they will capture the men tonight. SEO stuff that I really don't want to have to do...Join me for another immersive narration of this classic detective story from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 🎭 As I, your narrator, guide you through the mystery of The Sign of Four Chapter 7. This piece of literature continues to showcase Doyle's masterful storytelling as we dive deeper into the investigation :D
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 14, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly goes to Wuthering Heights, but Edgar continues to refuse his sister’s requests for forgiveness. When she arrives, Heathcliff demands Nelly to tell him about Catherine and he asks if he can see her. Nelly refuses and Heathcliff enraged, threatens to lock her up and go by himself. Terrified of Heathcliff, Nelly agrees to take a letter from him to Catherine. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Victorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 13, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Edgar and Catherine spend 2 months trying to nurse Catherine back to health, and though she never fully recovers, she soon finds out that she is pregnant. Six weeks after her marriage to Heathcliff, Isabella writes to Edgar begging for forgiveness. Isabells then writes to Nelly and tells her that Wuthering Heights is awful; Hindley, Joseph, and Hareton all treat her cruelly, and Heathcliff has declared that as he cannot punish Edgar for Catherine’s illness, he will punish Isabella instead. Isabella also says that Hindley has developed an obsession with Heathcliff, who has now taken full control of Wuthering Heights. Hindley hopes that he will be able to get Heathcliff’s money, and he has shown a weapon to Isabella that he intends to use on Heathcliff. Isabella claims that she has made a mistake in marrying Heathcliff and she begs Nelly to visit her at Wuthering Heights.SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :DVictorian Literature, Gothic Audiobook, Classic Literature
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 8 The Baker Street Irregulars, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Recovering from their fit of laughter, Holmes and Watson take Toby back to the place where he hesitated so they can follow the other sent. Toby leads them to a jetty on the Thames where the trail fades away, leading the men to conclude that the villains escaped by boat. At that instant, the door to the boat rental home opens and a little boy runs out, followed by his mother. Holmes stops the child before he can run off, and asks the woman a few questions about renting a steam boat. The lady informs him that her husband has gone off in it, and she is a little worried, as he normally would have taken a different ship. She also lets out that he went off with a Wooden-legged man... Holmes asks a few more questions about this Wooden-legged man, and the boat they left in. As they leave, Holmes send a telegram to "The Baker Street Irregulars," the group of street rats that he employs to gather information. At home, they eat breakfast and read through the newspaper, where they find an article, praising the detective work of Athelney Jones. When the group of street rats arrive, Holmes tells them that they need to go down the river, looking for a steam ship called the "Aurora," and when they find it, they should come to him. Following this, Holmes plays Watson to sleep on his Violin.
SEO stuff that I really don't want to have to do...Join me for another immersive narration of this classic detective story from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 🎭 As I, your narrator guide you through the mystery of The Sign of Four Chapter 7. This piece of literature continues to showcase Doyle's masterful storytelling as we dive deeper into the investigation :D
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 12, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Catherine finally allows the servants to bring her food, and in a hysterical state, claims that she is dying and that she doesn’t know why Edgar won’t come to her side. She rants about her childhood and her time with Heathcliff on the moors and death. Nelly is worried that Catherine will fall further ill and refuses to open any windows, but Catherine manages to force one open. From the window, she thinks that she can see Wuthering Heights, and Catherine says that she will die and her spirit will not be at rest until it can be with Heathcliff. Edgar arrives and Nelly goes to get a doctor. The doctor is optimistic about her recovery. SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude. Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
Victorian Literature Gothic Audiobook Classic Literature
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Nelly goes to Wuthering Heights to talk with Hindley, but finds Hareton, who throws rocks at her and curses her. Nelly learns from Hareton that Heathcliff taught him to swear at Hindley and that Heathcliff has forbidden the curate from coming to the property. When Heathcliff arrives, Nelly runs away.
The next day at Thrushcross Grange, Nelly sees Heathcliff kissing Isabella. Catherine accosts Heathcliff about his true feelings for Isabella, and she offers to convince Edgar to consent to the marriage if he really loves her. Heathcliff tells Catherine that her idea is ridiculous, but that he intends to take revenge on her for marrying Edgar. Nelly tells Edgar about Catherine and Heathcliff’s conversation, and he goes to the kitchen to order Heathcliff off of his property.
A fight breaks out between the two men, and Catherine throws the key to the door in the fire to ensure that Edgar can’t call for backup and has to face Heathcliff like a man. Catherine goads Edgar into striking Heathcliff, and when Edgar flees, Heathcliff decides to part too, knowing that he can’t fight multiple men when Edgar inevitably calls for backup.
In a fury, Edgar declares that Catherine must choose between him and Heathcliff. Catherine refuses to answer and locks herself in her room for 2 days straight. After two days, Edgar warns Isabella that if she wants to marry Heathcliff, she will be kicked out of Linton family.
SEO Stuff that I don't want to do lol...
Welcome to this narration of Emily Bronte's masterpiece, bringing you another chapter of this compelling gothic books classic. In this literary fiction reading, we explore the depths of Victorian literature as the story continues to unfold through Nelly's memories. Join me for this wuthering heights novel audiobook as we delve into themes of conscience, duty and solitude.
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 7 The Episode of the Barrel, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Watson takes Miss Morstan home, feeling that the treasure is a barrier that blocks their potential love from blooming. After dropping her off and promising to let her know about any developments, he heads to Pinchin Lane to pick up the hound Toby, following which he heads back to Pondicherry Lodge.Holmes reexamines the footprints of the accomplice and gets Watson to notice how the feet are different to his own; the toes being all spread out on the killers, while his and Watsons are all pressed together. Watson heads downstairs to loose Toby, finds Holmes to be on the roof ready to Climb down like the suspect must have done. Mounting the stairs again, Holmes gets Toby to sniff a creosote soaked handkerchief, and then set out across London, Toby leading the way. While walking, Holmes elaborates more on the suspects, suggesting that they must have been convicts, and Sholto and Morstan their guards. The Convicts must have originally found the treasure, this explains why they set out on a revenge mission against their guards. The reason for Sholto's great shock on the night he passed away was that he saw Small's face in the window, meaning that he had escaped from prison; as a guard, Sholto, would have known how long his sentence was. After walking many miles through London, Toby begins to speed up, Holmes and Watson believe that they are now very close to the perpetrators, and prepare their arms. Creosote, now being widely used to preserve wood, confused Toby, and he lead them to a lumber yard, causing Holmes and Watson to erupt in laughter.
SEO stuff that I really don't want to have to do...
Join me for another immersive narration of this classic detective story from Sir Arthur Conan Doyle 🎭 As I, your narrator guide you through the mystery of The Sign of Four Chapter 7. This piece of literature continues to showcase Doyle's masterful storytelling as we dive deeper into the investigation :D
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 10, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Lockwood falls very ill after his walk back from Wuthering Heights and he spends 4 dreadful weeks recovering. Heathcliff pays him a visit, and once his Landlord leaves, he asks Nelly to continue her story. He wants to know how Heathcliff made his money and how he came to purchase Thrushcross Grange and Wuthering Heights. Nelly claims that she doesn’t know how he made his money, but that after those three years he came back a rich and changed man. About six months Catherin’s Marriage to Edgar Linton, Heathcliff returns to Yorkshire, and surprises Nelly at Thrushcross Grange. When he comes inside Catherine is overwhelmed by the sight of him and becomes silly with happiness at her old friend’s return. Edgar is seriously jealous of Heathcliff’s change; he is now a strong, wealthy, proper gentleman. He says that Hindley has invited him to stay at Wuthering Heights, which surprises everyone and he explains that when he arrived seeking Nelly, Hindley was gambling and he sat down to play with them, making reckless bets and showing signs of wealth. Catherine and Isabella begin to visit Wuthering Heights and Heathcliff starts to visit the Grange. Isabella starts to fall for the tall dark gentleman, who despite his love for Catherine, doesn’t push Isabella away. Nelly thinks that Heathcliff still wants revenge on Hindley, Edgar, and Catherine, and vows to watch him.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 9, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly is still trying to hide baby Hareton when Hindley barges in drunk through the door and grabs the boy. In his drunken state he drops Hareton over the banister, and the baby is only saved by Heathcliff being in the right place at the right time. Later in the evening, Catherine finds Nelly and confides in her that Edgar has proposed and that she has accepted. Heathcliff happens to overhear the conversation between the two, and more skulks away after hearing Catherine call him uneducated and rough, and of a lower social class, leaving before she says that she loves Heathcliff like she love herself.That night Heathcliff leaves Wuthering Heights. Catherine spends the whole night in the grounds in a thunderstorm calling for Heathcliff. She falls very ill after the thunderstorm and the doctor declares that she is near death. The Linton’s take Catherine to Thrushcross Grange but she gives her fever to Mr and Mrs Linton, and they both pass away within a few days of each other. Three years later, Heathcliff has not returned, and Catherine has married and moved in with Edgar Linton, taking Catherine with her, forcing Hareton to go into the sole care of his Drunkard of a father.
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 6 Sherlock Holmes Gives a Demonstration, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Holmes goes around examining the crime scene. He finds some footprints on the floor, a Foot, and a round stump print. He and Watson declare that the wooden-legged man must have been there, and looking out of the window, declare that the walls are too high for him to have worked alone. Watson asks how another person could have gotten in, and Holmes frustratingly responds that he must learn to apply Holmes' methods. After walking through the methods, he declares that the other person must have come through the roof. They go through the hole in the roof and find a trapdoor leading to the roof. They also find a set of tiny footprints, and Watson declares that a child must have helped, and though Holmes disagrees, he doesn't state why yet. Holmes then states that the wooden legged man stepped in creosote. They quickly examine the body before the police arrive, and suggest "some Strychnine-like substance." Holmes explains that it must have been administered by the thorn he found in the man's neck. When the police arrive, the detective declares that he is certain of Thaddeus' guilt. Holmes tries to dissuade the man, but he refuses to see the holes that Holmes points to and arrests Thaddeus on the spot. Holmes, frustrated tells Watson that it is late, and that they must get Miss Morstan home. Watson agrees, and Holmes asks if Watson is up for continuing through the night, and on his consent, Holmes send him to an address to look for a dog called Toby.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 8, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Nelly skips forward in her story to the following summer. Francis gives birth to a baby boy but soon dies from the strain of childbirth. Hindley assigns Nelly the task of raising the child, and he falls into a deep depression and angry state, exacerbated by his excessive drinking. Heathcliff takes the majority of the beatings from Hindley, and he takes a great pleasure in watching his Abuser’s decline. Catherine is spending more time with the Linton’s and behaves like a proper lady with him and like a rebel when with Heathcliff. One afternoon when Hindley is out of the house, Heathcliff skives off of work to spend the day with Catherine. She tells him however that the Linton’s are coming, and she cannot be with him. Heathcliff calls Catherine out for spending too much time with the spoilt children, and she retorts that the Linton children are bright and interesting while he is ignorant and dull. Edgar then enters without Isabella, and Heathcliff storms off. Catherine asks Nelly to leave them alone, but she refuses, having been told to act as a chaperone when Edgar visited. Catherine lets her devil out and slaps Nelly which causes the baby Hareton to cry, whereupon Catherine shakes him. Edgar shocked by Catherine’s actions goes to leave but doesn’t make it past the gate before coming back to Catherine and her beauty. Nelly leaves them alone and only returns to tell that that Hindley is coming back and is very drunk. She can instantly tell that they have confessed their love for each other. Edgar flees from Hindley’s wrath and Catherine goes to her room. Nelly tries to hide Hareton and removes the shot from his gun.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Catherine spends 5 weeks recovering at Thrushcross Grange. Mrs Linton has determined to turn Catherine into a Lady, and after her time at the Grange, Catherine was indeed changed. Catherine returns around Christmas time and instructs Heathcliff that he may greet Catherine like the other servants, and when he does, she compares his roughness to the cleanliness of the Linton children. Heathcliff is hurt by Catherine’s remarks and he storms away. The Linton children come to supper the next day under the condition that Heathcliff is kept away from them. Heathcliff comes to Nelly and asks her to help him be proper so he can please Catherine. Hindley orders that Heathcliff be locked in the attic until the Children are gone but Edgar makes a remark about Heathcliff’s hair before he can be locked up. Heathcliff throws a spoon of hot applesauce at Edgar which burns his face. While Nelly tries to clean and sooth Edgar, Hindley takes Heathcliff upstairs and thrashes him. The Lintons and Hindley and Catherine then go to eat supper, but Catherine cannot finish her food. She is too sorry for Heathcliff and after dinner sneaks off to try and be with him.
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 5 The Tragedy of Pondicherry Lodge, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Pondicherry Lodge is a very imposing building in the moonlight. High walls, topped with Broken glass surround the building. The doorman, McMurdo is refuses to let anyone but Thaddeus enter, but when Holmes steps forward and reminds the giant man that the two of them boxed together, he flings the door open to them all. The doorman then explains that Thaddeus' brother, Bartholomew has not left his room all day. Thaddeus enters the house, and talks to the housekeeper, who has been crying. While he is away, Holmes and Watson notice that the grounds are covered with holes, clearly where they had searched for the treasure. Thaddeus comes rushing out, screaming that something is wrong with his brother. Holmes and Watson head up the stairs with Thaddeus, and Miss Morstan consoles the housekeeper. They look through the locked door's key hole, and see Bartholomew's face staring back at them with a strange look on his face. They break down the door and go inside. Looking around the room, they find a chemical laboratory, and a set of steps leading to a hole in the ceiling. Bartholomew is stole cold, and Holmes finds a note that reads "The Sign of the Four" next to him. Holmes declares that he has only a little more info because he can announce to have solved the case, and he tells Thaddeus to go to the police.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Hindley and his new wife return to Wuthering Heights for Mr Earnshaw's funeral. Hindley immediately starts to take revenge on Heathcliff, removing his rights to an education and forcing him to labour in the fields. Catherine and Heathcliff are still able to escape to the moors every not and again to avoid Hindley after Heathcliff's work is done. One evening Heathcliff and Catherine disappear for the night, and Hindley ordered the doors to be bolted. Nelly chooses to wait up for for them none the less, but they do not come home together, Heathcliff comes back alone. He tells Nelly that they went to spy on the Linton's at Thrushcross Grange, but they got attacked by the Linton's dog. Unable to return home and eventually identified by the Lintons, Catherine is invited to stay with them until she recovers. Heathcliff is refused entry to the home because of his origins and harsh mannerisms. Mr Linton comes the following day to inform Hindley what happened, and following his departure, Hindley forbids Heathcliff from speaking to Catherine, threatening to kick him out.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Time goes on and Mr Earnshaw becomes ill and weak. Disgusted at his son's treatment of Heathcliff, Earnshaw sends Hindley away to college. Joseph starts to take advantage of his master's frailness, and his religious views allow him to exert some power over him. Soon, Mr Earnshaw passes away and Catherine and Earnshaw turn to religious for comfort. They discuss heaven, and await the return of Hindley, the new master of the house.
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 4 The Story of the Bald-Headed man, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: After being led down the hall and into a wonderfully furnished room, the Holmes, Watson, and miss Morstan meet Thaddeus Sholto, a odd, twitching 30 year old man. Thaddeus lets slip that Captain Morstan is indeed dead which agitates Miss Morstan and angers Watson. Thaddeus then goes on to explain that he and his twin brother had a disagreement, and that they will all go visit him later. Thaddeus then tells the story of his father's return to England from India with a small fortune, but adds that Major Sholto had a fear of men with wooden legs. In early 1882, Major Sholto received a letter from India that shocked his nerves, and rattled his health. By the end of April, he was dying, and he told his sons about Miss Morstan, and the guilt that he felt for never including her in the fortune that was rightfully half hers. He asked his children to give Morstan her fair share of the treasure, and to send her some pearls too. Just as he was about to tell his sons where the treasure was hidden, a face at the window caused Sholto to die on the spot from the shock of it. He and his brother searched all over for the treasure and only found it the day before, and he and his brother argued over what should be done with it. As he finished his tale, the 4 of them got up, and made their way to Pondicherry Lodge, the home of Thaddeus' brother Bartholomew.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: After spending a day in Solitude, Lockwood becomes lonely. When the house keeper Nelly Dean brings him supper, he wonders if she is a gossip, and tries to get her to talk about Wuthering Heights and its owner. She clarifies the relations between the tennants, explaining that the Catherine that Lockwood met, is the daughter of the Catherine who was Nelly's first mistress at Wuthering Heights, and that Hareton Earnshaw is her cousin, and the nephew of the deceased Catherine. Cathy is the last of the Linton's and Earnshaw, the last of his line too.Nelly continues her story of her early years at Wuthering Heights. When Catherine and Hindley were young, their father went on a trip to Liverpool, and came back with Heathcliff, bundled in his coat. Mr Earnshaw declared that Heathcliff would be raised as a member of their family. Both Catherine and Hindley resent Heathcliff at first, but Catherine very quickly grows to love him. Catherine and Heathcliff become inseparable, and Hindley's hate only grows, and he himself becomes unfavorable in his father's eyes. Mrs Earnshaw dies two years after Heathcliff's arrival at Wuthering Heights, and Hindley now alone in his dislike of the new family member.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Zillah takes Lockwood to an out-of-the-way room which Heathcliff has forbidden from visitors. Lockwood notices that someone has scratched the name "Catherine Earnshaw, Catherine Linton, and Catherine Heathcliff" into the paint on the ledge of the bed. He also finds a diary, dated some 25 years ago written in the margins of several books. The Diary seems to have belonged to Catherine Earnshaw, and Lockwood reads about a day at Wuthering Heights soon after her father died, on which her older brother Hindley forced her and Heathcliff to listen to Joseph give a sermon. Catherine and Heathcliff, it seems, were very close, and Hindley seems to have Hated Heathcliff. Lockwood falls asleep and has a pair of nightmares. He awakes from the second when a cone from a branch begins tapping on his window. Still half asleep he tried to break the branch by forcing his hand through the glass of the window, but his hand is grabbed by a phantom one. A voice sobbing the name Catherine Linton asks to be let it. Linton, scared out of his wits, rakes the ghostly hands through the broken glass and tries to barricade the window with books. The books fall however, causing Lockwood to scream, rousing Heathcliff, who charges into the room. Lockwood leaves the room, but hears Heathcliff call out to Catherine, asking her to come home. Heathcliff, once the sun has risen, escorts Lockwood back to the threshold of Thrushcross Grange, where Lockwood retreats to his room to be alone.
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 3 In Quest of a Solution, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Holmes comes back to 221b Baker Street in good spirits. He tells Watson that he has figured out that the pearls have something to do with Major Sholto, who, he discovered died the same week that Miss Morstan started receiving them. He figures that Sholto's heir knows something, and wants to compensate for it. When Miss Morstan arrives, the trio get into the cab, Holmes making sure to take his revolver with him. In the cab, miss Morstan provides Holmes with some additional papers full of allusions to her father and Major Sholto's time together. On one of the papers is a strange symbol, a small red cross, the words "the sign of the four," and the names Jonathan Small, Mahomet Singh, Abdullah Khan, Dost Akbar.
When they arrive at the theatre, they are approached by a man who asks for Miss Morstan, and he asks her to confirm that Holmes and Watson are not police. He then takes them to another cab, and on mounting, takes them on a winding, twisting journey across London. When they finally arrive at their destination, they are greeted by a man at the door, and a young child-like voice from within.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: On a cold afternoon not long after his arrival, Lockwood makes his way towards Wuthing Heights, arriving just as a small snow starts to fall. He knocks on the door but no one lets him in, and Joseph, the old grounds keeper, calls out in a heavy accent that Heathcliff isn't in the house. After a while, a rough looking man lets him in the house, and Lockwood goes into the sitting room where he sees a gorgeous girl sitting besides the fire. Lockwood assumes that she is Heathcliff's wife. He tries to talk to her, but the girl responds very dryly. When Heathcliff arrives, he informs Lockwood that the girl is his daughter in law. Lockwood then assumes that the man that let him in must be Heathcliff's son; Heathcliff immediately corrects this also. The young man is Hareton Earnshaw, and the girl is the widow of Heathcliff's dead son. The snow becomes a Blizzard, and when Lockwood is ready to leave, he is forced to ask for a guild back to Thrushcross Grange. No one offers to help him. He takes a lantern, and says that he will try and find his way home without them. Joseph sees Lockwood and assumes that he is stealing the lantern, raising his voice, and setting the dogs on him. Lockwood becomes furious and curses the people of Wuthering Heights, causing him to have a nosebleed. The house keeper Zillah, ends the commotion, and leads Lockwood inside to bed.
Wuthering Heights by Emily Brontë chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Writing in his Diary, Mr Lockwood describes his first days at Thrushcross Grange, a small manor house in Yorkshire. Soon after his arrival he goes to visit his landlord, Mr Heathcliff, a dark man living in a manor called Wuthering Heights. During the visit, Heathcliff shows a lot of distrust towards Lockwood, and leaves him alone in a small dark room with a group of snarling dogs. Lockwood is only saved from the dogs' attacks by the old house keeper. When Heathcliff returns, Lockwood is furious, but he soon calms as his host laughs the situation away. Though he still feels not fully welcome at Wuthering Heights, he volunteers to visit again the following day.
The Sign of Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 2 The Statement of the Case, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Miss Morstan comes into the room and tells Holmes and Watson about her father, Captain Arthur Morstan's, disappearance. He had been given 12 months leave from his Indian regiment in the British army. He sent a letter to her to come and join him in London, but when she arrived at his hotel, he was gone. After a day, her father had still not come back, and the hotel staff advised her to go to the police. This produced no results. A Major Sholto was Morstan's only friend in the country, but he apparently had no idea that his friend was back in England. A few years after her father's disappearance, an ad in the paper asked for Morstan to reveal her address. She sent a reply to the poster, and from that day onward she has received a pearl once a year for the last 6 years. Miss Morstan has now received a new letter asking for her to meet with the sender that night, stating that she can bring 2 friends, but no police. Holmes and Watson agree to accompany her to the rendezvous. Miss Morstan leaves, and Holmes goes to make some inquiries in the interim. At 6, the three of them go to the address given, and on alighting their cab, they are approached by a man who, on finding out that her friends are not police, leads them to another cab which takes them down winding streets to the outside of London. When they arrive, they are greeted by a man at the door, and a high pitched voice from within the house.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 20, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:That night, Dorian goes to the locked schoolroom where he keeps his portrait. He hopes that his decision to change his life for good will have changed the portrait and considers that his choice to leave the girl’s reputation intact will show on the portrait’s face. Dorian notices no positive change in the picture but sees that “in the eyes there was a look of cunning, and in the mouth the curved wrinkle of the hypocrite.” He realises that his any attempt of his to be good will be the attempt of a hypocrite, and any attempt to minimise his crimes will not redeem him. Furious at himself and the picture, he seizes a knife, the same one he used on Basil, and drives it into the portrait, in a hope to destroy it. From downstairs, his servants hear a cry and a bang. When they break into the room, they seem the beautiful portrait of Dorian that Basil painted all those years ago, and on the floor, the body of an old man, horribly disfigured, with a knife plunged deep into his heart. The servants are shocked and confused, and only realise that the man is their master Dorian Gray, by looking at the rings on his hands.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 19, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Several weeks have passed and Dorian goes to visit Lord Henry. Dorian claims that he has changes and that he wants to reform himself and be virtuous. As if providing evidence of his new ways, Dorian tells Lord Henry of his most recent love affair, and claims that he spared the poor girl, from a relationship with him, by leaving her unblemished. Lord Henry dismisses Dorian’s reformations, and turns the conversation to other subjects, namely, Alan Campbell’s death and the mystery of Basil’s disappearance. Dorian asks if he has considered that Basil could have been murdered. Lord Henry dismisses the idea, and when Dorian asks what he would think if Dorian said that he killed him, Lord Henry laughs away the notion of it, saying that murder is too vulgar a thing for Dorian to have done.
The Sign of the Four by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 1 The Science of Deduction, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY: Sherlock Holmes is sitting in his chair at Baker Street, injecting narcotics into his arm. Dr Watson, his flat mate and friend, calls Holmes out on his recreational narcotic usage, and feels that he should stop abusing them for the sake of his health and mind. Holmes replies to this outburst by claiming that his mind rebels at stagnation, and that because he doesn't have a case to solve, he yields to this form of Mental Exaltation. He then says that he made his detective job for himself because he takes great pleasure in solving problems.The two men quickly discuss the Jefferson Hope Case which Watson wrote about, "A Study in Scarlet." Holmes says that Watson added too much romanticism, and believes that Watson should have only left in the parts pertaining to Holmes' detective abilities. Holmes then mentions that he has also written several pieces about his detective abilities on the distinction between ashes of various tobaccos, and the like.Watson then asks Holmes to explain the difference between observation and deduction. Holmes obliges, and says that Watson went to the post office to send a telegram, and then explains how he came to these conclusions. With a goal to challenge his flat mate, Watson gets Holmes to identify his watch, and describe its former owner. After looking at the watch, Holmes concludes that the watch belonged to Watson's brother, that the man had times of poverty and prosperity, and was also a drunk. After a brief outburst from Watson, Holmes goes to explain how he arrives at the answer he gave. Following this, their Land Lady Mrs. Hudson, comes in and announces that a Miss Mary Morstan wants to see Holmes... A New Case
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 18, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The following day Dorian refuse to leave the house, and thoughts of falling victim to James Vane consume him. He begins to wonder whether his face was actually there or not, and this idea makes him wonder whether he will every be able to sleep again.Three days later, Dorian goes outside. He goes on a stroll around his estate, and feels strong again. He breakfasts with the Duchess and then goes on a walk with hunting party in the park. While strolling along side the men, Dorian becomes transfixed by a hare, and begs the men not to shoot the beautiful creature. One of the men laughs at Dorian’s compassion and fires. The gunshot is immediately followed by a cry of pain, and several men dash into the bush to find that a man has been shot and killed. Lord Henry takes Dorian back to the house, and dismisses Dorian’s claim that it is a bad omen. Attempting to lighten the mood, Lord Henry jokes with Dorian about his relationship with the duchess. Dorian fires back “I wish I could love,” and claims that he is too concentrated on himself and his own personality to love. When the Duchess comes to greet them, Dorian heads inside to leave Lord Henry to talk with her. Once in his room, the head keeper comes to see his master, and informs Dorian that no one knows who the dead man is, and that he wasn’t a member of anyone’s staff. The keeper, states that the man looks like a rough sailor type. On hearing this, Dorian demands to see the body and rides to the stables, where he finds the body of James Vane lying in the straw. Dorian finally feels safe again.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 17, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:A week later, Dorian is entertaining guests at his home, Selby. He talks with Lord Henry, the Dutchess of Monmouth, and her husband about the nature and importance of beauty, and other matters. The duchess criticises Lord Henry for placing too much importance on beauty. When the conversation turns to love, Lord Henry maintains that love, like life, depends on repeating great experiences over and over again. Dorian agrees as usual with Lord Henry and excuses himself. The guests hear a groan and a thud from the other side of the room, and rush over to find Dorian laying on the ground. At supper, Dorian has sudden chills, and thinks about what caused him to fall. He was certain that he saw the face of James Vane at the window.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 14 The Conclusion, by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Soon after Hope gives his statement, he passes away from a heart condition. Back at 221B Baker Street, Holmes and Watson discuss the case. Holmes calls it a very simple case, and Watson is taken aback. Holmes goes on to explain his technique of reverse thinking. Working backwards from the results to arrive at the method. He explains in the Brixton road, he determined several details about the victim and the killer. He then, determined that the murder was a personal one, and not a political one, and the missing wedding ring guaranteed this. Holmes then explains that his telegram to the US gave him all of the other details of the case. Who was involved, and the details of Hope's trip to Europe. Holmes then assumed that the best way to learn a city, and follow someone would be to work as a cabbie, so he employed his street urchins to go to every cab company and ask for a man called hope. Watson urges Holmes to publish his findings to get credit for his brilliant detective skills, but it doesn't really interest him and to make matters worse, the Newspapers are already giving all of the credit to Lestrade and Gregson.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 16, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:As he makes his way to the opium dens, he recites Lord Henry’s credo of “To cure the soul by means of the senses, and the senses by means of the Soul.” He decides that if he sins cannot be forgiven, then they can at least be forgotten by means of opium and the oblivion they give. He makes his way to a den where he encounters a young man called Adiran Singleton, whom it is said was corrupted by Dorian. They talk for a short while and Dorian leaves, whereupon a woman calls him “Devil’s bargain”, and “Prince Charming.” At these words, a Sailor rushes out after him and follows Dorian’s path. Dorian reflects on whether or not he should feel bad about what he did to Adrian, but his thoughts are cut short as he is tackled and held at gunpoint by the Sailor, James Vane. Sibyl’s brother has been trying to find Dorian for years, but not knowing his name other than “Prince Charming,” he has been tricky to find. Dorian scared, but sure of himself, manages to convince the man that he could not have been the man that he is hunting, since Dorian has the face of a 20 year old, and Sibyl has been dead for 18 years. James Vane releases Dorian, defeated, and Dorian makes his way quickly down the alleyway. Turning to head back, a woman says to James that Dorian has been coming to that den for 18 years, and he hasn’t aged a day. Furious at himself for letting him go, James Vane vows to track Dorian down, and now with a name, the pursuit will be much simpler.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 15, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:That evening Dorian goes to a dinner party where he flirts effortlessly with a noblewoman. Reflecting on his calmness, he feels a great pleasure in his double life. Lady Narborough, the hostess, discusses her daughter’s sad scandal-less, country life. Dorian is rather bored at the party, but brightens up when he hears Lord Henry’s voice from the hallway. During the dinner, Dorian finds it impossible to eat. Lord Henry asks what is wrong with him and Lady Narborough suggests that he is in love. Dorian assures her that she is wrong. The party goers talk about marriage and the ladies then leave the men to talk about politics and scandals. Lord Henry and Dorian discuss a party that is to be held on his estate. Lord Henry asks him too about where he was the previous evening, and for the first time in his life, Dorian’s mask cracks. He tries to play it calm, but quickly decides that he is going to go home. When home, he immediately goes to his hiding spot and burns Basil’s belongings. He then goes to his secret draw and takes out some opium before disguising himself in common clothes and making his way to a dodgy part London where he can find opium dens.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 11 A Continuation of the Reminiscences of John Watson MD by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Dr Watson takes over the narrative again to follow up after the capture of Jefferson Hope. At Scotland Yard, Hope asks the police to take his statement, as he is certain that he doesn't have long left to live. He admits that he murdered both Stangerson and Drebber as revenge for his Fiancée and Father in Law's deaths.He explains how he followed Drebber and Stangerson across 2 continents before finally finding them in London. He took a job as a cabbie, and followed them during the day, and worked at night. He was never able to find them alone, and chose to follow them until he could separate them. On the evening that Drebber missed his train to Liverpool, Drebber insisted that he had some private matter to attend to and finally left Stangerson. It was Hope's time to strike, and he followed Drebber hoping that his love of Drink would be his downfall. Drebber eventually gets into Hope's cab and falls asleep, drunk, in the back. Hope drives his prey to the house on the Brixton road, and walks him inside, where, after revealing his identity, administers poison to Drebber. A few days later, Hope climbed into Stangerson's hotel room, and killed him too. Hope then explains that he continued to work as a cabbie, to earn enough money, to buy his trip back to America. He was summoned by a street urchin, to 221B Baker street, where he was captured by Holmes.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 14, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The next morning, Dorian awakes feeling incredibly well rested. When he thinks about the events of the previous night, he feels his hatred for Basil return. He decides not to think it over though, hoping not to drive himself mad. After breakfasting he send for an old friend called Alan Campbell, a chemist he used to know quite intimately. While waiting, Dorian reads, and reflects on his former friendship with the man, and draws faces that strangely all seem to resemble Basil in some way. Campbell arrives against his wishes, and announces that he came only as he believed it a matter of life and death. Dorian confesses that there is a dead man upstairs, and asks Campbell to use his chemical knowledge to get rid of it. Campbell refuses outright, and only after Dorian extorting him, does Campbell agree to get rid of the body. After sending off for all he would need, Dorian takes him upstairs, and he starts his work; Dorian quickly rushing in beforehand to cover the portrait, that is now boasting bloody hands. Campbell works all day and then leaves. When Dorian goes up stairs, the body is gone and the room smells of Nitric acid.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 13, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Dorian takes Basil up to his locked study. Inside, lighting a candle, Dorian tears the curtain away to reveal the portrait. The painting has become a foul parody of its former beauty. Basil stares at the picture, thinking at first that it is a mockery of his work, but in horror he sees his signature at the bottom. Dorian stands and watches Basil with Triumph in his eyes. When Basil asks how this change could be possible, Dorian reminds him of the prayer he uttered on the day he met Lord Henry, asking for eternal youth. Basil curses the painting as an “awful lesson”, and states that he worshiped the young Dorian too much. He begs Dorian to pray and ask for forgiveness, but Dorian believes it to be too late. Looking at the picture, he feels a deep hatred grow in him towards Basil, and he seizes a knife to stab Basil with. He opens the Door to the study and listens for anyone stirring. When he believes that no one is there, he locks the door, hides Basil’s belongings, and dresses up to head out. He then rings the doorbell to summon his servant, claiming to have only just come home, creating himself the perfect alibi when it is discovered that Basil is missing.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 12 The Avenging Angels by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The three fugitives continue their journey through the mountains. Hope knows that the Mormons will follow them, so they always sleep late, and wake early, hoping to extend their lead. On the second day, they run out of food. As Hope believes that they are out of reach of their pursuers, he leaves his companions in search of food. Several hours later he finds a ram to shoot, and he cuts off enough to last the rest of the journey to Nevada. His path back to to camp is long and unfamiliar, but after a couple of hours he finds the camp ruffled and deserted. From the tracks on the ground, he knows that many horses and men were in the area, must have taken Lucy; as for John Ferrier, Hope soon finds a grave and makeshift tombstone...Hope vows to devote the rest of his life to revenge. On the outskirts of Salt Lake City, Hope find a man that he used to work for and asks him about Lucy. The man is scared, and says that he is risking his own life by talking to Hope, but he tells her that she is married to Drebber. Lucy dies within a month, and Hope breaks into Drebber's house to visit her body and remove her wedding ring. He tries to make some attempts to kill Stangerson and Drebber, but fails, and they both flee.After making enough money, Hope starts to track Stangerson and Drebber, as they flee across America and around the globe. Every time he arrives somewhere, his prey seems to leave just before him. In London however, Hope finally completes his mission.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 12, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:On the eve of his 38th birthday, Dorian runs into Basil on a thick fogged night. He tries to sneak past him unnoticed, but Basil calls out to him and walks him home. Basil mentions that he is to leave for Paris for 6 months and felt that he needed to see Dorian before catching his train and warn him about the terrible rumours circulating about him. Basil reminds Dorian that there are no such things as secret vices: sin always writes itself across a man’s face. After saying these words, he demands to know why so many of Dorian’s friendships have ended in disaster. One boy killed himself, others had their careers and reputations ruined, Lord Henry’s sister is an outcast. Basil chastises Dorian and urges him to use his influence for good and not evil. He adds that he wonders if he knows Dorian at all and wishes that he were able to see his soul. Dorian laughs at this and says that Basil will have his wish. He promises to show Dorian his soul. Basil decries Dorian’s blasphemy, and begs Dorian to deny the things that are being said about him. Smiling, Dorian offers to show Basil the Diary of his life, which will answer all of his questions.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 11, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Under the influence of Lord Henry’s book, Dorian begins to change. He orders dozens of copies of the book in different colours to fit his moods and fancies. Years pass, and though the world around him, and the picture grows, Dorian does not. He is still beautiful, but dark stories about him and his character seem to follow and circle around him. Most people dismiss these stories, since Dorian’s face shows no signs of sin. Dorian delights in the corruption of his soul and corruption of the picture locked away. He reflects that too much of life is pledged to discipline and avoiding pleasure and pledges his life to discovering “the true nature of the senses.” Dorian keeps up on all of the theories and discoveries of the time, but never lets these dominate him or his experiences. He devotes himself to beautiful things: perfumes, music, jewellery, embroideries, and tapestries. Dorian continues to watch the corruption of the picture of himself. Sometimes the picture fills him with horror, while at other times he reflects happily on the burdens that he has avoided. He is filled with a greater fear above all though. A fear that someone will break in and steal the picture from him and show his soul to the world.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 11 A Flight for Life by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:
The day after his meeting, Ferrier travels to town to send a letter to Hope. When Ferrier comes home, he finds two men, Drebber and Stangerson, waiting to talk to him and Lucy. The men state their claims and John Ferrier throws them out, saying they can choose between the door or the window. The next morning, Ferrier wakes up to find a letter stamped to his chest, saying 29 days. From that day on, no matter how locked the doors and windows are, a new number counting down is added to the walls inside and outside of the house. The evening before the final day, Hope has still not showed up, and Ferrier has lost nearly all hope. Before retiring however, he hears a scratching at the door, and goes to open it. Hope is there on the floor, and crawls in to the house. Hope and Ferrier discuss their escape. Hope says that they will head through the mountains to get to Carson City Nevada. The family pack, and climb through the window and sneak to a hedge where they are almost caught by 2 patrolling men watching their house. They exchange a code, and then move on their way. When it is safe, Hope rushes the family through the fields and down to the mountains where Hope has stashed horses and a mule. They make their way along a windy dangerous path and eventually Lucy spies a man who she believes to be the last checkpoint. They try using the code that they heard earlier, and the sentry lets them pass through where they finally let out a sigh of relief.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 10, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Once Basil leaves, Dorian gets his servant Victor to go to a local frame maker and bring some of his men to the house. He then calls his housekeeper Mrs Leaf and asks for the key to his old schoolroom upstairs. Dorian then covers the picture Basil painted for him with a satin curtain, reflecting on the sins that will change the face on the canvas behind it. The men from the frame makers arrive, and help Dorian carry the picture into his old room where it can be hidden away from prying eyes. After locking the door he goes downstairs to his library and settles down to read a book that Lord Henry sent him. The book details life of a young Parisian who devotes his life to “all of the passions and modes of thought that belonged to every century except his own.” After reading only a few pages, Dorian becomes enveloped, though he knows the book to be poisonous.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 9, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The following day, Basil comes to Dorian’s house to offer his condolences to his friend, but Dorian dismisses him saying that he is over Sibyl’s death, remarking “What is done is done. What is past is past.” Horrified at the change in his friend, Basil blames Lord Henry’s corrupting influence. In discussing Sibyl’s death, Dorian indeed uses many of Lord Henry’s phrases and mottos. Dorian asks Basil to do a drawing of Sibyl for him, and though confused, Basil says that he would do anything for Dorian if that is what he wanted. Basil also asks Dorian to sit for him again at which Dorian immediately refuses, saying that he could never sit for Basil again. Basil asks if he is displeased with his portrait as he has it covered and tells Dorian that he plans to exhibit it in Paris. Hearing this, Dorian immediately breaks and jumps between the portrait and Basil. He insists that Basil never look at the portrait and never exhibit it, and goes to say that if Basil ever look at it, he will never talk to him again. Dorian then asks Basil why he has changed him mind on exhibiting the picture. Basil confesses that he was worried that the picture would show to the world his obsession for Dorian. Basil believes, like all art, that the picture tells more about him that it does Dorian. Basil asks again for Dorian to sit for him. Dorian refuses, and Basil leaves. When finally alone, Dorian decides to hide his portrait.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 10 John Ferrier Talks with the Prophet by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Ferrier has accepted all of the Mormon tenants besides the taking of a wife, let alone multiple wives and he refuses to let Lucy marry one. He would however never speak these thoughts out loud for fear that he would be kicked out of society, or murdered. One day, Brigham Young, visits John Ferrier. He chastises Ferrier for his lack of wives, and says that he has heard a rumour that Lucy is engaged to a non Mormon. Young demands that Lucy marries one of the Elders' children, and says that he will give her one month to choose which one. Lucy hears the conversation, and after Brigham Young leaves, she comes to speak to her father. Ferrier says that he won't let her marry one of those men, and says that they will flee before the month is up.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 8, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Dorian doesn’t wake up until noon the next day. When up, he goes to the portrait, and seems that in the daylight, the painting still has the cruel touch in it. While Dorian tries to think of a rational explanation for the change Lord Henry shows up and bangs hurriedly on the door to be let in. On opening the door, Lord Henry asks if Dorian knows that Sibyl killed herself the previous night. Dorian is stunned and convinced that he was the reason for her death. Lord Henry urges Dorian not to believe that it was his fault, and to not wallow in guilt. He adds that he thinks it was beautiful that a girl killed herself for him, the most romantic act that she could have done. Dorian feels numb, and Lord Henry asks him to come to the Opera with him tonight, and Dorian eventually agrees. When Lord Henry is gone, Dorian reflects on this act, and considers it a turning point in his life, and resolves that he shall live life to the fullest, and let the portrait age, and show his sins for him before leaving for the Opera.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The theatre is very crowded when the group of men arrive. Dorian continues to flatter the abilities of Sibyl, and Basil says that he supports Dorian’s engagement after hearing how much he loves the girl. When the play begins however, it seems that Sibyl is the most mediocre actor to ever be on stage. Unable to understand what has happened to Sibyl, Dorian is heartbroken. Lord Henry tries to cheer him up by saying that “It isn’t like Dorian wanted his wife to be an actress” and asks Dorian to leave with he and Basil. Dorian says that he is going to stay and see the play through, and Lord Henry and Basil leave him. After the play, Dorian goes backstage to see her, and asks he if she is sick, and tells her that she performed terribly. Sibyl is happy at her dreadful performance and says that she performed so badly because she is in love with Dorian. She feels that she can never fake being in love again because of it. Dorian chastises her for her performance and tells her that she means nothing to him anymore. Her terrible acting broke his heart, and he will never utter her name again. After leaving her, Dorian wanders the streets of London in a delirious state before going home. There, he looks at Basil’s Portrait of him and he sees a faint change in his painted lips. There is a slight look of cruelty there. Scared, he starts to feel that he was too harsh on Sibyl, and vows to repent. He hides the picture behind a screen and hopes that all will be better in the morning when he makes amends to Sibyl.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 9 On The Great Alkali Plain by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:After the Ferrier's and the Mormons arrive in their "promised land" they start the construction of Salt Lake City. Ferrier who proved himself to be very useful on the journey was given a large plot of land to farm and build his home and fortune. Ferrier is respected among the Elders of the Mormon Community, but Ferrier's refusal to take a wife, does worry them. Twelve years later, Lucy, has grown into a beautiful woman who has caught the eye of many travelers. While riding to town one day, she almost gets trampled by a herd of bulls, but is saved by a stranger called Jefferson Hope. Hope. a silver miner. becomes a regular at the Ferrier household, and he pledges himself to Lucy before leaving for 2 months on a hopefully successful Silver expedition.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:
That evening at Dinner Lord Henry announces Dorian’s engagement to Sibyl. Basil is shocked and concerned that Dorian is rushing into a marriage so beneath him. Lord Henry states that he cannot judge the boy, as he is just observing Dorian and his experiences. Basil doubts that Lord Henry would be so willy-nilly with Dorian’s life, Lord Henry however states that Dorian’s life could only be ruined if its growth was stoppedWhen Dorian enters, he tells the story of his engagement with Sibyl, which happened after he saw her performance as Rosalind in As You Like It. Dorian declares his love for Sibyl, and shares that his love for her has shown him all the falsehood of Lord Henry’s theories on love. Lord Henry encourages Dorian, but defends his stance on love, claiming that it is nature, not he who dictates the pursuit of pleasure. The three men them make their way to the theatre.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:At Sibyl’s home, she dances around happily now she is engaged to Dorian. Mrs Vane is less happy about the connection, and fears what Dorian, a rich gentleman, could want with a squalid actress, but also agrees that having connections to the wealthy would be beneficial. Sibyl’s brother is also hesitant about the match, but as he is going to leave the following day for Australia to start a new life, he can only ask his mother to watch over his sister. Upset with his mother’s feelings towards Dorian, he leaves the home to walk with Sibyl. Rather that discuss her Prince, Sibyl prompts her brother to fantasise about the possibilities that await him in Australia. She imagines him discovering gold or becoming a wealthy sheep farmer with a beautiful wife. James cannot get rid of the feeling that he is leaving his sister at a bad time. He has doubts about Dorian’s intentions, and his mother’s ability to protect Sibyl. Finally, he asks her about Dorian, and warns her against a potential heartbreak, swearing that he Dorian ever wrongs her, that he would kill him. Later that night, James confronts his mother about his father and their relationship. After confirming that she was never married to their father, James begs her not to let Sibyl meet the same fate, and then leaves.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 8 On The Great Alkali Plain by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Part 2 opens on a Dry desert in the state of Utah in 1847. A starving, parched man appears on a mountain hoping to spot some water. Finding none, he sits down and lays his sack on the dirt where a little girl falls out. The man tells her that everyone that was in their party died on their journey through the desert, and now they will probably die too. The girl prays and seems to be happy about seeing her mother again. The man and the girl fall asleep and shortly afterwards a huge caravan of travelers and wagons appear on the plain below them. A young man spies a pink ribbon fluttering in the air and a group goes to investigate, where they find the girl and man. The man awakens and introduces himself as John Ferrier, he claims the girl as his adopted daughter, and then men take them to their caravan. Ferrier realises that they are Mormons, fleeing persecutions in their old home state. Brigham Young, their elder, offers Ferrier and his daughter refuge, provided that they learn, and adopt the Mormon testaments.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:A month goes by, Dorian has grown closer to Lord Henry. He is waiting for him to come home, and discusses music with Lord Henry's wife, Victoria. When his friend finally comes home, Dorian eagerly tells him that he has fallen in love. The girl, called Sibyl Vane, is an actress who plays all of Shakespeare's heroines in cheap London theatre. Dorian goes to explain that he came upon the place while acting on Lord Henry's advice to "know everything about life." Despite the look of the place, he felt compelled to go in, and found everything to be foul except for Sibyl, who instantly charmed him. Several trips to the theatre later, the foul owner asked Dorian if he wished to meet Sibyl, who was charmed by the attentions of such a handsome gentleman. She refers to him as Prince Charming. Amused by this development, Lord Henry agrees to go to the theatre with Dorian the next day to see the girl play in Romeo and Juliet. Basil is to join them, and has also sent his portrait to Dorian. After leaving, Lord Henry muses on his influence over the boy, fascinated at the psychology of other human beings. He then dresses and goes out to dine. He comes home late to find a telegram from Dorian announcing his engagement to Sibyl Vane.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Soon after he meets Dorian Gray, Lord Henry visits his uncle, Lord Fermor, to see what he can tell him about Dorian's history and family. Fermor describes how beautiful Dorian's mother was, and goes on to tell a gruesome tale of hitman for hire when Dorian's mother ran off with a pauper instead of a noble. Dorian's mother was then taken back to live with her father, and very shortly after Dorian's birth she passed away, leaving Dorian to be raised by a loveless guardian. With a fantastic story of tragedy behind him, lord henry becomes even more interested in the boy, and finds some delight in the idea that he could study and manipulate the mind of the boy. Shortly after, Lord Henry heads to his aunt's to dine with Dorian and several other London elites. During the mean Lord Henry bewitches the group with theories of virtues and hedonism and selfishness, saying "I can sympathise with everything except suffering." He goes on to declare that life should be spent appreciating beauty and seeking out pleasures instead of looking for ways to relieve pain. Dorian is fascinated with Lord Henry's words, and leaves the group with him and cancels his plans to meet Basil.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 7 Light in The Darkness, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Lestrade shares his tale. Suspecting that Stangerson murdered Drebber, Lestrade visited all the hotels in the area, and found out that he checked into a hotel for several days. He was taken up to the room by the clerks, and on seeing blood, broke through the door. Stangerson lay dead on his bed having been stabbed. Lestrade then explains that the word RACHE was written again on the wall, and that an eyewitness saw a man matching Holmes' description of the murderer. Holmes asks Lestrade about the room, and asks if he brought any evidence with him. On inspecting several pills, Holmes asks Watson to get the elderly, dying dog from downstairs. When the dog is upstairs, Holmes cuts a tablet in half and dissolves it in some water to give to the dog; after drinking it, the dog dies. Holmes explains that the case of Drebber's death presented one clue which he used to conclude the case, and claims that there will be no more murders, and that Holmes knows the man's name. He also claims that is the man gets suspicious, he will flee. Suddenly, Wiggins arrives, and tells Holmes that a cab is waiting for him downstairs. Holmes pulls out some handcuffs and asks Wiggins to bring the man up to help him with his luggage. When the driver enters, Holmes slaps the cuffs on the man's wrists and announces that the man's name is Jefferson Hope, and that he is the killer. He then, after a brief struggle, allows the men to ask him some questions.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:
Dorian Gray seems to be just as handsome as the portrait showed him to be. Basil introduces Lord Henry to him, and Dorian asks Henry to say and talk to him while he stands because Basil never talks while painting. Basil warns Dorian that Henry is a bad influence, and Dorian seems very interested in this statement. Lord Henry agrees to stay and discusses his personal philosophy with Dorian, which is that "The highest of all duties is the duty that one owes to one's self." While Basil continues to work, Henry and Dorian head back into the garden where the Lord praises the boy's youth, and warns him how surely and quickly he will lose it. He urges Dorian to live life to the maximum, and to indulge all his fancies and to search for new sensations. Basil calls the men inside the house and Dorian sits for a few minutes longer while Dorian finishes the painting. When done Henry states that it is "the finest portrait of modern times;" Dorian looks very unhappy at the portrait. Remembering what Lord Henry told him in the garden, he reflects that he continue to age, and the picture of him will never age. He curses his fait, and utters an almost prayer saying "if it were only the other way." Basil tries to comfort his friend but Dorian pushes him away. Declaring that he will not let the portrait ruin their friendship, Basil goes to take a knife to the finished work. Dorian runs at Basil and throws the knife from his hand, saying that he loves the paining, and gladly accepts his painted gift. Needing to work, Basil refuses an invitation from Lord Henry to dine with him and Dorian, and notices a pang of pain as he sees his friends leaving together.
The Picture of Dorian Gray by Oscar Wilde chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:
Basil Hallward, a renowned artist discusses his latest masterpiece with his good friend Lord Henry Wotton. Henry admires the painting, which is of a gorgeous, blond haired young man. Henry tells his friend that he needs to exhibit the piece but Basil refuses, saying that he has put too much of himself into it. Henry laughs, saying that the man in the portrait looks nothing like him and asks for a more reasonable answer. Basil then goes on to explain how he met the subject of the portrait at a party hosted by Lord Henry's aunt Agatha. He goes to say that from the first moment that he looked at Dorian, he knew that their lives would intertwine. Dorian has become a necessity in Basil's life, and he states that he wouldn't be happy if he didn't see the boy every day, and claims that whenever he is with Dorian, his art is improved. Lord Henry, is astonished by this story, and suddenly remembers that he had heard the name uttered before by his aunt and laughingly adds that she never mentioned that Dorian was gorgeous. At that moment, the Butler comes to the garden to announce Dorian's arrival at Basil's home. Henry insists on meeting the lad, and Basil begrudgingly accepts, saying that Henry must not influence the boy, as he feels that Dorian could be easily ruined by Lord Henry's cynicism.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 6 Tobias Gregson Shows What He Can Do, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The following day, the newspapers are filled with accounts of the "Brixton Mystery." They detail the events of the murder and claim that with Gregson and Lestrade on the tail, the culprit will be caught in no time. After breakfast, several street urchins run into the flat and it is revealed that Holmes uses these kids to get information that people wouldn't give to people in uniform. Gregson then arrives, feeling that he has solved the case and wrapped it in a nice little bow. He tells Holmes and Watson all that has happened since they last saw each other. He claims that Arthur Charpentier, son of the Boardinghouse owner, Mrs Charpentier is the culprit, and is waiting at the police station following his arrest. Holmes then asks Gregson to recount how he came to the conclusion that Charpentier is the culprit. Holmes is pleased with Gregson's surmises, but still remains a little smug. Detective Lestrade soon after arrives and informs everyone that the secretary, Mr Stangerson, has been murdered.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 61, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The final chapter closes all of the stories surrounding the Bennet household. Mrs Bennet is overjoyed at Darcy and Elizabeth’s, and Jane and Bingley’s marriages. Mr Bennet is happy too, even to the point of leaving home to regularly visit Elizabeth at Pemberly. Jane and Bingley stay in Netherfield house for only a year, they then move up north, within 30 miles of Pemberly. Kitty goes to stay with both sisters often too, and becomes a proper lady, losing most of the bad influences that Lydia taught her. Lydia and Wickham try to get closer to Darcy and Elizabeth, hoping that Darcy will be able to provide them with a fortune. Though Darcy can never have Wickham at Longborne, he does consent to allow Lydia to visit very seldom. Even Lady Catherine, after some time passes, comes back to Darcy’s side, wanting to be part of his life again, and being able to put up with Elizabeth. With the Gardiners, Darcy and Elizabeth remain forever close; forever thankful to them for their part in joining the two of them.The End.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 60, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Mr Darcy and Elizabeth are out on another walk, and Elizabeth starts teasing him by asking questions about how he could ever had fallen in love with her. The two go back and forth jokingly on this topic for a while and soon decide that a letter must be written to Lady Catherine, who, after all, gave Darcy that final confirmation that Elizabeth must love him. Elizabeth also writes to Mrs Gardiner, properly responding to her letter about Darcy’s influence in Lydia and Wickham’s marriage. A little time passes and the Collins’ come to town, taking a break from their home, and more importantly escaping the wrath of Lady Catherine from Darcy’s letter. Elizabeth is very happy to see that her family and friends are making a good effort to get to know Darcy, and though she is concerned about their behaviour, she is glad to see that Darcy doesn’t think any less of her for these important people.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 5 Our Advertisement Brings a Visitor, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Watson tries to rest but his mind is too focus on the mystery to let him sleep. Later, Holmes comes in with a newspaper and shows him the "found" section, where a little article about a missing ring in the brixton road has been put, saying to contact Dr John Watson for more information. Holmes gives Watson a fake ring, and expects the murderer to come later that day to get his property. While they wait, Holmes receives a telegram that informs him that his ideas about the case are true. He doesn't however tell Watson what these are. Shortly after 8pm an old lady comes by and claims that the ring is her daughters. Watson hands over the ring and asks a few questions about her and her daughter. When woman leaves, Holmes quickly grabs his coat and follows her. Hours later, he returns defeated, and with a laugh tells Watson that the woman hailed a cab, and called out her address when she got into it. Holmes followed by hanging from the back of the cab. When he arrived at the location given however, the woman was nowhere to be seen. She or as Holmes claims, the murderer, he, must have jumped from the cab unseen by the driver or Holmes, knowing that he was being followed.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 59, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:In this chapter I cry while narrating so look forward to that. When Elizabeth and Darcy return Jane asks where they could have been for so long, but Elizabeth dismisses the question for the evening until she and Jane retire to their room, where she confesses her engagement to Mr Darcy. Jane doesn’t believe her at first, and Elizabeth is forced to confess the change of her feelings towards Darcy and how it came about. After a long conversation Jane finally accepts it and is overjoyed for her sister. The following morning Darcy and Bingley come by the house, Darcy to the distain of Mrs Bennet, and she suggests that Elizabeth goes on a long walk to keep him from disturbing Bingley and Jane. While on the walk, Darcy and Elizabeth conclude that Mr Bennet’s consent must be asked for that evening, and when home, as soon as supper is over, Darcy follows him to his Library. When Darcy leaves with a smile, Elizabeth is calmed a little, but Darcy then asks her to go see him too. Mr Bennet is bewildered and frustrated with Elizabeth, believing her to hate Darcy. She then needs to sadly explain that she does not, and indeed, loves him. Mr Bennet is still confused, but eventually after more explanations, that Elizabeth is not just in love with him, but her confession that she would be happy with him, he consents to her marrying Darcy too. All that is left is for Elizabeth to tell her mother. Like her Husband, Mrs Bennet cannot believe it, and she sits in silence for the first time ever while Elizabeth explains all to her. When she can finally respond, she feels happier that she has ever felt before, and feels sorry that she ever spoke a bad word against him.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 58, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Darcy has come back to town, and early one morning Mr Bingley and Darcy make their way to Longborne. Bingley, wanting to be alone, suggests that they go on a walk together, and he, Jane, Kitty, Elizabeth, and Darcy walk off together. Kitty wants to call upon Maria Lucas, and stays with her, and Jane and Bingley, walk slower than Darcy and Elizabeth. Once alone, Elizabeth immediately thanks Darcy for his kindness in the Lydia and Wickham affair. Though slightly upset that Elizabeth found out, he tells her that it was not for his feelings for his family, but for his feelings for her, which have not changed since his last proposal. When Elizabeth says in reply that her feelings have wholeheartedly changed, a smile and warmth that becomes him, unveils Darcy’s face. The two then talk about Lady Catherine’s visit to both Elizabeth and Darcy; Darcy mentions that this interaction caused him to hope more than ever that Elizabeth had changed her mind about his proposal. He then goes to say that everything Elizabeth said about his behaviour was true, and that it caused him to take a proper look at himself in the mirror and change who he was. He was selfish, and ungentlemanly, and he needed to change. Elizabeth claims that she never intended to cause such a huge change in him and tells Darcy to never mention it again when he brings up the words that she used in her refusal of him. They then discuss his letter and how it too had a starting effect on changing Elizabeth’s opinion of Darcy. They talk and walk together many miles, and soon realise that they need to head back to Longborne. At the hall, they part, and try to hide their happiness from the rest of the family for the time being.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 4 What John Rance had to Tell, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Watson and Holmes immediately go to the telegraph office where Holmes sends off several items to all of them. They then head to constable John Rance's home and on the way, Holmes explains to Watson how he figured out so many details of the case. When they arrive Rance tells them all that happened while he was on duty during the murder. He is shocked at all Holmes can say about the evening, and even accuses Holmes of having been there while the attack occurred. Rance explains further that the only people in the street were himself, another constable, and a man who was so drunk that he couldn't have been the culprit. Holmes asks him a few questions about the drunkard, and after giving him a coin, explains to Rance that the drunkard was the culprit, and he let him go. When alone, Holmes goes to explain to Watson that the man came back for the ring, and that they should now be able to use it as bait.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 57, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Elizabeth can think of nothing but her interactions with Lady Catherine, and her mind turns over with thoughts of Mr. Darcy’s feelings for her. She eventually concludes that the speculation must have come to Lady Catherine through the Collins’ imagination after hearing about Jane’s engagement to Bingley. The next morning Elizabeth is invited to follow her father into his library. He is holding a letter and at first, she believes it to be from Lady Catherine, telling him too to refuse any proposal from Darcy. He then goes on to explain to her that the letter tells him that he should congratulate her for a potential engagement of her own and explains that the letter is from Mr Collins. Mr Bennet then goes to read the letter allowed, and while poking fun at Lizzy, he eventually goes to joke at Mr. Collins believing that Mr Darcy will be proposing to her. He laughs out loud at this, believing Elizabeth to still dislike and even hate Darcy. Elizabeth tries to laugh with him, hoping that her father will not see through her, but she really does wish that her father didn’t laugh at the idea of her marrying Darcy.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 56, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:One morning, about a week after Bingley’s proposal, the family hears a carriage drawing up to Longborne house. The door is opened by a servant and Lady Catherine de Bourge makes her way inside. She talks down to the whole family, and then asks Elizabeth to take a short walk with her into the grounds. Elizabeth is appalled at her behaviour, but follows, confused as to why she has come all of this way. When they are a little distance from the house Lady Catherine questions Elizabeth as to her relationship with her nephew Mr Darcy. She plainly and sharply asks whether she and Darcy are engaged. Confused, Elizabeth replies that she isn’t, and Lady Catherine rages on saying that Darcy and his cousin, have been betrothed since birth and that if Darcy were to be engaged to Elizabeth, she is there to call it off, for the sake of her noble family. Elizabeth is very angry with the Lady, and all of her replies are justifiably snarky. Lady Catherine asks her one last time if she and her nephew are engaged, and then asks her, if Darcy were to propose, that she refuse him. Elizabeth refuses to do so, and leaves to head back to the house leaving Lady Catherine to rage behind her until she arrives at her carriage and sets off.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 3 The Lauriston Gardens Mystery, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Holmes reads the note which was sent to him by a Detective Tobias Gregson of Scotland Yard. Gregson requests that Holmes assist on a strange case that they are working on. Holmes and Watson set off to Brixton, and when the arrive at the scene, Holmes spends a good amount of time looking at the road, the grass, and the mud leading up to the house. At the house, Lestrade and Gregson show Holmes and Watson the body of a man on the floor. There are several blood splatters on the walls but the man has no signs of bodily trauma or harm. When they go to move the body, a ring falls onto the floor. Gregson tells Holmes that he has contacted the United States to inquire about the man on the floor, and another man whose name the found in a letter. Lestrade discovers the word RACHE on the wall. While Lestrade has his own hypothesis, Holmes, after investigating the room and the body, shuts him down. Holmes says that he is determined that the man was poisoned by a man who came to the house with him, and informs the detectives that RACHE is the German word for "Revenge."
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 55, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Mr Darcy has gone to London and has left Bingley behind in Meryton where he continues to visit the Bennet family without his friend. Mrs Bennet invites Bingley for supper, and when he comes, she tries all that she can to leave he and Jane by themselves. Elizabeth stays with them at first because she feels that Jane is a little uncomfortable with the idea of being alone with him. As the evening ends, Mrs Bennet and Bingley organise for him to come the following day to shoot with Mr Bennet where they have a good time together. When they come in, Mrs Bennet tries again to get Jane and Bingley alone, and as Elizabeth has a letter to write, she succeeds. After Elizabeth’s letter is finished, she goes to join Bingley and her sister where they are huddled together having a serious conversation. Bingley almost immediately runs off as she enters the room, and Jane tells her sister that he has proposed and has run to her father for permission. Jane is overjoyed and she runs off to tell her mother the good news. Mrs Bennet is happier than she has ever been, and immediately welcomes Bingley as a son. In the coming days, Bingley always visits Longborne, and Mrs Bennet goes off to tell the neighbours of the wonderful news.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 54, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:As soon as Bingley and Darcy leave, Elizabeth goes off to reflect on Darcy’s behaviour. She is frustrated that he didn’t talk to her. Jane comes to her and too gets frustrated, but at her sister for teasing her, saying that Bingley will fall in love with her all over again. On Tuesday, the two men come to dine for lunch, and Bingley goes to sit by Jane. Darcy sits by her mother. Elizabeth doesn’t talk too much throughout the dinner, but constantly watches Mr Darcy, though she cannot hear what her mother is saying to him. Elizabeth just hopes that her mother does not place the negative thoughts about her family back into Darcy’s head. In the drawing room following the dinner, Elizabeth gets swamped by a group of women who won’t let Darcy get close enough to sit with her for tea and coffee. She starts to lament that Darcy, after being refused by her, would never love her again. Thankfully the two are able to have a small exchange, when he brings back his coffee cup, but the moment doesn’t last long before he just stands by her in silence before the cards tables are brought out. After cards, the men head back to Netherfield, leaving Mrs Bennet alone to faun over Jane and her interactions with Bingley over the course of the day.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 2, The Science of Deduction, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The next day, Watson and Holmes view the rooms at 221B Baker Street and immediately move in. Watson, still recovering from his time in Afghanistan, studies his new roommate. Holmes seems quiet and solitary, and he sinks occasionally into a stupor that suggests he could be a narcotic user, but Watson dismisses this thought. Holmes has a lot of knowledge in certain areas like poisons, and criminal cases, but has no knowledge about what Watson deems to be common knowledge, like that the Earth revolves around the sun. Holmes also seems to be often visited by many unknown people from all sorts of different classes and creeds. One morning, Watson wakes up early, before Sherlock leaves for the day, and reads the newspaper. A section has been notated, and Watson reads it. The author claims, that a studies man can learn anything about a person or a situation if only they are observant enough. Watson ridicules the article. Holmes announces that he wrote it, and then goes to explain that the observations made in that article and the ones he uses every day for his work and reveals that the visitors to the apartment are his clients. When Watson exclaims disbelief, Holmes then goes on to explain how he knew that Watson came from Afghanistan. After this a man comes up the stairs with a letter for Holmes.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 53, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Lydia and Wickham leave the area to go to Newcastle and Mrs Bennet is distraught. Her daughter is not too upset about leaving, and Wickham gives a very noble adieu. For a few days after their departure Mrs Bennet is depressed, but some very exciting news quickly brings her out of it. Mr Bingley has ordered for Netherfield to be opened. Mr Bennet is adamant that he shall not head to Netherfield to greet Mr Bingley when he comes, and though Mrs Bennet is furious with him for not going, she is again soon relieved and shocked by seeing, a few days later, Mr Bingley and Mr Darcy ride across their paddock to their front door. The two gentlemen come in and Bingley talks for a while with Mrs Bennet while she layers praise and kind words on him to Elizabeth’s distain. Mr Darcy is very silent throughout their visit. On the Men’s departure, Mrs Bennet invites the two to dine with them later that week, reminding Mr Bingley that he had made a promise to her to dine there just before he left Netherfield last time. Elizabeth is perplexed by Darcy’s behaviour but is very pleased to see that all of Bingley’s love for her sister is still present.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 52, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Mrs Gardiner responds to Lizzy’s letter. She writes that Mr Darcy followed them to London only a day after they had left. Darcy felt responsible for what happened as he had been too proud to tell anyone about Wickham’s true behaviour; Mrs Gardiner suggests a potential “other motif”. Darcy had extra information that could help him find Wickham, Mrs Young, the woman who helped him run off with Miss Darcy so long ago. She, after some bribery, told Darcy where to find Wickham and Lydia. He proceeded to meet with Wickham several times, and Lydia only once. He tried to convince Lydia to go back to her family and refused all help from Darcy. Darcy convinced Wickham to marry Lydia too, as he never really intended to do it and planned to try to marry into wealth in a different country.After meeting with Wickham and Lydia, Darcy made his way to Mr Gardiners, waiting until Mr Bennet had left the area first. The two men took several days to come to an agreement on how to proceed with the payment of Wickham’s debts and eventually Mr Gardiner had to yield to Mr Darcy and let him pay for all of Wickham’s disgraces. Mr Darcy then told Mr Gardiner that he was to take all of the credit for paying these debts. Darcy didn’t want it to be known to the Bennet family that he had interfered. On the day of the wedding, Darcy was also present, and he then dined with the Gardiners at their home. Mrs Gardiner concludes, writing that Mr Darcy is in need of a little more liveliness, and that if he married well, then she could teach him, and jests to Elizabeth that she should one day like to complete her tour of the grounds of Pemberly.
A Study in Scarlet by Arthur Conan Doyle chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Dr John Watson, a British army Surgeon, recounts his experience in the army, serving in the 2nd Afghan war. He was shot at and spend a very long time recovering before he was sent back to England for medical reasons. Watson stays in a hotel in London, living more lavishly that he should have, and reasons that he needs to find a cheaper place to live. He runs into a man call Stamford, a former colleague from Medical School. Stamford, when he learns that Watson is looking for a new place to live, says that he knows an eccentric student type who is looking for a roommate.Stamford takes Watson to the medical laboratory to the man, Sherlock Holmes. Holmes shocks Watson by immediately pointing out that he has been in Afghanistan. Holmes laughs off Watson’s attempt at asking how he knew that and instead shares his discovery of a chemical reagent that will help identify blood stains on criminals. After Stamford mentions the lodgings situation, Holmes explains that he has found a great apartment in Baker Street, and then goes on to explain his own shortcomings to Watson; Watson explains his too. The two then agree to meet on the following day to look at the apartments. As they leave, Watson asks Stamford how it was that Holmes knew he was in Afghanistan. Stamford only responds that Holmes is peculiar.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 51, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The day of Lydia’s wedding has arrived, and their carriage soon arrives. Mrs Bennet is overjoyed to hear the daughter’s voice and welcomes her child with the warmth. Mr Bennet is unhappy and slightly unwelcoming to his daughter and her husband. Elizabeth is disgusted by Lydia’s behaviour. She has not changed at all throughout this whole horror show and doesn’t even pretend to notice how hard it must have been on her family. Lydia talks about her running off with Wickham as if it was a joke, and the only person seemingly not disturbed by this is her mother. Elizabeth escapes from them for a breath of fresh air before dinner. Lydia wants to go around the town and show off her wedding ring to everyone, says that she should have taken everyone to Brighton, as they could have all found husbands. Lydia, after a couple of days goes to tell Elizabeth about her wedding day as she had run off before the story was told to the rest of her family. The story bores elizabeth through until the end when Lydia lets slip that Mr Darcy was there. Lydia says that no one was supposed to know that, and playing coy, Elizabeth pretends that she doesn’t want to hear more about it. She immediately runs off to write a letter to her aunt about Darcy’s being there. She needs to know what a man, who seemingly had no want nor reason to be there, was doing at that ceremony.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 50, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Mr Bennet laments about his financial situation. He wishes that he had done better for himself, and that he and Mrs Bennet had had a son, so that his debt to his brother-in-law won’t ruin him. He has to settle his will and then write to his brother-in-law saying that he accepts the terms of the dowry for Wickham. He and Mrs Bennet then talk about the particulars of their daughter’s marriage to Wickham, and he explains to her that she shouldn’t get too carried away with things as he refuses to send Lydia money for a dress and is adamant that neither she nor Wickham shall every place a foot in Longborne again. Elizabeth thinks that her telling Darcy about the Lydia situation was not the best decision now that all is okay as she doesn’t want it to ruin any chance, she could have with him. She also smiles to herself thinking “if only Darcy could propose to her again” as she would now readily accept. Mr Gardiner writes one last time to Longborne and asks if Lydia and Wickham could for one last time visit before Wickham heads up north to join a different branch of the army where he won’t know anybody who could be of any corrupting influence. He also asks Mr Bennet if he can inform the local debitter of Wickham that their debts will soon be paid. Mr Bennet, after some persuasion from Elizabeth and Jane, agrees to let Lydia and Wickham stay one last time at Longborne before heading up North.
The Fall of the House of Usher by Edgar Allan Poe Part 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:One night, the narrator cannot sleep and paces about his room. Roderick knocks on his door in a strange state and he leads the narrator to the window where they see a bright looking gas which envelopes the house. The narrator tries to calm down Roderick by reading to him and he picks the closest book to hand. While reading the book he hears noises that seem to correspond to the descriptions in the tale. At first he ignores these sounds, but as they keep coming and become more distinct he can no longer pretend that they aren't happening. He also notices that Roderick has slumped over in his chair and is muttering very quietly to himself. The narrator goes to his friend and listens to Roderick. He mutters that he has heard "Her" for days and believes that Madeline was buried alive and is now coming to hunt him down. The door opens just as Roderick says that his sister is standing behind it and she charges her brother where she has her last breath drained from her, and he dies of fright. The narrator flees the house, hoping that nothing happens to him in the aftermath. As he escapes the House of Usher collapses into the lake surrounding it...
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 49, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Two days after Mr Bennet’s return, Elizabeth and Jane find out that their father has received a letter from Mr Gardiner. They run all throughout the house and eventually find him walking alone through the woods near the house. On catching him, they ask about the letter, and ask to read it. Mr Gardiner’s letter explains that he has found the fugitives, and explains that Wickham will indeed marry Lydia, though his plans were indeed not to do so. Mr Gardiner also explains that all of Wickham’s debts have been paid, and a very small sum of money is to be provided as a dowery which Mr Bennet cannot help but agree to. Mr Bennet and his daughters head back inside so that he can write a letter to Mr Gardiner to accept the terms of the marriage, and the girls head upstairs to tell their mother and little sisters of the “Good News”. Elizabeth feels awful for Lydia, awful that she has to be stuck with such a horrible man of a husband. On hearing the news, Mrs Bennet is immediately become livelier than ever and is not only excited to see her daughter again but is ready to parade her through the town as a married woman.
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 48, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Mr bennet has sent no letters about his hunt for Lydia in London, and his brother-in-law Mr Gardiner has gone to find him there. Mrs Gardiner is doing a good job to keep morale high amongst the Bennet girls. As word has spread around the town it comes to light that Wickham is indebted to almost every tradesperson in town. Mr Gardiner, on his arrival in London, find Mr Bennet and immediately writes to Longborne to enlighten them on the news of the hunt. Nothing has turned up. Several days go by, and no more letters from Mr Gardiner have come. Mr Collins has however sent a letter to Mr Bennet. It says that he and Mrs Collins are saddened to hear of the news of Lydia’s behaviour. He also says that he believes it would be wise of Mr Bennet to kick Lydia from the family, as such a disgrace as hers could not and should never be forgiven. The next day the family receives a final letter from Mr Gardiner, saying that Mr Bennet is coming home, and that they have still not found any sign of Wickham, and that no one can be found that could give any information about where he could have gone. When Mr Bennet gets home, he is incredibly upset that he could not find his daughter, and though Lizzy and the other Bennet girls try to cheer him up and say that it isn’t his fault. He is hurt but does manage to make a joke to kitty about her never being allowed to leave the house again, and most definitely not with an Officer.
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podThe Fall of the House of Usher by Edgar Allan Poe Part 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Roderick Usher's sister Madeline has been ill for a while with a mysterious sickness. No doctors can figure out what is w...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podPride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 47, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Elizabeth, and her Uncle and Aunt discuss nothing but Lydia’s running off with Wickham on the way back to Longborne. Her uncle and a...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podPride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 46, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Elizabeth finally, after a wait of several days, receives not 1 but 2 letters from Jane; one had been mislabelled and lost in the po...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podThe Fall of the House of Usher by Edgar Allan Poe Part 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The narrator of the story approaches The House of Usher on a dark soundless day. This house, the home of his childhood fr...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podPride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 45, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Elizabeth and Mrs Gardiner head to Pemberly and they enter the saloon where they are met by Miss Darcy, the woman she lives with in ...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod5 Audiobooks have been deleted from the channel, and this is story of why. I was contacted by the J. D. Salinger Estate and was told that my audiobook for The Catcher in the Rye, infringed on their copyright and my YouTube channel would be deleted in 7 days. After a week of legal battles, all was sorted and I was able keep the channel. But Copyright is broken and this is why. @TomScottGo Video on Copyright: https://youtu.be/1Jwo5qc...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podPride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 44, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:Elizabeth is set to meet Darcy’s sister, and as soon as she sees Darcy’s carriage, she runs to tell her aunt and uncle that they are...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/podThe Cask of Amontillado by Edgar Allan Poe, narrated by Isaac BirchallSubscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :Dhttps://ko-fi.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.patreon.com/theessentialreadshttps://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/joinSUMMARY:The narrator, Montresor starts his story by stating that he has been gravely insulted by a man called Fortunato, and that he vows reven...
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 43, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth and her aunt and uncle head to Pemberly. It is surrounded by woods and valleys, and the house itself is beautiful, but not obnoxious. When exit their carriage, Elizabeth starts to fear that Darcy would actually be there. The maid starts to give them a tour of the house, starting in the late Mr Darcy’s room, which is adorned with portraits of people involved in his life, Wickham included. Elizabeth’s aunt and uncle pile questions onto the maid and she is more than happy to answer to everything, and she talks gladly about the wonderful acts of service that Darcy does for his servants. Everything that they all believed Darcy to be fall away as the maid continues to praise Darcy through the rest of the tour. They go all throughout the house and Elizabeth spends much time staring at a large portrait of Darcy.
They leave the house for a walk of the grounds with the gardener and just when they start off they see Mr Darcy, come home early. He comes over to them and seems to Elizabeth to be completely changed. How on earth the man before her could be the Mr Darcy she had known before his letter? She doubts that he could still be in love with her after her awful rejection of him, but why else would be he so kind to her. Darcy leaves them to their walk, and thoughts of Darcy’s change. After they turn to head back to their carriage, Elizabeth sees Darcy advancing towards them. He immediately asks her to introduce him to her uncle and aunt and invites Elizabeth to meet his sister on the following day.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 42, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Time passes after Lydia’s departure, and eventually Kitty gets better. Lydia sends letters to her mother, saying that she is visiting libraries and is spending time with Mr and Mrs Forster with the officers, and sends letters to her sister Kitty, saying far more interesting things with a lot of hidden details. Elizabeth isn’t feeling amazing, and the thoughts of her northern tour with her aunt and uncle keep her morale above water. Her aunt however writes saying that her work is preventing them from coming at the expected time, and that their tour is also going to have to be cut short, meaning that they should only really be able to go as far north as Derbyshire… Eventually her family arrives, and they set off for the North with Elizabeth. When they get to Derbyshire, they explore the area where Mrs Gardiner used to live, Lambton, only 5 miles from Pemberly. Both of the Gardiners wish to visit the grounds and ask Elizabeth if she would go there. After asking the chambermaid if Darcy would be there and finding out he wouldn’t, she agrees to go.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Metamorphosis by Franz Kafka part 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Gregor’s family start to leave his bedroom door open for him so that he can watch them. He sees his family start to break down as a result of his transformation and their poverty. Greta starts to clean his room less and less, and Gregor’s family fires the maid for a cheap cleaning lady who finds Gregor funny. As a goal to get more money, his family has also taken 3 renters and have been forced to put their extra furniture in Gregor’s room, causing Gregor to become very cramped. One evening, the cleaning lady leaves the door to Gregor’s room ajar, and he observes the boarders eat in the living room. From the kitchen he hears his sister play the violin, and the boarders invites his sister to play for them. Gregor sneaks out of his room to watch her play. The boarders see Gregor and demand not only say that they are leaving the house but refuse to pay for any of the time they have stayed there.
The family is exhausted and fed up of Gregor and they decide that they need to find a way to get rid of him. Gregor wishes that his family could understand him and wishes that they would understand that he would leave by his own accord. He tries slowly to move back to his room with his parents watching him and the moment he moves beyond the threshold of his room, his sister slams and locks the door behind him where soon after, he dies…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 41, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The last week of the regiment’s stay in Meryton has come, and everyone in the town is depressed with the exception of Lizzy and Jane. Kitty and Lydia are the most distraught of all. Mrs Bennet recommends that the family goes to Brighton to be by the sea, and close to the regiment’s new post. Lydia soon receives an invitation to join Mr and Mrs Forster in Brighton with them and the regiment, which rejuvenates her and vexes Kitty. Elizabeth is mortified by this invitation and goes to her father to advise him to not allow her to go. Mr Bennet deems that Lydia should go, that she should make an embarrassment of herself so that she can be put properly in her place.
The final evening comes before the regiment should depart and Mr Wickham and Lizzy talk for one final time before she hopes to be rid of him forever. He asks her about her time in Rosings and Lizzy immediately tells him that she spent plenty of time with Colonel Fitzwilliam and Mr Darcy, mentioning that Mr Darcy’s demeanour improves over time; Wickham is shocked by everything Lizzy has to say.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 40, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Jane and Elizabeth finally have time to talk, and Elizabeth tells Jane about Darcy’s proposal, and the whole Wickham Drama. At first Jane is shocked, and then she feels slightly sorry for Darcy for how brutally her sister rejected him. The two sisters then talk of Wickham’s behaviour, and Jane tries constantly to save both of the men, Elizabeth however tries to tell her that there is indeed one “Bad Guy”. Jane is really shocked by the whole situation and to save her from further shock, Elizabeth hides the parts about Mr Bennet from her.
Mrs Bennet asks Elizabeth about the Collins’ and asks how they keep their house and how often they talk about one day owning Longborne house…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Metamorphosis by Franz Kafka part 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Gregor wakes up and finds some milk and bread has been put in his room. He is initially really excited to have some food, but soon finds that his former favourite food disgusts him. He settles under the couch and listens to the apartment. The next morning, his sister comes in and finds that he has barely touched the milk and takes it away, coming back later with a spread of cheese, bones, rotting food, and water, which he happily eats. A routine starts where Greta brings Gregor food, and cleans up while he hides under the couch. His family discusses their financial situation now that Gregor can’t provide for them.
Gregor starts to become more comfortable with his change, and he starts to climb the walls. After finding out about Gregor’s new fun, she decides to remove some of the furniture from Gregor’s room. The Furniture is too heavy for her to move by herself, and her mother lends her a hand to move out the room. Her mother soon sees Gregor and feints from shock. Greta goes to the kitchen to find something to revive her, and Gregor follows her to the kitchen. Soon her father comes home, and believes that Gregor attacked his mother. He then goes to attack Gregor, and only at his mother’s revival does he stop and lock Gregor away.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Hey everyone. Here is why you can't find your audiobooks.
Support me going forward by clicking here
Sorry for the inconvenience I have caused to my listeners, and more importantly, I am very sorry to the copyright holders of these books. I never intended to do any wrong and I made an honest mistake.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 39, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth, and Jane finally make it back to Meryton, where they are joined by Mary and Lydia in the inn for luncheon. The Girls are just as superficial as ever, having spent all of their money on clothes and though “inviting” Elizabeth and Jane to lunch, asking them to pay because of their purchases. The girls also tell Elizabeth and Jane that the militia are leaving the area in two weeks to be stationed in Brighton. The girls wish to convince their parents to take them to Brighton for a holiday and their mother actually seems to like the idea.
After lunch, they head back to Longborne where they are finally greeted by their parents for the first time in 6 weeks. They are glad to see their children, and Mrs Bennet is very pleased to see that Jane is still beautiful.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 38, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Mr Collins and Elizabeth meet and breakfast together before saying the final farewells. Mr Collins, as usual, is over the top in his thanks, and Elizabeth is quite taken aback by his praise and doesn’t quite know what to say apart from reciprocating his thanks. Charlotte soon comes too to say goodbye to Elizabeth, and soon enough the carriage is called to take Mary and Elizabeth back to Meryton. In the carriage, Mary remarks on the wonderful time they had in the area, and what wonderful things they will have to tell their family and friends; Elizabeth agrees, and also adds, in her head, that she too has many things to conceal.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Metamorphosis by Franz Kafka chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Gregor Samsa wakes up one morning and finds himself turned into a "monstrous vermin," with an insectoid abdomen and legs. He originally believes that this is only a temporary delusion, and that he will become normal in a few minutes. He then realises that he is stuck on his back and tries to wriggle out of bed and reflects on his work as a traveling salesman. He describes it as being full of "temporary and constantly changing human relationships, which never come from the heart". He sees his boss as a dictator & admits that he would leave his job would it not jeopardize his family. While trying to get out of bed, the head clerk from his job comes to check on him as he was not at the train station earlier. Gergor tries to talk with his family and the clerk, but all they can hear is strange animal like noises. Gregor eventually opens the door. The clerk on seeing him, flees the apartment, and his family is terrified of him. His father grabs a cane and a newspaper, and hits and hisses at Gregor until he is shoved back into his room.
The Odysseys of Alaythia
After finding a 100 year old diary, Virginia becomes aware of a fantasy world near her own
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 37, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The two Darcy men have leave Rosings, and Mr Collins goes to console Lady Catherine. On his return, he is however delighted to inform the girls that they have been invited to tea. While there, Lady Catherine explains that Mr Darcy seemed very sorry to leave the area. Lady Catherine then assumes that Elizabeth is sad to leave Rosings and tells her that she should stay longer in the area. Elizabeth says that she cannot stay, as her father needs her, and even though Lady Catherine presses Elizabeth to stay longer, she eventually resigns. Lady Catherine keeps asking questions to Elizabeth about her departure and occupies her mind instead of thoughts of Darcy and his letter.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 36, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support me as an independent creator:
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth reflects on Darcy’s letter. Her emotions while reading are all over the place. She reads the letter in parts, first reading of Jane and Bingley. She disregards what Darcy initially states about their relationship and takes no time to take in the meaning behind Darcy’s words before starting on the next sentence. When she gets to the parts on Wickham she is at first shocked, exclaiming “This Can’t Be.” She closes the letter and leaves it unfinished while trying to walk away. She can’t resist however and rereads the part on Wickham. Her second read provides her with a lot more insight to Darcy’s story, and greatly opens her mind on the terrible character of Mr Wickham, beginning to think again about how Wickham presented himself to the society of Hertfordshire.
Coming to the realisation that what Darcy had to say about Wickham must be true, she rereads the part of the letter on Jane. Slowly taking in every line and trying to understand their meaning, she thinks back on Jane’s actual behaviour towards Bingley, and remembering something that Charlotte said, comes to agree that Jane wasn’t as outwardly in Love with Bingley as she believed. Darcy’s comments about her family are like ice in her veins, and the thought that it was because of her family that Bingley could have been removed and not Jane hurts like nothing ever before. Elizabeth cries out that everything she has known about herself has been false, she has been blinded by her Pride and her Prejudice against him.
After 2 hours Elizabeth thinks that she should head home and tries to set her face right so that none of the Collins’ can guess that she might not be fine. On her arrival, she is informed that both of the Darcy’s had been at the cottage to visit Elizabeth and give them their leave.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Call of Cthulhu by H. P. Lovecraft part 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Thurston finds a newspaper article from an Australian Newspaper that recounts the strange and seemingly unbelievable story of a ship called the Alert, of which the only survivor is second mate Gustaf Johansen. Johansen reports that the Emma, the ships he was originally on, was attacked by the original crew of the Alert. After the fight, he and his crew too the Alert to a seemingly New Island. With the exception of 2 men, Johansen and another man, all died on the island.
Thurston needs to find out what happened and he heads to Australia to try and find the man. There, he is told that Johansen moved with his wife back to Norway, and he sets off again to meet them in the North. When he arrives he finds out that Johansen had passed away, but his wife informs him that Johansen wrote a manuscript that she can't read as her English isn't good. Heading to on a boat to London, Thurston reads the Manuscript and learns of the horror that happened on the island.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 35, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
After a terrible evening, Elizabeth feels that she needs to go on a walk in the grounds to calm herself but still avoids her usual path, hoping not to meet Darcy. Darcy however has been looking for her, and hands her a letter before leaving immediately. Elizabeth’s curiosity gets the better of her and she opens the letter. Darcy firstly states that he isn’t going to propose again in this letter, and secondly states that he is going to answer the accusations that she lay at his feet the previous night. He explains that he did split up Bingley and Jane and lays out his reasons for doing so; primarily believing that Jane did not reciprocate the feelings in the same way to Bingley. On coming to understand that the Bingley girls felt the same as he did, they resolved to keep Bingley apart from Jane, removing him from Netherfield and convincing him that Jane did not care for him the way he cared for her.
On the matter of Mr Wickham, Darcy tells his side of the story. Mr Wickham was indeed a favourite of the Late Mr Darcy and was sent to school by him. Wickham was supposed to attend a seminary, and join the church, but Darcy knew Wickham better and knew that he wasn’t meant for the church. Wickham wants to study law, and after a while of silence, got back in touch with Darcy. Wickham was in dire straits and came to ask for Darcy to let him back into the church. On the refusal, Wickham left for several years. Darcy’s sister then moved to London with her governess and was put in contact with Wickham who wooed her for her money and tried to elope with her. Darcy found out at the last moment and put an end to it and protected his sister from a charlatan, Mr Wickham. Darcy ends his letter by telling Elizabeth that she can ask Colonel Fitzwilliam to confirm Darcy’s claims about Wickham.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 34, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
SUMMARY:
The First Proposal. Elizabeth goes through all of the letters that Jane wrote to her, and she finds a want of cheerfulness that used to be ever-present in her. Her anger at Darcy ever increases and she delights in him soon leaving Rosings but is slightly saddened at his cousin leaving with him. The doorbell rings and she hurries to open it, hoping it to be colonel Fitzwilliam checking in on her. It is sadly Darcy, and he immediately asks about her health with genuine concern. He frets about the room a little and then finally starts. He claims that he has loved her for some time, and says that everything in his body tells him that Elizabeth is an undesirable match for him. That her family is not of the same rank, and that she has no prospects that should entice him and that in spite of this, he loves her and wishes to marry her. Elizabeth is taken aback and is at first flattered before remembering all that he did to Bingley and Jane and Mr Wickham. She refuses him and calls him out on all that he has done and she tells him what she truly thinks of him, that she hates him more than anyone in the entire world and that he would be the last person she could ever be prevailed upon to marry. Darcy tries and fails to remain calm and seems to realise that he has been awful to her and to her family, and leaves the house where Elizabeth starts to cry before Mr and Mrs Collins come home.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Call of Cthulhu by H. P. Lovecraft part 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
While going through more notes, the Narrator, Francis Wayland Thurston, tells the story of a 1908 meeting of an Archeological group in New Orleans. At this meeting, Inspector Legrasse asks the attendees to help him identify a strange stone statue found at a cult meeting that they broke up. None of the men have any idea what the stone could be made from and they ask Legrasse to tell how he came upon it. Legrasse then tells the whole group about how he and his men went into the swamp nearby where there had been rumours of people disappearing and strange shouting's. They broke up the meeting and arrested 47 members who informed him that they worshiped the "Great Old Ones" and await the return of a Monstrous Priest called "Cthulhu." After this story is told, a Princeton Professor pipes up saying that he came across a group of Esquimaux in the north who had a very similar belief and fetish.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 33 , narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth is on her daily walk through the countryside near Rosings, and though she has tried to avoid Mr Darcy and even told him that she is fine just walking by herself, he insists on walking with her, and is actually asking her questions about herself. On a subsequent day, while again on her daily walk, she instead runs into colonel Fitzwilliam. They walk together back to the Parsonage and talk about he and Darcy’s departure on the coming Saturday. Colonel Fitzwilliam lets slip that Darcy mentioned a relationship that he helped end. Elizabeth is sure that he must have meant Bingley and Jane, and she pressures Fitzwilliam to divulge more. He says a little of this and a little of that but says that he doesn't have all of the details. At the Parsonage, Elizabeth is in a quiet fury at Mr Darcy, and this erupts in giving her a headache so bad that she cannot go to Rosings for tea, not that she would have gone anyway as Darcy would have been there.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 32, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth is interrupted from writing to her sister by a ring at the door. When she opens it, she is shocked to see Mr Darcy waiting for her. He says that he expected everyone to be there and asks for forgiveness, but nonetheless comes in. Elizabeth takes it upon herself to ask Darcy about the departure of Mr Bingley and all from Netherfield, and the rumour that he shall never return. On this Darcy says little but that he hasn’t heard of the rumour and adds that if someone were to offer to but it he probably would sell. After a long silence, Darcy remarks on the quality of the house, and that Mr Collins is lucky in his choice of a wife. Lizzy agrees but says that she isn’t certain that it was the wisest of her friend’s decisions. The two continue to talk a little, and Elizabeth can’t help to notice the smile on Darcy’s face.
Charlotte and her sister come home and are shocked to see Darcy. After a few minutes he leaves, and Charlotte is still shocked at his being at her home. She is certain that Darcy must be in love with her and sets herself to finding out if it is true.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Call of Cthulhu by H. P. Lovecraft part 1 , narrated by Isaac Birchall
Fully sound-scaped
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The Call of Cthulhu by H. P. Lovecraft is a short story that recounts the discovery of strange notes that the narrator was left by his late Grand-uncle. Among the notes is a bas-relief that depicts a octopus-dragon creature. Going through the notes, the narrator, Francis Wayland Thurston finds out that the sculptor based the word on a series of delirious dreams that he had been having. His dreams depict "Great Cyclopean cities of titan blocks and sky-flung monoliths" with frequent references to Cthulhu and R'lyeh. In the papers, Thurston also finds reports from his uncle of mass hysteria around the world and writings that his uncle is thankful that no one else cross referenced the chaos.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 31, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The Collins’ and Elizabeth scarcely see Lady Catherine and Mr Darcy while he is in town, but Colonel Fitzwilliam Darcy visits them often. On Easter day, the family and Elizabeth are invited to dine with the family at Rosings, but when they arrive, they find that she is fully engrossed in her nephews instead of her guests. Fitzwilliam Darcy seems to have taken an eye to Elizabeth and he converses with her throughout the whole evening which catches the attention of Mr Darcy and Lady Catherine. They talk for a little about music with Lady Catherine and she boasts that had her daughter’s health been better, she would have played beautifully.
After a while, Elizabeth moves over to the Piano with the colonel, and Mr Darcy soon follows to be near her. Elizabeth then goes on to tell Fitzwilliam how rude Darcy was when they first met, and she recounts the horror story of the first ball. Darcy defends himself, claiming that he is ill at ease with people he doesn’t know. Elizabeth pokes at him a little, but they are soon again interrupted by Lady Catherine talking praise of her daughter. Elizabeth gets the feeling that Darcy doesn’t love his cousin at all…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 30, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Sir William soon departs leaving Elizabeth with Charlotte and Mr Collins. She feared at first that this would leave her to pass more time with her cousin, but thankfully learns that he goes back to his own business without Sir William to entertain. Lady Catherine visits every now and again and corrects Charlotte on her housekeeping and says that the maid needs to work harder. While Charlotte and Mr Collins work and briefly visit Rosings in the days, Elizabeth goes to walk in the gardens around the Parsonage.
As Easter approaches, word that Mr Darcy is to come to visit his aunt and soon arrives with Mr Collins running to Rosings to pay his respects. On his way back, he is joined by both Mr Darcy, and a new person, Colonel Fitzwilliam Darcy.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 22 "The Man Alone," narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Prendick floats adrift for 3 days before he is rescued by a passing ship. No one however believes his tale, as at the risk of being put in an asylum, he shares his story with only 1 person, another doctor who also knew Moreau. Prendick feels the city too intense for him, and his constant alertness is tiring and terrifying. Every city sound seems, to him, to be a Beast creature coming for him. He thus decides to quit London for the country side where he lives quietly, reading great books of science and studying the stars, hoping to find some sense of meaning in them...
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 29, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The Group goes to meet and Dine with Lady Catherine de Bourgh and her daughter. Before the visit, Mr Collins goes fussing over his Guests’ dress. When the arrive, the majority of the group is stressing over the grandeur of Rosings and its owner, Elizabeth however is the opposite of the group, and feels equal to the scene of the house and people in it. Lady Catherine is exactly what she expected, a large, pompous woman, who loves nothing more that people praising her and her home. The young Miss de Bourgh is very small and very sickly looking, and she talks to no one over the dinner while Mrs Jenkinson, her mistress, fusses over her. Lady Catherine talks throughout the supper and leaves scarcely an opening for Elizabeth to talk. In the drawing room, Lady Catherine talks more and more about anything and everything, and gives familial advice to Mrs Collins.
She eventually asks Elizabeth about her family, education, and state. She is upset that the family home of Longborne is to be taken away form her sisters, but that she is glad it will go to Mr Collins. She then asks of Elizabeth’s skills, piano, drawing, etc. and is upset that she has few of these, and astounded that she didn’t have a governess with 4 sisters, saying that she must have been neglected. When she enquires as to her sisters’ outings, she is shocked that her sisters go out before the elders are married, and Elizabeth states openly her opinion that they should be permitted to do as they please…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 28, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth finally arrives at Charlotte and Mr Collins’ home in Huntsford. When she arrives, both Charlotte and her cousin are waiting for her carriage and are greeted politely by Charlotte, and all too much by Mr Collins. Mr Collins then gives his new guests a tour of the house and the garden, in which he gives them a first glimpse of Rosings, the huge estate that the Collins’ live next to. The following day, a commotion downstairs causes Charlotte’s sister to call for Elizabeth to descend the stairs where she very unimpressedly claims that it is only the De Bourgh Family and isn’t anything to make a fuss about. Elizabeth notes that Miss de Bourgh looks sickly and smiles at what Mr Darcy shall be married to. Charlotte and Mr Collins soon enter and inform the group that they have all been invited to supper at Rosings.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 21 "The Reversion of the Beast Folk," narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
When Prendick awakes, he finds that one of the Dog-like Beast Folk has found where he hid and is laying on his legs, acting more like a dog than a man. The Dog-man calls him "Master" and swears his fealty to him. The two, as Prendick knows he needs an ally, make their way towards the sound of other Beast Folk outside. Prendick asserts the power of Moreau again, and manages to convince some of them that "the Law" and "The House of Pain" live on. 10 months go by during which nothing, he says, happens. He says that he is constantly on watch for the Hyena-Swine and is grateful for his Dog-man's protection.
After 7 months, the Beast Folk, as warned by Dr Moreau, gradually lose their ability to speak and walk on the hind legs. It happens as a slow but steady rate, and Moreau hardly notices the change in the man at his side to the dog at his feet. Prendick's hair grows long and his clothes fall to ruins, and he starts to become more alert, aware of the animal-ness of the creatures. He realises that the Beast Folk will forget his authority and overpower him and he decides that he needs to escape, and find a boat...
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 27, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
January and February pass away slowly with the wet weather, and Elizabeth starts to look more and more forward to seeing Charlotte and cannot wait to see Jane. She heads to London with Sir William Lucas and Charlotte’s sister Maria where she will stay with her aunt and Jane before heading to Huntsford. In London, Elizabeth and her family spend the day in town shopping and at the theatre, where she discusses Jane’s health with her aunt, and the topic of Mr Wickham. Her aunt says that it is very good that he has moved on, but it is a shame how he did it, leaving Elizabeth for a new girl because she has access to 10 thousand pound of inheritance. Before the play finishes, Elizabeth is invited by her aunt and uncle to join them on their summer tour of the north, near the lakes.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 26, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth’s aunt warns her against Mr Wickham and says that if fortune is what she wants then she should reconsider his affection. Elizabeth says that he is very agreeable but if she really warns her against him, then she will do her best to push Wickham away. Her aunt and uncle soon leave and their departure is taken over by the arrival of Mr Collins for his wedding to Charlotte. After the wedding, Charlotte, before she leaves, invites Elizabeth to join her in Mr Collins’ home with her for a few weeks in March. When Charlotte leaves, she and Elizabeth write letters again to each other, but Elizabeth feels that it is because she promised to as opposed to wanting to.
Elizabeth then receives a letter from Jane, and it seems that the Bingley girls are really not wishing to keep a correspondence with her sister and after a few weeks this is confirmed. Jane writes again and tells of her visit from Caroline Bingley. She says that it really seems that Caroline has fully changed into a nasty creature who seems not to care for her at all. Jane has been truly and deeply hurt.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 20 "Alone with the Beast Folk," narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Prendick, gathering his courage speaks to the Beast Folk that have come to see the bodies on the beach. He claims that Montgomery and the others broke the law and were thus punished. He commands the beast folk to take the bodies into the sea. The Hyena-swine makes a run at Prendick, but when he fires his gun at it, it runs away before he can get a clear shot. This run in with the hyena makes his realise how vulnerable he is by himself. He also realises how tired he is after the previous day and night and decides that he needs to make shelter in the caves where he can be safe.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 25, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Mrs Bennet’s sister’s family has come to visit. Mrs Bennet’s sister, Mrs Gardiner gets bored to by her sister’s complaining about the sorry states of her daughters love lives. When she gets a moment alone with Elizabeth, she and her niece discuss Jane and her relationship to Mr Bingley. Elizabeth mentions how she believes that Miss Bingley and Mr Darcy are whole heartedly to blame for the removal of Bingley from Netherfield Hall, and that there is a greater scheme at play to intermarry the two families. Mrs Gardiner isn’t too certain of this but listens to Elizabeth with attention. She then invites Jane to go to town with her and her husband. As their stay goes on, Mrs Bennet has left no time for boredom to her family and constantly has dinners at Longborne with the girls and the soldiers. At these events Mr Wickham is present and Mrs Gardiner seems to know of him and the Darcy affair…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Miss Bingley sends another letter to Jane, this one talking about the beauty, grace, and charm of Ms Darcy. The letter also claims that Bingley and his sisters will remain in London throughout the winter, killing all hope that he would return to Netherfield any time soon. Elizabeth is very upset by this news and she complains to Jane that people lack “merit or sense,” Bingley abandoned Jane, and Charlotte is to marry Mr Collins.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 19 "Montgomery’s Bank Holiday," narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The Night of Moreau's death Montgomery falls into a depression. While in this state he decided to share his brandy with M'ling and the other beast folk. Prendick refuses to join them and is against the idea of sharing alcohol with the beast folk. This frustrates Montgomery and when Prendick says that he is going to try and leave the island on the dingy he leaves in a huff to drink. As Prendick searches for supplies, he hears a bunch of noise from the beach and then a gunshot. At this he rushes out of the house and breaks some glass on the way. He finds that the party of Beast Folk and Montgomery have been attacked and have been left for dead. Montgomery is only just alive, and soon breaths his last breath. Prendick finds a bunch of broken wood on the beach and knows it to be the dingy and to add the cherry on top, he finds that the glass he broke was the lantern, which has now set fire to the Houses and lab of Moreau.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Sir William Lucas comes to visit the Bennet family and inform them of the happiness that has been bestowed on his family by the proposal between his daughter and Mr Collins. Mrs Bennet is livid! At first, she decides to disbelieve it, and hopes that the match will be broken off. Lady Lucas calls at Longborne more often than usual to proclaim her happiness and the relationship between Charlotte and Lizzy becomes strained. A letter from Mr Collins comes to thank the family for their hospitality and says that he will be down the following Monday to settle a date for the marriage with Charlotte.
Lizzy and Jane start to fear a bit more as they are yet to receive news from the Bingley girls about London, or about Mr Bingley. Lizzy is furious at Darcy and the Bingley girls. She believes it entirely their fault that Jane has been made so upset.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 22, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The Bennets go to find with the Lucas family. Throughout the whole evening, Mr Collins is enraptured by miss Lucas and as soon as the evening is over Mr Collins has decided that he should also propose to Charlotte. The next morning, before anyone wakes up, Mr Collins sneaks out of the house and declares his love for Charlotte. She readily accepts his proposal, and asks him only to not tell the Bennets, and to allow her the pleasure of telling her friends. When Mr Collins returns, all of the Bennet family ask where he was during the day but he guards his word and tells them nothing. He then says goodbye to the family, and Mrs Bennet invites him back soon.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 18 "The Finding of Moreau", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Montgomery has had 3 brandys before Prendick thinks to stop him go to find Moreau. When in the jungle they come across several beast folk discussing Moreau's body while others are in disbelief of it, for Moreau Can't Die. Realising that Moreau's death could mean the same fate for them, Prendick pipes up and claims that Moreau is not dead, that he just left his body behind as he no longer had need of it to enforce the Law. Montgomery seems to understand what Prendick is doing and plays into the lie and most of the Beast Folk seem convinced. They are lead to the body where with the help of M'ling and a few others, they carry him back to the enclosure, where they burn and destroy the rest of his experiments, afraid of what else could come.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 21, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Mr Collins has taken the decision to ignore Elizabeth since his failed proposal, and as Miss Lucas has come to visit, he is giving all of his attention to her. As the next day comes, no tempers at the Bennet house have cooled off, so the girls head to town. The meet Mr Wickham and he joins them at their aunts, and he tells Elizabeth that he didn’t come to the ball at Netherfield because he didn’t want a cause a scene between he and Darcy.
Jane receives a letter from Netherfield from the Bingley Girls. It seems that the whole family is quitting the area and shall not be back for a very long time, if not at all. The letter also contains the information that the young miss Darcy is supposed to be the girl to marry Bingley. Jane is distraught by this information, but Lizzy totes it down to scheming between Darcy and the Bingley girls. Saying that if Caroline got half of the attention from Darcy that Jane got from Bingley, should have bought her wedding dress…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Mrs Bennet sees Elizabeth leave the dining room and saunters happily in to congratulate Mr Collins. Mr Collins relates the events of the proposal and Mrs Bennet is shocked at the manner in which her daughter refused him. Mrs Bennet goes ahead to tell Mr Collins that she will force her daughter to accept, and heads right away to Mr Bennet is his library to force him to tell Lizzy to marry Mr Collins. Mr Bennet calls Lizzy down the stairs and asks her about the situation. After Lizzy tells him about it, he then goes ahead to say that Lizzy has a difficult choice ahead; that she needs to become a stranger to one of her parents. Mrs Bennet will not see her again if she refuses, and Mr Bennet will not see her again if she does… As the days go on, Mrs Bennet doesn’t let up on her daughter, and constantly makes little comments about how Lizzy has disrespected her, but Elizabeth just tries to ignore her.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 17 "A Catastrophe", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
After some time has passed on the island, Prendick has started to feel numb to the torment of the animals, and starts to even perceive himself as being weird, and not the Beast Folk. While contemplating outside of the enclosure, he hears a loud noise and is suddenly knocked to the ground by something running. The fall breaks his arm and before he lays down fully from pain, he sees Dr Moreau run after whatever escaped from him. Montgomery soon comes out and, seeing prendick, asks him what happened and then noticing his arm, takes him inside. Montgomery makes Prendick a sling for his arm and then too goes off into the jungle, to find the doctor. Montgomery doesn't come back for some time, but eventually, after several gun shots are fired, M'ling and Montgomery come back to Prendick, where he is told that the Beast Folk have gone mad...
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Send me a message. What do you think about the book/pod
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 19, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The day after the ball at Netherfield Mr Collins finds Mrs. Bennet at the breakfast table with Kitty and Elizabeth. He Immediately asks Mrs bennet for an audience with Elizabeth, and before Elizabeth can object, she ushers kitty out of the room and leave Collins and Lizzy alone. Mr Collins proceeds to explain all of the reasons that he and Elizabeth would be a good match and then asks for her hand in marriage. Elizabeth, so shocked cannot speak before Mr Collins goes on to explain all of the reasons that it would be advantageous for her to accept. Elizabeth finally has a chance to refuse his proposal, but Mr Collins only takes it as flattery as “Women always refuse a first proposal hoping to increase the infatuation of the person asking.” (He Is SOO Disgusting) Elizabeth goes on to call him out on his misogyny but as he isn’t listening, she gets up and leaves the room to head to her father, hoping that he may settle the matter for her.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 18, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The day has finally come for the ball at Netherfield and all of the Bennet girls are very excited. Elizabeth has been hoping to dance the night away with Mr Wickham, but on her arrival she is informed that he is not there. Disappointed, she tries to not let it ruin her evening. She sadly has her first dance with Mr Collins and as soon as it it over she rushes back to her friend Charlotte. While talking to her, she is invited to dance by a tall gentleman, and before she realises who it is, she has said yes to dancing with Darcy. While they dance, she tries to spark some conversation and though he is reluctant to talk, the topic of Mr Wickham comes up. Darcy denies having done him any wrong, and advises Jane to stay away from him, as he knows Wickham a lot better than she does. They have 2 dances together and afterwards Elizabeth is certain that Darcy is just as pompous as she thought.
As the dancing finishes and Dinner is served, Mrs Bennet is talking loudly and Drunkenly to Lady Lucas about the expected wedding between Mr Bingley and her daughter Jane, and despite all of Elizabeth's will to have her be quiet, she just talks on and on, much to the shock of both Elizabeth and Darcy, who is sitting across from them. As the night goes on, the younger Bennet girls and Mrs Bennet continue to embarrass the family, and Mr Collins though long speeches tries to make an acquaintance of Darcy. As the night comes to an end, Elizabeth is very vexed, and her family has done a very good job of embarrassing her and the Bennet household.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr. Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 16, "How the Beast Folk Tasted Blood" narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Montgomery and Prendick head across the island, to give Prendick a proper tour since his arrival. They come across a Satyr looking beast and the Ape man, who question Montgomery about Prendick; the animals believed him to be like them. They move off and come to find a mangled rabbit, and run immediately to inform Moreau of the issue. Moreau decides that they need to make an example of the one who broke the law.
They make their way to the jungle, where in a clearing Moreau uses a ram's horn to call the beast folk to them. All bar 4 arrive, and start immediately chanting "The Law" in front of the three. After looking around, and seeing who is missing, Moreau blows the horn again prompting the remaining few to show themselves. He looks for the leopard man, and Prendick is startled by the look of guilt and fear in it's face. Coming to what Prendick believes to be a last resort, the Leopard man attacks Moreau and tries to flee from them into the jungle. A chase ensues, with the entirety of the Beast Folk and 3 men in pursuit leading to Prendick finding the beast. A wave of compassion washes over him, and realising that the beast would be better off no being tormented by Moreau, puts it out of its misery.
The Directed Detective
Two hosts. One of them has plotted a murder mystery. The other must direct the...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Elizabeth finally has the time to tell Jane all about Mr Wickham’s history with Mr Darcy. Jane as usual tries to see both sides and seems to believe that some foreign parties may have interfered with and influenced their opinions of each other. Jane further goes to say that she doesn’t believe that everyone else at Netherfield house could be fooled by Darcy if he is indeed so cruel. During this conversation Mr Bingley and his sisters come to Longborne to give an invitation to the ball which is to take place on the coming Tuesday. Everyone is incredibly excited for the ball, and Elizabeth can’t help but to think of dancing the evening away with Mr. Wickham. Mr Collins apparently intends to dance as well and has the audacity to ask Elizabeth for the first two dances. At first she doesn’t see the significance of this but she soon realises that he intends that Elizabeth can caught his eye, and that he may propose…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The girls and Mr Collins head to Meryton to have dinner with their aunt and uncle, and the officers. Mr Collins is full of flattery for Mrs Philips’ decorating skills, leaving the girls incredibly bored while waiting for the arrival of the soldiers. They finally arrive with the much-anticipated Mr Wickham. Wickham sits with Jane as the card table are taken out and immediately starts up conversation. She really wants to hear about the strange look between Mr Darcy and himself, and soon enough Wickham opens up the subject himself. He claims that he has known Darcy since he was a small child, and readily divulges all. He believes Darcy to be a jealous man and really believes that Darcy’s father cared for him more than his own son. The late Mr. Darcy was to leave a large sum to Mr. Wickham, and he tells Elizabeth that the younger Mr. Darcy seemed to change the confines of his father will to cut Wickham out of it.
The two talk until supper, where Mr Collins continues to talk about himself. In this, he brings up his Patroness, Lady Catherine de Bourgh, which peaks Mr Wickham’s ears. He questions Elizabeth about their relationship to Lady de Bourgh and informs her that the Lady is Mr. Darcy’s aunt, and that it is assumed that Darcy will marry her Daughter... As the evening end, Lizzy wishes to tell all, but Lidia and Mr Collins talk too much on the way home for her to reveal anything.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 15 "Concerning the Beast Folk", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The next morning, Montgomery tells prendick more about the beast folk's way of life. Montgomery explains that the beast folk do not rebel against Moreau because of the Law. Moreau drove "The Law" into their minds through hypnosis, and their constant recitation of it reassures it in their minds, and keeps their animalistic traits at bay.
Prendick, after this conversation describes the 60 or so Beast Folk he has seen during his time on the island. He also reflects on his initial disgust of them, and how it has now faded to the point that he began to see himself as the odd one.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Mr Collins is even more pompous than originally assumed. He is not terribly intelligent and makes up for his short comings with flattery and it seems that his way of making amends for his father’s falling out with the Bennet family, he intends to marry one of the Bennet daughters. He has his eyes first set on Jane, but on Mrs Bennet believing that Bingley will soon propose to her, says that Jane will not be possible. As soon as he finds this out, he moves right from Jane to Elizabeth without another thought. After breakfast, all of the girls, bar Mary, head to town and Mr. Bennet suggests that Collins chaperones the girls.
In town the girls come across a new handsome man walking with a British officer. The girls cross the road, and the two gentleman open a dialogue with them. The stranger is called Mr Wickam, and he has been brought to the local military corps as a lieutenant. Mr Bingley and Mr Darcy ride into town and are headed in the directly of Longborne to check in on Jane. They exchange a few happy words in town but Elizabeth notices that Mr Wickam and Mr Darcy share a strange look, a strange recognition of each other that she cannot place. After Darcy and Bingley leave, the girls head into their aunt’s house, where they are invited to supper for the following day with the officers.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 14, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
During dinner Mr Bennet hardly speaks but as it finished, he decides that it is time to find out what sort of person Mr Collins is. Collins speaks at length in praise of Lady Catherine and states that though deemed proud by many, he has only seen her amiable. Mrs Bennet proclaims that more People of her class should be like her and follows to ask if she has any children. Colins informs the Bennets that she has only 1 child, a girl, though beautiful, is of a sickly constitution. He goes on giving further praise about Lady Catherine, and eventually Mr Bennet is left very content in knowing that that his cousin is indeed as absurd as he had hoped.
They then go to the other room, and Mr Bennet invites Mr Collins to read allowed to the family and it comes out that Collins never reads novels. After looking a little more, he finds some sermons. After 3 pages read in a monotonous voice, Lydia interrupts him to talk about he soldiers. Ending the lecture for the evening.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 14 "Dr Moreau Explains", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
After food and drink Dr Moreau finally explains to Prendick what has been happening on the Island, and what he and Montgomery have been doing here for the past 10 years. It seems that he has been using all of his knowledge of science and physiology to change the shape of animals into humanoids. Then through a course of horrific mental harm to these creatures, he has forced them to talk. What he finds to be his largest problem is that there is an innate bestial quality in these creatures that slowly creeps back in, leaving the creatures eventually nothing but animals in human form. His goal is to remove this factor, and create "New Men."
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 13, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Mr Bennet has spent the past few weeks carefully studying over a letter that he replied to from a Mr Collins. Mr Collins is set to inherit the Longborn estate and is also to come to supper this evening with the goal to bury the hatchet between Mr Bennet and Mr Collins’ deceased father. Mrs Bennet though first against this man’s visit, seems less sceptical after Mr Bennet reads his letter aloud. The girls are curious about the man, most of all Elizabeth, and she asks her father what he thinks of the man. Mr Bennet is unsure, but very curious.
At 4pm, Mr Collins arrives, and Mrs bennet sets immediately to accosting him about his inheritance. After this, he goes around the house and looks at everything with an air of already owning it. At dinner, he complements the cooking, and on being told that the Longborn estate can indeed keep a cook, he apologises profusely for having thought the opposite.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 12, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Elizabeth writes to her mother asking for for the carriage to take them home. Mrs Bennet write back saying that it won’t be possible as she wishes Jane to stay longer to get closer to Bingley. Elizabeth however asks Bingley for his carriage, and though he says that he would have liked them to stay longer, he understands, and says that they could leave on the following day. Darcy is glad for this as Elizabeth has stayed far too long for his liking. He cannot let her know his feeling for her yet. The following day, the Bennet girls head home to their mother’s disapproval.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 13 "A Parley," narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Prendick decides that he will be safest on the beach and makes his way to the water's edge. His feet lead him in the direction of the huts where he hopes to find some form of weapon that he could use to overthrow Dr Moreau and Montgomery but before he can get there, they emerge from the jungle in front of him. With nowhere else to go, Prendick walks into the ocean while his pursuers advance on him. Moreau and Montgomery entreaty him to stop acting stupid, and provide good reasons to him why his death is not what they plan on. Prendick is still cautious however and only agrees to come ashore and talk if both his pursuers drop their weapons and walk away. They do so, and the three of them head to the cabin to talk.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Jane is out of bed but still fragile. Next to the fire, the bennet girls, miss Bingley, and Mrs Hurst talk with surprising humour and good spirits. When the men enter, all attention is diverted to them with Mr Bingley making his way directly to Jane. Darcy takes up a book, and miss Bingley feigns to read next to him while plaguing him with questions that he ignores. Bored, Miss Bingley tells her brother that he should reconsider holding a ball at Netherfield, as certain people would prefer that it didn’t happen. Bingley says that all is settled.
Miss Bennet stands up to walk around the room and show off her figure but fails to get the attention of Mr Darcy. She then asks Elizabeth to walk with her, and on her ascension, Darcy looks away from his book. Miss Bennet asks him to join them but he refuses, saying that he knows what game she is playing. Elizabeth and Miss Bennet have a conversation where it comes about that Darcy isn’t to be laughed at. Elizabeth is shocked at this as she loves to laugh which causes Mr Darcy to interject, stating the Miss Bennet has misinformed her. Darcy claims that he has tried to move away from anything that could be considered ridiculous but claims still that he has flaws and he goes on to list them. This conversation goes on for a while and Miss Bennet, bored at not being included tells her sister to play some music instead, which Darcy is thankful for. Elizabeth is too dangerous for him.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen, chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Miss Bingley is pestering Darcy while he is writing a long letter to his sister. She is constantly interrupting him with “compliments” about his writing. Her flattery falls flat however as Darcy is too involved with his text to care. She then tells him that Mr Bingley’s writing is horrid, which then causes Bingley to join the conversation. Darcy and Bingley then have a brief argument about writing which then turns into a slight against Bingley’s general haphazard style of living Minute to Minute. Elizabeth comes to defend Bingley a little, but this then turns into a hypothetical debate between her and Darcy. Things get out of hand, and Bingley end it by saying that they can continue if they please, but only once he is out of the room. Bingley leaves but Elizabeth recommends that Darcy goes back to his letter.
When he is done, Miss Bingley, and Mrs Hurst go to the piano, and start playing some tunes. During this, Elizabeth can’t help to notice that Darcy is watching her. She doesn’t understand why as she still thinks that he doesn’t like her. After a couple of songs however, he asks her to dance, but Elizabeth, being herself, refuses as it is more fun to go against the grain. The looks and interactions between Elizabeth and Darcy sparks some jealousy from Miss Bingley…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 12, "The Sayers of the Law" narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Prendick is still on the run but believes to have maybe found an friend in the beast folk. He is lead into their enclosure by the Ape-man and is then instructed in the laws of the land by something called The Sayer of the Law who appears to just be a mound of white hair. A strange ceremony is performed where they all sing and chant these rules but they are soon interrupted by a noise from outside... a dog. Moreau and Montgomery have found Prendick and it soon appears that the Beast Folk are not here to help him. Prendick manages just to escape, but he now, instead of having just two after him, has the whole island.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen, chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Elizabeth has spent the whole evening tending to her sister, and though the doctors and the Bingley family has been kind to her, Elizabeth insists to send a letter to her mother to come and Jane. Though Jane is sick, as she is not too sick, Mrs Bennet is not fussed about her getting well soon; the longer she stays at Netherfield, the more closely she and Mr Bingley will become. Mrs Bennet appologises to Bingley for her daughters imposing on him, but he says it is nothing. She then asks if he is planning on leaving the house any time soon. Bingley replies that he does not know, that he is very “in the moment” and that he lets his feelings guide him. Mrs Bennet then talks to him about the country and asks him if he prefers it to the city. Again, he does not know; he prefers where he is at a specific time. Darcy slights the country, saying that there are a limited number of interesting people. Mrs Better argues with him about this, and though Elizabeth tries to save him from her mother, she still talks ill of Darcy’s beliefs. Eventually, the Bennet women leave, but not without the youngest daughters asking Mr Bingley if he will keep his promise to hold a ball at Netherfield. He will.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austin chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Soon, the Bingley ladies retire to dress for dinner, and Elizabeth shortly follows. At dinner, the Ladies say that they are very sorry that Jane is ill, but Lizzy can tell that they don’t really care. After supper, Elizabeth goes back to check on Jane, and the Bingley sisters start trash talking Elizabeth. They say that she has bad manners, bad conversation skills, and no taste. The only thing recommending her is that she is a good walker. They then discuss her idiotic idea to walk all of the way to the house to see her sister, and how awful it was that she was covered in mud and dirt. Mr Bingley defends her, saying that he didn’t notice her dress at all, and thought it very good of her to have come. The girls then ask Darcy if he noticed, and if it lowered his esteem of her and they are a bit shocked when he retorts that it in fact lifted it. The girls then head up to pretend to be kind to Jane again and leave when coffee is called for.
After Elizabeth believes Jane to be asleep, she heads down to find the group playing cards, but refuses to join in as she believes them to be betting with a lot of money. She goes to read a book instead, and Mr Bingley offers to give her his library if she would like. This leads to a conversation about Mr Darcy’s extensive library at his home in Derbyshire, and homes in general. Elizabeth soon finds that she is not reading at all and is listening to their conversation, and she goes to join in. The topic then changes to ideal people, and Darcy explains exactly what it is that he looks for in a woman…
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 11, "The Hunting of the Man", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
Prendick is in the need of a weapon, so in his panicked state he breaks the arm of a chair off. As he does this, he hears Montgomery coming, and assumes that he is going to be locked in his room, a prisoner until the decide it is his turn to be tormented. He runs to the door and lashed out at Montgomery, causing him to jump back, giving Prendick the chance to run away. Montgomery calls to him, and in a minute runs after Prendick with his attendant and a dog. Prendick runs and runs until he feels slightly safe and he lays down for a moment until he hears the dog and Montgomery's voice. Prendick runs again and into the Jungle where he wades up the stream until he feels protected from Montgomery. He he encounters another creature. The Simian man who was on the beach when he arrived...
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austin, chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The two younger daughters of the Bennet household have taken to going into town most days to gaze at the men of the military regiment that has been called there. Every day the girls get news of the men’s names and whereabouts, and they can talk only of these men at suppertime. Mr Bennet can barely take it. During one of these talks, the family is interrupted by a footman who has brought an invitation for luncheon to Jane from the Bingley women. Jane readily accepts and asks if she can take the carriage. Her mother and father say no, and Mrs Bennet adds that she will go on horseback as it is going to rain, and this will force the women to invite her to stay. Jane is a bit put off by this, but she goes and not long after, the rain begins.
The following day, word is sent to the Bennet’s that Jane has gotten a nasty cold and is bedridden. Elizabeth knows that she is going to be fine but insists nonetheless on going to see her sister. Elizabeth walks the whole 3 miles to Netherfield House and though covered in mud, is welcomed into the house to see her sister. Elizabeth’s state impresses Darcy. Jane has become more ill since the writing of her letter, and insists that Jane be allowed to stay with her until she gets better.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austin chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
The Ladies of Longborn, come to wait on the Bennet’s. Jane is very receptive to the ladies, and likes them very much, Elizabeth however is wary of their kindness. Charlotte and Elizabeth discuss Jane and Mr Bingley. Charlotte believes that Jane should just marry Mr Bingley now and get to know him later. Elizabeth isn’t too sure of this though, saying that the two of them don’t know each other well enough. Elizabeth is too caught up in her talking about Jane, that she failed to realise that Mr Darcy like her very much. It seems that even though he can point out several “flaws” in Lizzy, he has become determined to get to know her better and tries to listen to several conversations she has at the next ball.
At the ball, Elizabeth finds it odd that this rude man is trying to join in with her. After a brief engagement with Darcy, Charlotte decides to put Elizabeth in the spotlight, and gets her to play the piano and sing for the audience. As the night goes on, several of the Bennet girls, and some of the officers go off to dance. Sir Lucas, sitting next to Darcy starts a conversation about dancing. Eventually Elizabeth comes over, and despite Sir Lucas’ attempts, and Darcy’s wanting of it, Elizabeth refuses to dance.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 10, "The Crying of the Man", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Finally making it back to the camp, he is met by Montgomery who is scared for Prendick, but glad that he is safe. After leading him inside his cabin, Prendick collapses in exhaustion. When he wakes, he presses Montgomery to tell him what it was that chased him through the forest, but Montgomery holds fast and says that he shall not say anything until the following day. Montgomery thus goes to get a sleeping draught and helps Prendick into his hammock. When he awakes the next day, he hears a different type of cry coming from the enclosure. A cry he knows... the cry of a man. He goes to the door and rips it open, and sees splatters of blood, and a creature bound to a board of wood before Dr Moreau shoves him back into his cabin, furious at Montgomery for not locking the door, and leaving Prendick in a state of Panic.
Support the Show.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
The Bennet girls to visit the Lucas’ to discuss the ball. Sir Lucas was the former mayor of the area, and for his work he was granted the rank of knighthood. The eldest of their daughters is Elizabeth’s best friend. They talk all about who danced with whom, and gossip a dreadful amount about all of the guests, more specifically, Mr Bingley and his rude friend Mr Darcy. Mrs Lucas pardons Darcy’s behaviour, claiming that he has a right to be proud. Lizzy does agree with this, and says that she could have forgiven him for his behaviour had he not slighted her own pride.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/IsaacBirchallvo
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Jane and Elizebeth talk together about the dance, and more importantly, Jane’s feeling about Mr Bingley. Elizabeth approves of Jane’s fancying of Bingley, saying that she has never before liked anyone that wasn’t a bad choice for her. They then discuss the sisters of Mr Bingley, and though she is uncertain of their characters, Jane seems very fond of them. It is assumed that Bingley will eventually move full time to the area, and sooner rather than later as he took Netherfield house after seeing it for little more than 30 minutes. More is discussed of Darcy and Bingley’s relationship. Darcy is clearly the superior of the two, not only in rank, but in intellect. Bingley is, however, far more likable.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 9, "The Thing in the Forest", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
After leaving his cabin to try and get away from the noise of the Puma, and finding that the noise is even louder outside, he heads into the jungle in hope that the leaves will absorb the sound. After finally finding a quiet spot, he lays down and falls asleep. He awakes to hear a rustling, and peaking out of his bush, he sees a very strange man drinking from the stream "Animal Style." Curious, he tries to get a closer look, and sends a rock down the small cliff face, telling the creature that it's being watched. Upon seeing Prendick it stand up straight, "Human like" and heads back into the woods. It is however still watching him. Prendick goes to wander further, but constantly feels that he is being watched. As night starts to fall, he knows he is being watched, and starts to run back to camp. He hears footsteps behind him getting closer and closer as he runs on the beach, and he grabs a rock to defend himself with. Prendick knows that he cannot outrun the creature, and he turns to strike it...
1v1MeDM
The board is set, the story yet to be written, Join TBW on their wacky adventures!
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Mr Bingley has been round to visit, but the girls saw nothing of his face, only his blue coat and his black horse. There are rumours that Bingley is bringing a large party of 2 dozen or so people to the town dance which greatly disheartens the girls, believing that they won’t get to dance with him. When the ball actually happens, Bingley enters with only 5 people however, his two sisters, one of their husbands, and a tall incredibly handsome man, who is found out to be called Darcy. For half of the evening, he is the talk of the ball, but soon after, his good looks and great fortune fail to make up for his personality. Darcy danced twice, once with each of the women in his party, while Bingley dances the whole evening, and even dances with one of the Bennet daughters, Jane, twice! Elizabeth Bennet is forced to sit out several dances as there are not enough men to dance with and overhears a conversation between Bingley and Darcy. Darcy slights the girls at the ball, even after catching Elizabeth’s eye, refuses to dance with anyone that he doesn’t know.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Mr Bennet has visited Mr Bingley but still wants to play a joke on his wife that he hasn’t been. He however asks his daughter, Lizzy, while she in trimming a hat, if she believes that Mr Bingley will like it. This causes his wife to round on him, and say that they shall never know, as they do not have an acquaintance with him. When it comes out that he has actually been to visit him, all of his daughters stare at him in shock. Mrs Bennet pauses to compose herself, and then pretends to know that he should have gone all along, and that his joke was very funny. The girls then delightfully discuss when they will be able to see Mr Bingley properly.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 8, "The Crying of the Puma", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Prendick is joined by Montgomery in his room to lunch, and he asks Montgomery where he has heard the name Moreau before, and when finally alone, Prendick asks why his attendant has pointed ears. At all of these questions Montgomery seems frustrated, and surprised. He feigns stupidity, and soon after, a large animal's cry is heard from the door behind them. At this, Montgomery winces, and tries to move the conversation forward, but their lunch is constantly interrupted with the cries of the Puma in the next room.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Pride and Prejudice by Jane Austen, chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
It is a truth universally acknowledged, that a single man in possession of a good fortune, must be in want of a wife. Mr and Mrs Bennet discuss the sale of Netherfield Park, the estate in the area. Mr Bennet isn’t too fussed about the sale, but Mrs Bennet is over the moon, as she wishes for one of her daughters to marry him. She insists upon her husband to go visit him to make a proper acquaintance, and he refuses at every step, knowing that he will actually go and just wants to annoy his wife. They briefly discuss their daughters, and which one would be best suited to marry the new Owner of the Estate.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 43 - The Last, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The final chapter of Huckleberry Finn. The first time Huck finds Tom alone he asks what his plan was. Apparently, Tom wanted to go down the river together, and then tell him. From there, head back home on a steamboat with a brass band procession. Tom also pays Jim for his trouble of being their prisoner, and Jim says that he always knew that the money was going to come back because of his hairy chest. Tom then says that Huck would be able to collect his money from Judge Thatcher and says that his dad never came to collect it. Jim tells Huck that the reason he didn’t come to collect the money was because he died; it was his body in the floating house they found when on the island.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 7 "The Locked Door", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
Montgomery and The Older man discuss where they are going to house Prendick during his stay on the island & decide that they will keep him in a very secure room. As they enter, Montgomery runs over to close a door on the other side of the room, and the Older man tells Prendick that he is never to enter it, for his own safety. Being left by himself, Prendick thinks about the strange men on the island, they gait, their incredibly short legs, their cruff, eerie faces, and their strange voices. Montgomery's strange attendent comes in and brings a tray of food to Prendick and as he bend over his hair falls forward allowing Prendick to see his hairy, pointed ears. Prendick then hears Montgomery address the old man as Moreau, and a sudden memory of an article published in London about a Doctor Moreau comes back to him...
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 42, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
In the morning Uncle Sylas goes into town again but comes back soon looking disappointed at not having found Tom. At breakfast, Sylas remembers a letter that he was supposed to give Aunt Sally but before she could open it, she runs outside and joins a crowd that is carrying Tom, safely, and carrying Jim, bound, and tied. Tom is taken inside, and Huck goes to see that Jim is okay. The farmers want to hang Jim, but as he doesn’t belong to them, he can’t be. They however do tie him up even harder and say that his rations are to be reduced to only bread and water. The doctor comes in and changes their minds about torturing Jim. He says that Jim was the best nurse that he could have asked for while taking care of Jim. This gets the men to leave Jim alone, but they aren’t too happy about having a runaway slave in their midst.
Huck then goes inside to see Aunt Sally and Tom. He is sleeping, but Aunt Sally dotes on him like never before. After a while, Tom finally wakes up, and before Huck can tell him that everything went wrong, he starts asking if Jim got away safe, and starts telling Aunt Sally about how he and Huck helped him escape. Aunt Sally interjects though and tells Tom that Jim didn’t get free, and that he is back in chains. Tom leaps up and yells that Jim has in fact been free for 2 months, he was freed in the will of Mrs Watson. Just as he is going on about this, Aunt Polly, arrives out of the blue, and Huck jumps under the bed. She reprimands Tom and tells Sally that he and Huckleberry Finn and Tom have been pretending to be different Sawyer kids all this time.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 41, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
The doctor is a very nice man and at first he seems to believe Hucks story and agrees to go with him to treat Tom. The doctor doesn’t believe that the canoe would be big enough to support both he and Huck, and tries to look around for a bigger one. They don’t find anything else, and the doctor goes off on his own. Huck goes to find somewhere to camp out for a while until the doctor comes back. When he awakes however, the sun is high up in the sky. He goes to run for the island, but comes across uncle Silas. He asks Huck where he and tom have been, and Huck claims that they went to find the run away, but went to sleep in town. Silas drags Huck home, and Aunt Sally is so pleased to see him.
It seems that all of the farmers from the previous night are there, and they are talking about all of the weird things that they found in Jim’s cabin. They believe him to be crazy. While talking they turn to Aunt Sally and she goes on to explain all of the horror that they have been subjected to over the past couple of weeks. Spoons, sheets, knives, food, candles, so many things stolen to help. She then turns to interrogate Huck about what he and Sid got up to last night, and she finishes by saying that if Tom isn’t back by evening then she will send men to look for him. She sends huck to bed and tucks him in and talks about how good a boy Tom is.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 6 "The Evil Looking Boatman" , narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
While drifting, abandoned in the dinghy, Prendick is finally relieved to see that Montgomery brings the boat around to collect him. The boat is too small to allow him to climb aboard the vessell, so the Dinghy is towed ashore, giving Prendick time to observe the deformed boatmen. Once ashore, the boxes and animals are unloaded from the ship, and they are joined by a greyhaired 60 year old man. He greets Prendick well, and though he is a mysterious, he seems to welcome Prendick to his island. The unloading of the boat continues, and eventually, Prendick is brought some food and after consuming this, he helps Montgomery unload a couple of rabbits which are released into the wild.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 40, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
After breakfast Huck and Tom head over to the island to check on the raft, and when they come home the whole family is in a panic. The boys are sent straight to bed, and at 11 they start their plan. Huck however forgot the butter and Tom send him down to the cellar to grab it while he heads off to see Jim. Huck heads downstairs and when he comes up to the landing, he comes across aunt Sally who demands what he has been doing. She is in such a panic that she believes his lies for the moment, and send him into the sitting room where he finds around 20 farmers with guns and all sorts waiting to take action against the people trying to steal Jim. Huck starts to feel sick.
The farmers are talking about their plan of action but Huck can tell that they are nervous. As Huck’s tension rises, the butter that he has hidden under his hat starts to melt. This causes Aunt Sally to rip his hat off where she finds the butter and cornbread. She forgives him for stealing food and send him back to bed. Huck flies upstairs and down the lightening rod and runs over to the cabin to get Jim.
As he arrives he starts to hear then men coming. In just the lick of time, Jim, Huck, and Tom fly for the canoe. As they jump the fence, Tom’s trousers catch on a nail and the sound causes the farmers to fire in their direction. It seems that everyone got away unscathed, and they make their way to the island where Jim is finally declared free.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 39, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
In the morning Tom and Huck head to town to get a rat trap to get some “friends” for Jim, but after getting their haul of rats, one of the younger kids sets them free through the house. They go for a second try and get some more but not before they get a whack from Aunt Sally. They then go to get some garter snakes, and these too accidentally escape, and like before, Aunt Sally goes nuts on Huck and Tom. Even after a week, Aunt Sally is still Jumpy. Then take all the animals down to Jim, and he is more uncomfortable now than ever. After about a week, all of the work is ready for Jim’s escape and Tom says that there is just 1 thing left. The anonymous letters to warn the guards that someone is going to try and break Jim out. So they start writing some notes to get the family even more Jumpy, and it seems like Aunt Sally is going to die from fright from a small breeze.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 5 "The Man Who had Nowhere to Go" narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Edward Prendick awakes to hear a large noise on the deck of the ship accompanied by a loud voice calling orders. He runs right upstairs, and finds the ship being unloaded of Montgomery's cargo, and several large weird men helping. The Captain is barking orders and yelling that he is never going to help Montgomery and his island again. Prendick makes his presence known, and the Captain screams that he needs to go too. A debate starts, with Prendick pleading with both the captain and Montgomery to let him stay with either of them, but no one is budging. Defeated, Prendick goes off until the unloading is complete. When everything is unloaded, Montgomery's ship is cut loose, and the captain and his crew fight Prendick over to the dinghy where he too is cut loose.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 38, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Huck and Jim go to making the pens while Tom Sawyer comes up with the coat of arms. Neither Huck nor Jim knows what a coat of arms is, so Tom tries to explain what it is by coming up with one for Jim. Tom comes up with one and tries to explain the design to them, but they don’t really understand what everything is supposed to me; Tom says it isn’t important, however. Tom then decides that carving the inscriptions into the wood isn’t going to do. They need stone. So Huck and Tom set off to the mill and steal the grindstone. It is incredibly heavy though, and they nearly crush each other wheeling it home. When about halfway home, they break Jim out to help him get the grindstone back. Before going to bed, Tom asks if Jim has any spiders or snakes around, and on Jim’s saying “No,” Tom says that they will get him one. Jim greatly protests this, but Tom is very persuasive and convinces him to do it.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 37, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Huck and Tom prepare a bunch of tools to sneak to Jim, and fix up an old pot to make the pie in. When they go to sit down for breakfast, Aunt Sally comes in raging! She has no idea what happened to Uncle Sylas’ other shirt. She then goes on about several missing candles, and a missing spoon, blaming Sylas for having never patched up the rat holes in the basement. Their slave then comes in and mentions that a sheet has gone missing too. After a little longer, Sylas produces the missing spoon from his pocket. This is too much for Aunt Sally and she tells everyone to get out of the house and leave her alone for the rest of the day. Tom and Huck then decide that they need the spoon, so they will need to confuse Aunt Sally to get a new spoon, so they play a game with her where they constantly add and remove a spoon until she can’t figure out how many she actually owns.
Following this, Tom and Huck get the tools to Jim, and spend the evening helping him rip up his bedsheet to make a ladder and go to baking a pie to help sneak it to him.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H G Wells chapter 4 "At The Schooner Rail", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
An island has been sighted in the distance, Montgomery's destination. Prendick and Montgomery are watching the night water and Montgomery asks him about London. It seems to Prendick that Montgomery really misses his life back in London and he starts to wonder what could have driven him away from a life he so loved. As they talk longer, Montgomery's tongue begins to loosen, and he lets slide some info that peaks Prendick's interest, but Montgomery doesn't want to talk further. Prendick then notices the weird attendant and he gets a really strange feeling when looking briefly into his eyes. The men then turn in for the night, Prendick having strange dreams all night.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Train chapter 36, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Huck and Tom go to trying to dig Jim out of his prison cell. They are digging with case knives, and after for several hours, they realise that their case knife digging is going to take them years. Finally, Tom suggests that they use picks instead, and just let on that they used case knives, even if it isn’t moral. After taking up their new venture with picks, they make short work of the digging. After digging all night, they boys try to sneak back inside via the lightening rod, but Tom’s hands are too sore to climb. So again, they suggest that they “break the rules” and let on that tom climbed the rod, so Tom climbs the stairs.
The following day, the boys steal a brass candlestick, and some spoons to make Jim some pens with. That night, the boys finished their digging and crawl through to wake Jim up. He is so happy to see them and hugs and kisses them. Before moving to business, they reminisce of old times. They then tell Jim the plan to get him out of Prison, and they then head back home again.
The following day, they break up the candlestick and head to the cabins to try and sneak it to Jim. The plan gets tricky though because Tom forgot to close the lean-to’s door and the dogs made their way into Jim’s cell. Thankfully the man who brings Jim his food just attributes it to witches.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 35, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
Huck and Tom go on continuing the plans to break Jim out of jail. Tom keeps complaining that the situation is too easy; they need to come up with the difficulties themselves. Tom says that they need a very basic light to make it seem more authentic, but they could probably use a lantern, and no one would notice, it just isn’t the “Right” way. He then says that they need to make a saw so that they can cut the bed of Jim’s bed off, even though they could just lift the bed off of the chain on Jim’s leg. Tom just wants to make the plan difficult for the “story.” Tom then suggests that Jim needs a rope latter because everyone else does, even though he would have no need for it. Huck is against it, but as he doesn’t know as much as Tom, he goes along with the idea. Tom gets very frustrated with Huck’s constant attempts to make the plan easier.
Tom and Huck then conclude that they can steal anything they want provided that it will help Jim get out of jail. This is where Tom gets his idea to dig Jim out of the jail with little knives. Huck again protests, saying that it would take years for them to give him out and suggests that they could use the rusty tools in the shed. Tom just says it wouldn’t be proper…
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Prendick and Montgomery head up to the deck. While making their way to the ladder they come across a strange man; he has elongated features with strange large teeth and terrifying eyes. Once on the deck, the dogs start barking again and Prendick notices not just the Puma, but a llama in a cage that is far too small for it. The strange man then comes up onto the deck, followed quickly by the captain who huts him to the ground with the dogs. Montgomery runs to the captain and berates him for his behaviour, but the captain doesn't care for what he has to say. It seems to Prendick that this row has been building up for a while. They continue to fight, and eventually Prendick steps in, but all he does is wind up in the middle of it.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 34, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
On their way back to the farm Huck and Tom decide to investigate the shed where they believe Jim is being held. While there, Tom keeps shutting down Huck’s sensible plans on breaking Jim out, saying that they are too easy. Tom needs a great and daring escape plan like those he has read about in books. The following day, they wake up early and decide to head over to the slave quarters to see if they can talk to the man who took Jim his food on the previous day. The two convince him to take them to see the prisoner.
When the door opens and the boys step inside, Jim accidentally calls out to Huck, asking if that is Tom Sawyer with him. The boys have to think on their feet, and when the slave asks Jim why he called out, Tom claims that he didn’t hear anything and that the man must have imagined it. After both Huck and Jim confirm that no one said anything he goes on a little rant about having been tortured by witches of late, and asks Tom and Huck not to tell on him to Uncle Sylas. They agree, and he goes ranting on again. During this brief rant, Tom and Huck make their ways over to Jim and tell him not to worry about any digging noises, and that they are going to break him out…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 33, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
Huck makes his way down the road with the hope to cross the real Tom Sawyer. He finds him and Tom barely believes what he can see, thinking that Huck is probably a ghost. After proving it to Tom, Huck tells him about everything that is going on, and even tells him that he is planning to steal Jim back out of Slavery. To Huck’s astonishment, Tom agrees to help get Jim free. He and Tom split ways again, agreeing to have Huck take Tom’s bag, with Tom arriving a later on pretending to be somebody else.
The Family is exciting to have another visitor at home and they welcome Tom, using a different name, with open arms, saying that where he is going is too far away, and that they have also put on extra food for him. Tom starts spinning a yarn about him being from Ohio and goes on telling everything about the fake town. Eventually he tells them that he is “Sid Sawyer” another cousin, and the family embraces him too. During the dinner, the kids of the Phelps’ talk about a show in town, and Uncle Sylus says that the new prisoner (Jim) told him it was all a big con. Huck knows that it is the King and the Duke, and after settling in his bedroom with Tom, they climb out of the window into town to see the King and Duke being tarred and feathered and ran out of town.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells, chapter 2, The Man Who Was Going Nowhere, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY:
Edward Prendick awakes on a schooner in a semi delirious state. A large man with lank hair is sitting in font of him seemingly waiting for him to wake up. Prendick asks where he is and how he ended up there, and the man informs him that he was involved in a shipwreck and was half dead when the schooner found him. The man mentions that he is lucky that the boat he landed on had a medical professional onboard and claims that he nursed Prendick back to health while giving him a tonic with a distinctly metallic taste.
While talking, a Noise from the upper deck like a Roaring animal calls down to the men, and a quarrel of dogs starts up causing the “medical man” to excuse himself and violently quieten the dogs and whatever it was that is roaring. On his reappearance, Prendick asks if he should be well enough for real food, and the man, called Montgomery, says that the cool should be preparing some mutton for him this very moment. They continue to talk for a while before the Roaring animal starts up again.
After several days voyage, Prendick is finally well enough to head to the upper deck and take some air. On the deck, he and Montgomery discuss their destinations, and Montgomery informs Prendick that he will be getting off before the end of the voyage to go to his private island in the middle of nowhere.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 32, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
Huckleberry Finn makes his way onto the Phelps’ farm with the goal of finding out where Jim is being held. He scopes out the area and details the farm for the audience. Once he gets close enough to the house, a pack of hounds runs to him and encircles him, howling at the top of their lungs. A slave woman comes out and chases the dogs away, and eventually, a woman who Huck presumes to be Mrs Phelps comes out and embraces him like a lost child. Huck is confused, but goes along with the hug, finding out that the Phelps family had been waiting for their nephew Tom to arrive and he is 3 days late. She takes Huck inside and starts asking questions about the journey and asks if he was stuck on a sandbar. He lies about the delay and is convincing enough to let Mrs Phelps rattle on about all that has been going on recently. She then comes to ask him about his family and Huck starts to panic. Just in the nick of time however, Mr Phelps is heard coming home, and Mrs Phelps rushes Huck away planning to surprise her husband with his “Nephew.” When he enters the home he is downtrodden about Tom having not arrived, but Mrs Phelps pulls Huck out of his hiding place and exclaims that their Nephew Tom Sawyer arrived while he was out. Huck is instantly washed over with a wave of relief. He can only pretend to be a stranger for so long, but he can pretend to be his best friend Tom Sawyer for years to come.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 31, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
The men and Huck make their way down the river again, and after traveling a couple of miles, the Duke and the King go back to scamming people. After several failed frauds the men get quite broke, and after a few days they start whispering together and Huck and Jim start to think that the worst is yet to come, deciding that they would try and flee as soon as they could. They land in a town, and the King heads ashore to scope out the town. At mid-day, the Duke and Huck head into town, and at the first free moment, Huck runs back towards the raft, calling out for Jim; to Huck’s horror, Jim is gone. He cries and goes all over trying to find Jim and he eventually comes across a young boy who says to Huck that a “runaway” slave was caught and that he is being held at a man called Sylas’ farm. Huck asks who caught the runaway, and the boy says it was an old man, and Huck realises that The King and the Duke had sold Jim to get some money.
Huck tries to think of ways to help Jim get out of imprisonment, and thinks that he could try and write to Ms. Watson saying that Jim is alive, but he starts to think that he and Jim would be treated horribly; Jim for running away, and Huck because he helped him run away. Huck starts to think that maybe he helped Jim run away because he was raised badly, and tries to pray that he will be better in the future. The praying doesn’t work and Huck believes that the reason he can’t pray properly is because you can’t pray a lie. He starts to reflect on their journey, and how good and kind and fatherly Jim had been to him, and Huck concluded that no matter how much he wants to be “good,” if it means that Jim goes back into slavery, then being good isn’t right. Not knowing where he is, or how to get him free, Huck determines that he will Free Jim…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells, chapter 1, In the Dingy of the Lady Vain, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
Edward Prendick opens the story of his time on Dr Moreau's island by recounting the story of how he got there. After a ship called "The Lady Vain" got caught in dire straits, he and 2 crew members escaped on a dingy with very little rations left to them. For 8 days that travelled aimlessly, slowly making their way through the soggy biscuits and water flask that they had. After a few days, one of the men suggests that they draw lots to see who will sacrifice themselves to save the others. One of these two other men draws the short straw and instead of sacrificing himself, decides to attack the other man on the dingy. The scuffle between these two leads to them both falling overboard. Exhausted, and famished from their voyage they do not surface, leaving Edward, alone in the middle of the sea with no hope of rescue in sight. On the 8th day, when he believes himself to be on death's door, a schooner pokes its sail over the horizon and rescues him.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 30, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
The King and the Duke make it onboard the raft and throttle Huck, asking what he was trying to do by escaping without them. Huck comes up with a very convincing lie to tell the two, and they seem to believe him. The two then go after each other, claiming that the other is responsible for hiding the gold with the intention to go back after being rid of the other members of the raft. They start to fight, and the Duke wrestles the King into submission, claiming that if the King were to try and pull the wool over his eyes again, then he would finish him. The King then goes into the wigwam with a bottle of booze and the Duke soon follows; in the drunken sleep they seem to go back to being as tight as thieves again…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUMMARY
An old man and a younger gentleman are escorted towards the house by a group of villagers, from the first word out of the eldest of them, Huck can tell right away that these people are the Real relatives of the Wilks family. The Duke and the King get called out for being frauds, and the Huck gets dragged into the mix by a man who claims to have seen them in town a couple of days beforehand. They all get taken into town, and once at the hotel, the Doctor starts to interrogate the King, the Duke, and Huck. The Doctor asks Huck if he too is from England, and when he says yes, they laugh, and don’t ask Huck anything further.
The men go back and forth, asking the Duke, and the old man in turn for their stories, and after Huck pretends to tell about Sheffield, the men laugh again, and the Lawyer says that Huck needs to get better at lying… The Lawyer then asks both the old man, and the Duke to write on a sheet of paper so that he can compare their handwriting against the letters that the brothers sent to each other. No one’s handwriting matches the letters, and the old man then goes to claim that his brother is the one who writes his letters for him, but as he has a broken arm, he cannot write anything to prove this claim. The Old man then asks if anyone in the room saw Wilks’ body before he was interred, and then asks if the Duke can say what he had tattooed on his body. men to prepared the body however claim that they didn’t see anything.
Someone then suggests that the dig up the body and check for the marks, and so they all go over to the burial site, dig up the body...
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Island of Dr Moreau by H. G. Wells, Foreword, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
The book opens with the main character's nephew writing a foreword to his Uncle's Novelised journal entries. It appears that Mr. Edward Prendick went missing for a period of a year, and when he came back, he was raving about being trapped on an island with a evil Doctor, and a bunch of killer beasts.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 28, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary:
As the morning comes, Huck makes his way out of his room and comes across Mary-Jane crying. She is upset about The King and The Duke separating their slaves. Huck can’t help but tell her that the slaves will be back together again within 2 weeks. The jig is up and Huck decides that he needs to tell the truth to the girl. He asks her if she can go stay with a friend for 4 days if he tells her the truth, and she agrees. So Huck tells her all about how he met the Conmen, and how they have been scamming the whole family so they can get a nice payday. He tells Mary-Jane that what she needs to do is go to her friend’s house and stay there until around 11, and he says that if Huck is home there will be a candle lit in the house, and if he has managed to escape from the conmen then there will be no candle. He also says that he will leave her a note, saying where the money should be hid, and how he can prove that the Conmen are not actually her relatives by writing a note about “The Royal Nonsuch.”
After Mary-Jane takes off, Huck goes to tell the other girls about Mary-Jane’s departure, making up a lie about someone being very ill with a extreme “mumps.” At first the girls are sceptical of Huck’s disease, but in the end, he is able to convince them, and they go to tell their “Uncles” that Mary-Jane has gone to see some friends so that they don’t suspect anything strange about her absence. So the auction to sell the house starts, and as it goes on the people hear a calling from down the road, it seems that the “real” uncles have arrived…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 27
Huck goes along with his plan and he sneaks downstairs to try and find a hiding spot for the bag of gold. The front door is locked and he starts to hear someone coming so he heads into the nearest room, the one with the coffin, and Huck decides to hide the gold in the coffin. Huck then makes his way back upstairs and starts to worry that the gold is going to be found when the coffin lid is screwed on, in which case the King isn’t going to let anyone near the gold again. The next morning Huck wakes up and go downstairs for the funeral. The room is full of chairs and slowly people start to file in. Once everyone is seated, the undertaker makes his final touches to the room, and moves around like the stealthiest person that Huck has ever seen.
The preacher starts to give his sermon and though good, it was very long, and after finishing, the King decides to take his turn. Finally, the undertakes takes his turn and goes to screw the lid onto the coffin and he doesn’t find the gold. Huck starts to worry that it was found earlier though and starts to panic a little. After the burial, the King goes around and tells everyone that they need to leave for England and they need to set off for England as soon as possible. So the King goes to set an auction to sell the house, and sells the slaves to some slave traders. The King heartlessly separates a family of slaves, and the whole family nearly turns against he and the Duke. But he continues on. On the day of the auction, Huck is woken up by the King and the Duke and they start asking him questions about if he had been in the King’s room, or if he had seen anyone go in there. He lies to them and says the he saw the slaves that they sold go in there. This causes the Duke and the King to stress and the Duke finally calls the King out on his actions, saying that they should have just stuck to their regular cons…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Gift of the Magi by O. Henry, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Summary
A poor wife is distraught as she has only been able to save up a tiny bit of money for her husband's Christmas present, and she feels that she will never be able to get him something that he really deserves. She and her husband only possess two things of value, her hair and his gold watch. She decides that the only thing to do is to try and sell her hair to make some extra cash to buy his gift with, so she goes to a hairdresser and sells her hair for $20. She then spends the afternoon looking for the perfect gift for her husband and finally finds a beautiful gold chain for his watch. she spends all of her money on it and heads home to wait for him to finish work. When he arrives, he seems stunned at the haircut, and after a brief explanation of what she did, the husband produces a small gift from his pocket for her. A beautiful set of combs that she had her eyes on for months. She is stunned and jokes that her hair will grow back quickly. In her excitement, she also produces his present, and her husband, says that they should just eat dinner, finally stating that he sold his watch to buy the combs for her...
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 26
When everyone else has left, the daughters lead the men up to their rooms, with Mary-Jane offering to sleep in a different room to leave the King her bed. They then have a large dinner and after everyone has eaten, Huckleberry Finn and the servant girl eat in the kitchen. The servant girl starts to grill Huck about England and he starts to tell her that the King of England goes to his church with the King and the Duke. The girl questions Huck about his lies, and only thanks to some true Tom Sawyer energy is Huck able to try and convince the girl that he actually does live in England. She is still sceptical, however and only the interruption of Mary-Jane truly saves Huck’s skin, and her kindness to him convinces Huck that he needs to stop the King and Duke from robbing this wonderful girls.
Once Huck escapes to his room he starts to hash out a plan to try and steal the money from the King and the Duke. He eventually concludes that he needs to sneak into their rooms to try and find it. He finds nothing in the Duke’s room, and then heads to the King’s and after a brief search he decides to lay in and eavesdrop on the con men. The King and Duke eventually come in and the Duke says to the King that he is feeling weary, and that he wants to just take the gold and run for it. The King rebuts this and tries to convince the Duke that after it is found out that they weren’t the rightful owners of the farm, then the sale will fall through and the girls will only loose the 6 thousand in gold. Just as they start to leave, the Duke says that he isn’t sure that the money is hid in a safe place, and the King decides to move the money to a safer spot in the room where no one will find it, but Huck. As soon as they leave, Huck runs for the bag and hides it somewhere safe while waiting for everyone to go to bed.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 25
The men make their way to the house and they meet all of their “Brother’s” relatives. The daughters immediately fling themselves into the Duke and the King’s arms. The King then looks over and sees the coffin, and after signalling the Duke, they make their way over to it and immediately burst into the most powerful sobs. The whole gathered crowd join in with the tears, and with an “Amen,” the crowd laments together. The king then suggests that the closest friends of the deceased should have dinner with them that night. Some of the people that the King names aren’t in town, but everyone that is available joins the family in the house. The King goes on to talk about a tonne of residents of the area and about certain events that happened in the area that he learned from the carpet salesman. The girls then bring out their father’s will, and hand it to the King. There is apparently 6000 dollars’ worth of gold in the basement, and the King and the Duke offer to go and collect the cash for the family. They count out the cash, but it seems to be $415 short, and after not finding it, the Duke suggests that they make up the rest with their own money to really convince the family that they are “above board.”
They then take the money upstairs and count it in front of all of the guests. Afterwards, the King “gives” the money to the girls to really drive home how “real” they are. A new guest sneaks in and stands alone to watch the spectacle. The King goes on to be incredibly thankful to all of the people that have joined his “family” today. Everyone is incredibly moved by his words except for the new visitor, who eventually calls the King out as a fraud. Incredibly, the King and the Duke did such a convincing job that everyone defends them instead of the doctor who snuck in to watch.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Legend of Sleepy Hollow by Washington Irving Part 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Headless Horseman is one of the most famous figures in pulp fiction. Join me as I narrate the seconds part of one of the most famous short stories of all time, and introduce you to Ichabod Crane.
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The gang lands on a towhead between two towns, and the Duke and King start scheming again. Jim protests having to be tied up for so long, so the Duke decides to try and paint Jim with different colours to make him appear sick so that if anyone comes near, they won’t interfere with him. Following this, the Duke heads to one town to scout it out, and the King and Huck head off to the opposite town. At the previous place they stopped, the men bought fancy clothes with the money they swindled to try and make their schemes seem more legitimate, and to match their fancy clothes, the King suggests that he and Huck arrive in the town on a steamboat.
After paddling down a little, they come across a young man with two carpet bags and they offer to give him a lift to the steamboat. The King spins a yarn about why he is in town, and it comes about that a rich man in the area has recently passed away, and his foreign family was supposed to be coming to visit him. This information lights the King’s eyes up and he proceeds to ask the young man all sorts of questions about the family, their friends, their fortune, etc. and eventually they leave the young man at the steamboat landing. The King then tells Huck that they don’t need to go to the steamboat anymore; all they need is for the Duke to meet them so that they can scheme.
After meeting back up with the Duke, they set off for the farm on a new steamboat, and when they disembark they are immediately greeted by several people who take them to be the visiting relatives of the newly deceased. The moment that the King is informed that his “Brother” has died, he pulls off the greatest performance of his life, and after that, the townsfolk believe that the King and the Duke are the real deal.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 23
The Duke and the King spend the next day rigging up a stage and curtains and lights, and as night approaches, the tent fills full of people. The Duke does a small introduction, and the opens the curtain. The King jumps out on all fours, completely naked and covered in paint. The crowd roars with laughter and asks the King to perform it another 4 times. After this, the Duke then steps forward and closes the show to angry cries from the audience. The crowd is getting read to attack the King and the Duke, but randomly, an older man stands up and says to the men watching that they should hype up the show so that no one takes the initial crowd for fools for being scammed. This works and the next night the hall is just as full as the first. When the third night comes, the tent reaches max capacity, and all of the audience is hiding things in their pockets, ready to attack the men. Just before he would normally head round the back to go on stage, the Duke turns to Huck and tells him to run like the wind to the raft where they would be safe. They set off, and once in the middle of the river the King crawls out of the Wigwam where he had been hiding the whole time. They raked in $430 dollars.
Once the scammers are asleep, Jim asks Huck about kings, and he asks if they are just as bad as the two “nobles” that they have with them. Huck tells Jim about other kings like Henry VIII and how he liked to behead his wives, and he claims that if all these “Nobles” do is scam people, then they are far better off than if they had Henry VIII or Charles II with them. After this, Huck goes to sleep, and Jim doesn’t even wake him up for his shift of night watch. When he wakes, Huck finds Jim wallowing about his family, and for the first time, Huck asks Jim about his family. Jim then tells Huck about his daughter, and how he used to be cruel to her because he didn’t know she was deaf and dumb. But after finding that out he became the most loving and doting father he could possibly be.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Legend of Sleepy Hollow by Washington Irving Part 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Headless Horseman is one of the most famous figures in pulp fiction. Join me as I narrate the first part of one of the most famous short stories of all time, and introduce you to Ichabod Crane.
Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 22, narrated by Isaac Birchall
A mob forms and makes its way towards Colonel Shever’s house with the goal to lynch him. Pretty much the whole town is involved with the mob, and Huck is the most shocked to see that it is the children that are at the front of the pack. The mob tares down the fence and as the mob crosses the threshold, the Colonel steps out onto his roof with his gun in his hand. The Colonel laughs a scornful laugh, and proceeds to give a monologue claiming that the people of the south are too cowardly to do anything in daylight, and he says that if they are going to do anything the it will be in the dead of night. He then goes to claim that no man will do anything if there isn’t a leader, a “Man.” He then says that if they do want to lynch him, then they should come back in the night when they are feeling courageous enough to act.
After the mob dissipates, Huck wanders around a little, and then heads to the circus in town. It is a beautiful spectacle, and everyone watches in awe of the stunts that are performed. After the circus he makes his way over to the town hall where the Duke and the King are set to perform, and it is a bit of a pitiful sight. Only enough people show up to cover the expenses, and the crowd kept laughing and making jokes about the show. The Duke is very disappointed by the outcome of the evening, and he determines that the southerners are not educated enough to appreciate Shakespeare, and he conjures up a plan to get a bigger, and more invested crowd.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 21
The Duke and the King continue practicing their Shakespeare long into the day. After dinner, the Duke suggests that they add an encore, and convinces the King to perform Hamlet’s soliloquy. The Duke doesn’t have it in his book but claims that he could recollect it. Eventually it comes to him, and though it doesn’t resemble the soliloquy, and the Duke has mixed multiple plays together, it is a good enough speech to perform to people who have never seen Shakespeare; so the King goes to learning it too. They continue down the river into Arkansas, and eventually come into a town that seems perfect for their show. The Duke hires the town hall for 1 night only, and the men they try to create some interest in the show.
Huck spends this time wandering around the town. It is very dishevelled; paint peeling from all of the buildings, and houses close enough to the river that a good storm could sweep them away. The men in the town spend their time leaning against the sides of buildings chewing tobacco, drinking, and fighting. After a while, a loud drunk man rides into town, calling for a man called colonel Shever. He rides to the house of Shever and raises hell, calling him all sorts of names. Eventually Shever shows his face, and says that the drunk man that he can raise hell until 1 o’clock, after which Shever will find him and end him. At 1 o’clock, Shever finds the drunkard in the street, shoots him, and then heads home. The townsfolks try to check on the drunkard but after several deep breaths, he dies. Following this, some charlatans decide to reenact the murder, and eventually, the people get into a frenzy and finally, someone suggests a lynching…
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Most Dangerous Game by Richard Connell, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe on YT or Join the Book Club on Patreon and support me as an independent creator :D
https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
The Most dangerous game follows an American hunter as he ends up marooned on an island in the Caribbean after falling off of a ship he was taking to South America. Once he arrives on the island he tries to make his way towards what he hopes will be a small town where he can get help. What he finds however is a huge manor. At the door he is greeted by a giant of a guard and butler, and a tall elegant Russian gentleman. After being invited inside to dine for the evening, the men discuss big game hunting. The Russian claims to have hunted all forms of giant beasts, and states that his desire to hunt the likes of tigers, buffalo, wildebeest and the like has faded and that he has found a new beast to hunt that constantly keeps him entertained... Man.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Duke and the King start asking Jim and Huck questions, and Huck has to come up with another fake backstory about how Jim came into his possession, and why they’re on the river. They then try to come up with a plan to run in daytime too. As night begins to fall, the Duke and the King make their way into the wigwam, and they determine that because they are nobility, they deserve to have beds instead of Huck and Jim. The make their way into the middle of the river eventually after a couple of miles they hoist their lantern, and a storm starts to loom overhead. The weather worsens, and Huck and Jim are forced to stand watch while the Duke and the King sleep.
As the sun comes up and the storm ends, the Duke, and the King bring out some handbills that go on to claim all of the wonderful things that they have done. The Duke tells the King that a great way to make money is to put on plays for the country folk, and eventually the Duke convinces the King to help him put on some Shakespeare plays to bring in some cash, and they spend the rest of the day preparing their scenes.
As they come to a village, they hide the raft and everyone, but Jim goes ashore to investigate and maybe make some money. They find a printing office and the Duke goes in there to print handbills for their play, while Huck and the King go to the woods where they hear that the townsfolks have gathered. There are a tonne of tents dotted about the woods and they enter the first one. A preacher gives a very enthusiastic sermon, and the people watching get wilier and wilier as the sermon continues. This gives the King an idea, and he runs up onto the stage and makes up a story about him being an ex-pirate who has since found God. The King then claims that his plan is to head back to the ocean and convert pirates to the faith, and he speaks with such conviction that the townsfolk call for a collection to be taken up to help the King in his mission. After this, Huck and the King make their way back to the raft where they find the Duke with a heap of Handbills. They then discuss their plans before taking off again down the river.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 19, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Huck and Jim are adrift down the river again, they spend their days sleeping and their nights making their way down the river. The tie up on towheads and cast their lines into the river to feed themselves. Huck reminisces about these good days, but you can’t help but feel that these good, peaceful times are foreshadowing another darkness. Huck and Jim spend their days just talking about life, the universe and everything, and they start talking about the thousands of stars that they light their journey down the river, and where they came from.
One day, Huck starts to paddle towards shore, and he encounters two men running for their lives. They call to him and beg for Huck to let them climb onboard his canoe. Huck is cautious at first, but after a few minutes he tells the men to run up the river a bit more and then to jump in the water and wade to him to get rid of any sent trails. After they get back to the raft, the men introduce themselves and they claim that they don’t know each other and start to tell the tale of how they came to be on the run. After a little while though, the younger of the two starts to cry and he claims that he is actually a Duke and that he is devastated that he has to live in squalid conditions. Huck and Jim pity the man and ask if they can do anything to make it better, and the man says that they could address him in a regal manner, and that they could wait on him at mealtimes. After this, the older of the two tells of his own magical Royal birth, and he claims that he is the legitimate son of louis 16 and Marie Antoinette and asks Huck and Jim if they could treat him like a king too. Huck and Jim agree to these terms, but Huck also states that he knows that the two men are nothing but conmen.
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Tell-Tale Heart by Edgar Allan Poe, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Subscribe
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g/join
Join the Book Club for Exclusive Audiobooks
www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
The Tell-Tale Heart follows a narrator as he tried to convince the reader that he is sane. The trouble is that he is anything but sane. He has murdered his landlord because of their evil blue eye, and has hidden the body under the floorboards of his bedroom. The problem however is that the police come knocking at the door, and the heart of the victim doesn't stop beating...
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 18, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The colonel is a true southern gentleman, he treats everyone with respect, and talks gently. He is shaved every day, and dresses impeccably. He radiates a warmth from him that is very comforting. When he and his wife come downstairs each morning, all members of the family stand up and drink a toast to the elders of the family. Huck then goes on to describe the other members of the family and describes how hospitable they are to any passersby.
Huck then talks about the other rich family in the area, and then recounts a time when he and Buck came across a member of the other family. Buck pulled his gun on the man and fired at the man. Buck didn’t get the man, and he and Huck had to run to get away from him. Once Huck and Buck had a moment alone, Huck asks Buck why he fired at the man, and Buck goes to tell Huck about the feud between the two families.
On the following Sunday, Huck and the family go to church and after getting home, the girl Sophia asks Huck if he could go back to the church and collect her bible that she forgot there. Inside of the bible is a note labled “half-past two.” As soon and Huck is home, he gives the bible to the girl and she immediately lights up when she sees the note. Huck sets out to think the situation over, and eventually his servant comes to find him, and leads him to a hidden away nook where Jim has been hiding for a couple of weeks. They are finally reunited, and more importantly, Jim tells Huck that the raft wasn’t destroyed.
After this encounter with Jim, Huck heads back to the house and wakes up the next day to find the house empty. The girl Sophia, and the Sheperdson boy that Buck shot at ran off together, and the families were at “War…”
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
A head pokes out of one of the windows of the house and calls out to Huck asking him who he is and what he is doing on their property. Huck gives a fake name and tells the man that he fell off of a ferry boat and made his way to shore to look for help. The man asks Huck if he came with anyone else, and when Huck says “No,” he is asked to approach the house, slowly. Huck moves as slowly as he can and eventually makes it to the door. They give him enough room to poke his head into the sitting room, and after a couple of minutes, they determine that Huck isn’t a member of “The Shepperton” family and is thus allowed to stay with them. The old woman calls to her youngest son, who is around Huck’s age, and asks him to lend Huck some of his clothes so that Huck can get out of his wet ones. Once in the boy’s bedroom, Huck is asked some riddle by the boy, and Huck doesn’t quite follow as he is too logical for these silly games. Huck and the boy then go downstairs to get some food and Huck makes up a story about his fake family, and how he came to be at their home. They tell Huck that he can stay with them as long as he likes.
Some time passes, and Huck inserts himself into the family’s life. The family is extremely wealthy, and all of their furniture and fixtures show it. Everything is exquisite. The family had a daughter who sadly passed away, she was a poet and an artist, and was very gifted. She used to write poetry about people she read about in the obituaries, and she became renowned in the area for her work. Her paintings and drawings were all over the house, and her last work, left unfinished is hanging as the pride and joy of the family. Huck is blown away by this girl’s work, and loves to read her poetry, and he laments that she passed away before her time.
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Raven by Edgar Allan Poe, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The unnamed narrator sits in his chamber on a dark and dreary December night, reading old books to try and distract himself from the passing of his love "Lenore." He has just started to drift off to sleep when he hears a knocking at the door. He is weary at first, not knowing if the noise was real or dreamed. He calls out to the "knocker" and apologises for is lateness, but when he finally swings open the door, he is greeted only by an empty hallway. He whispers out the word "Lenore" but the only reply is the echo of the name bouncing around the walls of the hallway. Ominously, the knocking noise continues, this time from the window. He goes to open the shutter, looking for his phantom visitor, but is only greeted by the night air. He opens the window, and strangely a raven hops over the threshold and flutters up to a bust of Pallas Athena above the chamber door. The Speaker is chuckled by this, and jokingly asks the bird for its name, but is frightened to kingdom come when the bird replies, "Nevermore."
SUPPORT THE SHOW
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The boys are continuing to make their way to Cairo where Jim could finally be free. As the get closer Jim starts rambling about all of his plans once free; he wants to start working right away and wants to save enough money to but his wife and children. This freaks Huck out, he is very conflicted about helping Jim get to freedom, especially helping him get to freedom where he could get other slaves free. Huck beats himself up more and more as they are going down the river, and he starts thinking that the best thing to do would be to paddle to shore as soon as he can and to tell somebody that there is a runaway slave in a raft. Once he decides that he is going to tell, Huck starts to feel a little better, and eventually he sees two rafts going upriver. He paddles across to see them, and they mention that they are looking for 5 runaway slaves and they ask Huck if there is anyone with him. He isn’t sure why, but he lies to these men, he tells them that his sick father is on the raft, and he would love some help getting the raft to shore. The men start to make their way over to the raft and they question huck about the type of sickness that his father has. Huck tries to avoid the questions, but the men conclude that Huck’s father must have smallpox and tell Huck to go away so they don’t get sick too.
After the men leave, Huck heads back to the raft and he asks himself what the point of doing “good” is if he feels just as bad now, having refused to give up Jim as before. He finds Jim hiding in the water, with only his nose breaching the surface and after getting back onto the raft, he asks Huck how he was able to fool the two men. Jim then tells Huck that he is the only white person to have ever shown him any kindness. They continue to make their way down the river, and after not finding any other towns the two of them start to think that they missed Cairo in the fog, Jim says it was because of the snakeskin, and he states that the worst of their luck is yet to come. They tie up their canoe and raft and go to rest for the day and when they come back at night, the canoe has been stolen! They get onto the raft and continue down the river, hoping to find a place where they can buy a new canoe, but in the dark, a River boat heads straight for them, and destroys the raft, with Jim and Huck having to dive away in different directions to avoid getting squashed. When Huck surfaces, Jim is nowhere to be found. He makes his way to the bank, scrambles up, and tries to find some help…
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain, chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The boys are making their way down to the free states, but as a fog rolls in the boys have trouble heading their way. They try to paddle towards a towhead and hunker down for the night, but the reeds aren’t thick enough to attach to. The canoe and raft break off, and split off with Huck going one way, and Jim the other; with the fog too thick to see through, the boys have to try and whoop to guide themselves towards each other. Huck paddles all over, and he hears the voice in front, behind, left, and right of him, and he has no idea which way to paddle, and he realises that the big towhead must have actually been an island. The river is moving quickly, and Huck keeps hitting the island, and assumes that Jim must be doing the same thing and eventually concludes that there isn’t anything he can do to catch him and goes to sleep. When he wakes up, he finds that the fog has lifted a little, and he sets out again to try and find Jim. He eventually finds Jim and plays a foul trick on him.
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 14, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After finally waking up, Jim and Huck go through the loot of the gang members. They find are as rich as they have ever been and while smoking cigars that they found, Huck tells Jim all about the gang members. Jim then proceeds to tell Jim about kings and royalty, and Jim is very interested in their history; the only king he can think of is King Solomon. Jim is confused about what they do, and Huck informs him that a king doesn’t really do much unless there is a war. They then go to talking about King Solomon, who was clamed to be the wisest man to have ever lived, but Jim doesn’t believe a word of it, claiming that no man who would try and cut a child in half could ever been considered “Wise.” Jim then goes to reenact the scene, using a dollar bill to represent the child, claiming that half a dollar bill has no use, just like half a child. Huck tries to correct Jim’s understanding of the story, but Jim doesn’t want to hear any of it. Changing the topic back to Kings, Huck tells Jim about louis xvi, and how his son was rumoured to be in France. They then speculate as to what he is doing in America, and they get onto the topic of different languages, and Jim had no idea that people from different countries speak different languages.
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn, by Mark Twain, chapter 13. narrated by Isaac Birchall
Huck and Jim are in a spot of trouble their raft has snapped loose and they need to find their way across the ship to try and steal the Gang members’ skiff. Eventually they see it, but right next to Huck the door slams open and the gang members clamber into their boat. They soon realise that they left their prisoner with his loot, and they go back into the boat to get the rest of the cash, giving Huck and Jim the luck, they need to get into the skiff and cut loose. After they are about 100 yards away, Huck starts to think that he won’t let himself become a killer, and he tells Jim that as soon as they see a light, they will land, and he will go and tell someone that there are people on the wreck and they need help, but this plan fails as the storm picks up again. After some time, they finally come across their loose raft, and they load it full of the stuff from the skiff. Huck then sees a light and sets off in the skiff to see if he can find help for the gang, and he makes his way to a ship, and after waking the captain, Huck convinces the man to go up to the wrecked Texas. But it was too late for the gang, the ship had sunk…
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 12, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Jim and Huck finally make their way past the end of the island, and they realise that in their hurry, they forgot to load anything in the canoe, everything is in the raft. In the day, they pull up on a towhead, and they spend their morning watching the steamboats go by as Huck tells Jim about the conversation that he had with the woman. When night fell, Jim used some spare wood from the raft to make a wigwam to keep them protected from the weather and an extra ore, just in case. They set off again and watch the night go by around them, and thankfully for the next three days, the weather is perfect. They come past St Louis and Huck is astonished by the size of the city; he never really believed that a city that large could really exist.
In the day times, Huck sneaks onto shore, and “borrows” supplies from farmers. He is conflicted by this, his dad taught him that it is fine to “borrow” anything as long as you have the intent to return it, but Mrs Watson taught him that it is no different from stealing. With Jim, the two make a compromise to choose only certain items to borrow, and they spend the night creating their list of acceptable items to “borrow.”
On their 5th day heading down the river, they come across a wrecked steamboat, and Huck tries very hard to convince Jim to land on it. Eventually Jim agrees, though very weary, and they clamber onto the ship. Once onboard, they see a light and hear some voices, one of them clearly in distress. Listening harder, Huck realises that they have landed on a wreck with a gang of bandits and letting his curiosity get the better of him, he sneaks closer to hear their plans. After hearing their plans, Huck is terrified and he tries to get back to Jim and the canoe, but as he gets to Jim, the worst thing possible has happened.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The woman invites Huck into her home, and he lies about his name to her, and makes up some lies about how he ended up in the town this late at night. She invites Huck to spend the night with her, and he refuses outright. The woman then goes on to explain her family life, and eventually ends up talking about Huck’s father, and the “murder.” Huck tries to enquire further, trying to figure out who people think the murderer is, and the woman says that the prime suspect is Jim, followed by Huck Snr. The woman says that there is a big bounty out on Jim, and says that many people are interested in checking the island that Huck and Jim are hiding on. This freaks Huck out, and he picks up some knitting needles to try and keep his hands from twitching. Huck tries to stay calm, but the woman gets slowly suspicious of him, and through the course of several “Tests” she asks him what his real name is. Huck is stunned at her guess, and makes up another fake name, a male one. Huck then claims that he needs to go and see his uncle, and the woman says that she will just prepare him some food, and then he can go. He then heads on his way and as soon as he gets out of the cottage, he paddles as fast as his can back to Jim and they try to escape before anyone can catch them.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After breakfast, Huck wants to talk about what they saw on the boat, but Jim tells him no, claiming that they would be haunted if they did and that it would be dreadful bad luck. Huck jests at Jim, saying that Jim already claimed that bad luck would be on its way because Huck touched a snakeskin; but if they were going to have such bad luck, how is it that they got such good loot from the sunken house? The bad luck came, however. After a couple of days, Huck finds a rattlesnake, and jokingly, placed it in Jim’s sleeping bag, but it bit Jim badly on the foot. Jim’s foot got very bad, and Jim is out of action for 4 days and nights, and once Jim got over the bite, he claimed that their Bad Luck was just starting. After several days, the water finally goes down and the boys go fishing for a giant catfish and they eventually catch a 6ft giant. Though life on the island is nice, Huck starts to get bored, and Huck decides to go into town in disguise so that no one would know who he is. Once Huck gets used to his new clothes, he sets off up the river…
SOCIAL*
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Huck and Jim go to the centre of the island to try and find a cave that Huck found on his first couple of days. It’s large and cool and would be the perfect place for them to camp out while they think about what they’re going to do next. Just as the get their belongings into the cave, thick dense storm clouds make their way over the island and a huge storm begins. Huck and Jim pass the time by watching the lightning strike, and Huck claims that he wouldn’t want to be anywhere else in the whole wide world. The rain continues and eventually the Island gets covered in enough water to allow them to canoe in between the trees. After a couple of days, a dislodged house floats down the river and Huck and Jim make their way over to it. They find all sorts of coats, and pans, and helpful tools, but also a dead man, laying in the corner. The House was previously ransacked, and they get the idea that the people that lived there left in a hurry.
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall
When Huck wakes up, he is feeling very well rested, and comfortable on the island. He just starts to drift off to sleep again when he hears a giant “BOOM”. He runs over to investigate, and he sees a ferry boat firing a canon at the water, hoping to find Huck’s “Body.” He is a bit worried that the ferry could come close to the island, but overall, he is enjoying the spectacle of it. Eventually the Ferry comes in close, and Huck sneaks a little closer to see if he can make out who is looking for him. Most everybody was there, his dad, Mrs Watson, Judge Thatcher, Tom Sawyer, and a smattering of others. Huck stays back trying to hide even more, and eventually the ferry moves off down the island to try and look elsewhere for the body. Huck finally has some time to set up his camp, cooking, fishing, and preparing his things. After 3 days he goes exploring, and he finds plenty of fruits that are just coming into season, he finds birds, snakes, and all sorts of animals, but finally, he comes across a smouldering campfire, and Huck runs back to his camp where he plans what needs to be done. Eventually Huck decides to try and find out who is on the island with him. He takes off in his canoe and makes his way to the bottom of the island where he gets out and begins to make his way back to the other camp. He makes his way slowly and he sees a man laying on the ground and as the sun starts to rise, the man wakes up. It’s Jim! Mrs Watson’s slave. Huck manages to convince Jim that he is not actually dead, and Jim tells Huck that he has been on the island just as long as he has. The two set up camp and eat some food, and Huck tells Jim about how he faked his death and after this, Huck asks Jim why he is on the island. Hesitatingly, Jim reveals that he has run away; that he is a runaway slave. Huck is shocked but promises not to tell anyone that Jim has run off. Jim then explains his reasons for running away and how he managed to swim to the island. Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshop
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The next day, Huck’s dad wakes him up, angry and hungover. He asks Huck why he has a gun, and Huck lies, saying that he heard someone coming. He then sends Huck to check the fishing lines. Huck, while walking to the rods, sees a canoe float down the river, and he drags it back to shore and hides it, thinking it will be perfect for making his escape. He manages to hide the canoe before his dad comes to him and pulls in 5 catfish for their breakfast. Huck and his dad have a pretty lazy day, and before going back to sleep, Huck’s dad tell him that if he hears anyone else coming, he should tell him about it. This sparks an idea in Huck and all he needs now is some time alone to make his escape.
While out, huck and his dad find a 6-log raft floating down the river and they drag it back to shore. Any normal person would wait until the morning to try and sell the raft but not Huck’s dad, he needed to set off that very second. He locks Huck inside the cabin and takes off to town. The moment the Huck's dad is on the water, Huck goes back to sawing the log and after a couple of minutes, he is out of the cabin. He runs back and forth the hidden canoe, loading it full of supplies for his journey, taking everything in sight. Huck then clears the mess that he made and blocks the hole in the wood he made again. He then proceeds to fake his own death, guaranteeing that no one will come looking for him and finally, he sets off…
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 6 narrated by Isaac Birchall
Soon after, Huck’s dad is back at his old tricks, and soon tries to take Judge Thatcher to court for his money. The trial goes on and on and very really starts, but in the meantime, Huck Snr goes around drinking and causing mayhem in town. Eventually Mrs Watson tries to tell Huck Snr to leave Huck alone, and to spiteher, he kidnaps his son from her. Huckleberry and his dad then live in a small wooden shack in the woods where they fish and smoke, and eventually Huckleberry Finn starts to enjoy this life a lot more than his life with the widow. Huck Snr continues to beat Huck though, and eventually it gets too much for him, and he decides that he needs to escape. Huck looks all over the cabin whenever his father goes to town to get supplies, and for a while he doesn’t find anything, but eventually he finds a small saw lodged in the rafters. Huck works at some sideboards, but he has to be careful to not make too much of a mess before his dad comes back.
Eventually Huck’s dad comes back, furious because the town is starting another trial to give Mrs Watson custody of Huck. Huck Snr starts ranting about the people of the town, and curses all of them out. This gets Huck to really think through his plans, and he decides that he is going to wait for his dad to get drunk and would then sneak off. This plan doesn’t work as well though… Huck’s dad does indeed drink, but instead of going to sleep, he goes on a rant about the government, and about Free African Americans in the north; he believes that all freed slaves should be captured and brought to the south to be slaves again. Eventually, in his rant, Huck Snr starts kicking and attacking the furniture in the cabin, he finally kicks something with his ruined shoe, and goes swearing like never before. As he continues to drink, Huck snr goes ranting on and on, and Huck, though trying to stay awake fell asleep. He is awaked by a scream, and he seeshis dad freaking out, hallucinating, and scaring Huck near to death, so scared that Huck grabs his dad’s hunting rifle, and keeps it aimed at his dad…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialre
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Huck closes the door and faces his father, he is scared at first, but soon he realises that he isn’t actually scared, just surprised. Huck’s dad is about 50 with long black greasy hair, with clothes that resemble rags. Huck’s dad starts berating Huck about how “Fancy” he has become since they last saw each other, and he shuns Huck for being able to read. Huck’s dad tells him to leave school under threat of violence. After a while, Huck’s dad states his real purpose, he has heard about Huck’s fortune and is here for his cut. Huck tries to tell his dad that he has no money, and Huck claims that he only has a dollar on him. His dad takes it from him and goes to get whiskey.
The following day, Huck’s dad goes to Judge Thatcher and demands his money, but Thatcher says that it isn’t Huck’s. Mrs Watson and Judge Thatcher then try to get custody of Huckleberry, but the magistrate says no, that you can’t separate family… Huck’s dad goes drinking around and eventually gets thrown into jail, but with the help of a different judge, Huck’s dad starts to get sober; it doesn’t last. The moment that Huck’s dad can get another drink, he goes back to his old habits.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Several months pass by in our story, and Huck has spent the majority of this time in school. He isn’t a fan of school and when tired, he plays hooky, but he soon grows to appreciate school. The widow says to Huck that he is coming along slowly, but that he is coming along fine. Huck then recounts one morning wherehe spilled over the saltshaker, and before he could throw some over his shoulder, the widow had cleaned it up, saying that there is no stock in those silly superstitions. Huck doesn’t believe her however, and one morning when walking across the freshly snow-covered field he sees someone’s track near the gate. After investigating the footprints, Huck takes off terrified to get to Judge Thatcher’s. Seeing that Huck is out of breath, Thatcher asks him what has happened, and asks if he is there to collect his money. Huck refuses, and even offers to give all of his money to the Judge. Thatcher is very confused by this, and after pressuring Huck a little bit, Thatcher thinks that he is understanding what Huck is getting at and agrees to buy Huck’s belongings.
On making it home, Huck goes to Jim as he has a magic hairball that he could tell the future with. Huck asks the hairball if his father is going to stay, but the hairball just falls to the ground. Jim says that the hairball doesn’t really talk without money, so Huck pays up, and tries again. This time, Jim says it is working, and Jim gives Huck a very vague answer about Huck’s father not knowing if he is going to stay or if he is going to go, that he is always hesitating; Huck however should be fine. When he got back to his bedroom however, Huck’s father was waiting for him.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In the morning Huck got punished for sneaking out, and is then instructed in prayer by Mrs Watson. Mrs Watson tells him that whatever he asks god for, god will provide, but Huck doesn’t seem to believe it; to him it doesn’t make sense. He then goes again to Mrs Watson, and asks her about it, and she tells him thatthe gifts that you can get from prayer are not physical, but spiritual. Mrs Watson then tells Huck about heaven, and hell and it seems very strange to him.Huck then tells us about his father, who he hasn’t seen in around a year, but that they found a body in the river that they believed to be his father. Huck didn’t believe this, as he thinks it would be very strange for a drowned man to be found on his back, and he starts to think that his father is going to turn up.
Huck then talks about Tom Sawyers gang, and says that they never did anything; they never robbed, nor kidnapped, nor killed anyone, and the boys got bored. After a while though, Tom comes to the boys and tells them that a group of Arabs, with Camels, and gold and jewels are going to be in the park, but when they arrive,Huck sees nobody. Afterwards, he confronts Tom Sawyer about the lack of Arabs and camels, and Tom calls Huck a numbskull who needs to read a book called Don Quixote, but Huck isn’t too sure about any of it…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Tom and Huck sneak along the side of Mrs Watson’s house, but Huck wakes up her slave Jim after tripping over a tree root. Jim comes over to where the noise came from and tries to find out who is snooping around. Thankfully for the boys Jim couldn’t see nor hear them. The boys lay, waiting for Jim to fall back to sleepand after what seemed like an eternity, he goes to sleep. Huck and Tom sneak along, even more carefully this time, and make their way off of the property. We are given a little bit of a story about Jim and how he can be a bit of a storyteller amongst the other slaves. Once Tom and Huck meet up with some other boys and they get into a skiff and take it to a hidden cave. Once inside, Tom tells the boys that he wants to start a gang, and they spend the rest of the evening talking through the rules, and coming up with what should happen to any rule breakers…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Huckleberry Finn by Mark Twain Chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallHuckleberry gives the audience a quick history of his character; a small boy around 14-15 years old who has come into some money thanks to an adventure he went on with a friend, Tom Sawyer. Huckleberry seems to have no family left, and he was adopted by a local woman who wanted to educate/civilise him. After trying to run away after being forced to act all proper, Tom Sawyer managed to convince Huck to return back. He continues to explain all that the widow did for him; she taught him to write and read, how to be civilised. The widow teaches Huck about the bible, but as all of the characters were long dead, Huck didn’t really pay any attention to them. Huck comes across as a very bright, but naïve child, who looks to bad influences like Tom Sawyer for guidance.
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 4 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Nurse is livid! The Night Aide in a cupboard, a Woman smuggled in, pills all over the floor, and the Nurse’s files all over the floor. McMurphy looks like he is sick, and even when The Nurse leaves to call the main building, McMurphy claims that he is too sick and hungover to escape, so he just closes his eyes and feigns sleep. Harding however isn’t going to accept this, and tries even harder to convince McMurphy to leave, but this is in vain. The Aides eventually take a roll call, and suddenly everyone remembers where Billy Bibbit is hiding. The nurse is angrier than ever and she and the aides go door to door on the ward looking for him. After going to nearly every room, only the seclusion room is left, with all of the patients following. The door is swung open, and Billy and the Girl are thrown into light. When the nurse reacts, it seems as though his stutter has fully disappeared; he gives very quick responses and talks like he has never stuttered in his life. Candy is looking for her clothes, but the nurse pays her very little attention; her eyes are fixed on Billy. He eventually stands up straight, and the Nurse launches into her attack. She tells Billy she is disappointed in him, but that his mother will be even more upset than she is. This breaks Billy, his stutter returning instantly with tears streaming down his face. After Billy’s break down, she takes him to the Doctor’s office where he can calm down, away from the people who tricked him.Police and all sorts of people turn up to write down what happened the previous night, and when the Doctor finally turns up, The Nurse talks him through the events of the evening, finally telling him about Billy. The Doctor goes right to there, and is greeted with horror, screaming out for the Nurse. Everyone on the Ward knows what has happened…When the Nurse come back, she lays into McMurphy, telling him exactly what Billy did, and how it is McMurphy’s fault. “First Charles Cheswick, and now William Bibbit, I hope that you are finally satisfied.” She leaves him in the day room and heads to the Nurses station and McMurphy follows. Harding, the Chief, Sefelt, Martini, everyone knows that they cannot stop him, because they were the ones that had been forcing him to do it this whole time… He lunges for the Nurse through her glass window and makes his final attack, removing the Nurse, for a time, from the ward. When she comes back, she decides to stop McMurphy for good…Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https:/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 4 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Chief, for the first time ever is able to shake off the fog after his shock therapy in less than a day. McMurphy was given another 3 shocks because he still refuses to apologise to Nurse Ratched. He says to Chief that the shocks are doing nothing more than charging up his battery, but Chief Bromden sees through his tough-guy guise. Chief Bromden is lead away from disturbed ward back to his usual one, and everyone turns to greet him at the door, like he was a celebrity. There have been rumours that McMurphy has been shrugging off all of the EST’s he has been given, and the patients are glued to every word that Chief Bromden is saying. The following day, Nurse Ratched brings up how McMurphy is reacting to EST, and suggests that more serious methods must be used. She also realises that while McMurphy is off the ward, he can become a heroic legend, that will never die. Some of the guys realise that as soon as he is back on the ward, Nurse Ratched will shock McMurphy every time he comes out of his stupor, so they plan for him to escape the ward; the plan is a no go however, because it is the day that Candy is supposed to sneak back on the ward to have a date with Billy Bibbit.There is another meeting in the day, and the Nurse suggests to the Doctor that McMurphy should be subject to a more serious treatment. McMurphy joins in on this and says that maybe they should increase the voltage so that he can become electric. The Big Nurse corrects McMurphy however, saying that she means to give him a lobotomy… After the meeting McMurphy goes with Billy Bibbit to plan out the evenings “Activities.” The Chief then goes on to explain Billy’s situation. He is actually not a young kid, and is in his early 30’s. He has been subjected to a overly protective and deluded mother, who believes it impossible for Billy to be as old as he claims. He would probably be fine if he could get away from his mother and just live as a normal adult… It’s tragic.As the evening progresses, the men start to get the feeling that Candy isn’t coming, but after turning all of the lights on to try and let Candy know where the men are, they hear a faint tapping on the day room window; it’s Candy, and she has brought along Sandy, the girl who bailed on the fishing trip, along too. The Party Begins…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/the
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 4 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallMcMurphy and Chief Bromden have been sent up to the disturbed ward, the are crazed men all over the place, and there are mutterings and gnashing of teeth whispering all around. In the Day room on disturbed, McMurphy tries to establish himself as Top Dog, but it’s different up there, and the straight jackets don’t really help. McMurphy starts telling the men about the fight with the Aides, but as time goes on their wounds start to hurt more and more. They are eventually taken into the nurse’s ward, and it feel strange for the two to be treated with respect and care. The nurse asks who attacked them, and after they answer, she tells them that she feels that War Nurses shouldn’t be able to reign supreme over their wards; they want to run them like war hospitals. Then then goes on to say that both McMurphy and Chief Bromden won’t be staying too long, Nurse Ratched will determine the length of their stay. There is a huge alarm that sounds in the morning to wake the patients, and McMurphy and Bromden are called to the nurse’s station. When they get there, they are given 3 sedative pills. Both the men refuse their tablets. After a couple of minutes or so, the Big Nurse and the 2 Aides that were beaten up arrive, and Nurse Ratched tells McMurphy that she has decided that he should be Subject to Electro-Shock Therapy, unless he could apologise for what he did. McMurphy starts making jokes about what the nurse is asking him to do. Both McMurphy and Bromden are led over to the EST room, and there is a sound behind the door like a swarm of bees taking off. They are led into the room and McMurphy can see that Chief Bromden is afraid, so he offers to get shocked first, laying on the cross shaped table, and wearing a crown of silver thorns. SHOCK… Then it is the chief’s turn…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 4 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe nurse has planned her revenge of McMurphy, and she very slowly starts to spread the seed of doubt and mistrust amongst the patients. She wants them to start wondering “What is in it for him? Why does he do all of this stuff for me?” She starts by sticking the bank statements of all of the inmates onto the wall, and this gets all of the men wondering more and more why he does sorts of things. She then tries to bring up in the meeting everybody’s opinions on McMurphy, but because he was present, her attack didn’t get off to a start. So, she decides that the best way forward is to make sure that he isn’t there for the next meeting. She starts probing at the men, asking them about him, and eventually the men come around to having doubting thoughts about their “hero;” the only person to try and defend McMurphy is Billy Bibbit. The Nuse goes on to list off all of the things that McMurphy has “given” to the group, pointing out that Mac hasn’t put up any collateral for his bets, as opposed to everyone else. Later in the day, the patients go on to say that while they don’t agree with what the big nurse was saying, it is hard to argue that McMurphy hasn’t made a profit off of them. Harding then pipes up and asks what the problem is. Even if what the nurse said is correct, what is the problem with it. Billy however isn’t in agreement with Harding until later in the day, when McMurphy tries to convince him to spend some money on him and Candy.Chief and McMurphy are taking the tables into the Tub Room for the meeting, and he manages to convince Chief to try and lift the huge panel, and though it seems almost impossible, the chief is able to lift it. Then after the meeting, McMurphy manages to make a bet with the men that the chief could lift the panel, so all of them gather around the panel and watch the chief lift it, losing all of their cash. The Chief feels like he has been used and runs away from McMurphy and the other guy.The patients that went on the fishing trip have been ordered to take disinfection showers, and they are forced to take degrading showers while the Aides spray them down with power hoses and soap. When the Aides get to George, they take it too far, spraying him all over as hard as they can. At this, McMurphy snaps, and launches into an attack on the Aides…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.insta
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest Part by Ken Kesey 3 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Men get to the dock, and they are all getting excited, there is a problem however. The girl Sandy, who didn’t show up, was the one who had the waver, so the captain is refusing to let the men get onto the ship they rented. The other ship hands on the boat take a look at the group of patients, and eventually notice Candy and start jeering at her. McMurphy offers to call the proper authorities from the boat house to sort the situation out, and both he and the captain head in to make the call, leaving the patients, the doctor, and Candy out by themselves. The Boat Hands’ heckling gets more aggressive towards Candy, but the men have lost their swagger now that McMurphy has gone away. All of the men feel a huge wave of guilt wash over them, and Candy walks as far away from the group as possible. McMurphy comes out of the boat house very quickly and tells the men to get into the boat while the captain finalises the details on the phone. He calls to George to stat the engine, while McMurphy starts to untie the ropes. As soon as the boat is ready to set off, the door of the bait shop slams open and the captain steams out towards the boat. McMurphy is stealing the boat…The men set out to sea, and McMurphy and Candy head inside the boat to “check for leaks.” After the men get past the jetty, a wave of calm passes over Chief Bromden, and after a mile or so, the men start to set out their fishing lines. George pushes the boat out to sea “where the real fish are,” and after an hour Sefelt’s fishing pole starts to pull. The men weren’t all planning on fishing, but after seeing Sefelt’s line snap, all of the men want to have a go. The men have the most fun that they have had in years, and everyone but the Doctor has caught a fish, but he has been fighting with one for what seems like hours. It’s a giant Flounder, and it’s going to require all of the men to help bring it in.The men eventually start to head back to shore, and once in, they have a brief fight with the sea captain, but eventually the tension fades, and they all sit around drinking and telling stories until it is time to head back to the hospital…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi:
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 3 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac BirchallWhen Bromden awakes, he runs out of bed to have a look at the signup sheet to see if McMurphy had really added his name to the list. In the dorm, McMurphy is trying to rouse everyone, telling them to take note of the chief, out of bed and getting everything ready. When they go to the mess hall, they still need another person for the trip and after a few minutes the last person comes forward. George, who the aides call “Rub-a-dub” comes to McMurphy and tries to give him some tips of deep-sea fishing, mentioning that he has spent a lot of time on ships and McMurphy suggests that he joins them, and because he has so much knowledge, even suggests that he be their captain. As the morning goes on, the “Aunts” show up, or only 1 does… a girl called Candy, and she tells McMurphy that the other girl “Sandy” isn’t going to come because she has gotten married. This means that the trip is off; there is no way that 10 guys can fit into 1 car. McMurphy needs to find a solution, and as the Doctor comes into the day room, McMurphy has found his mark. Somehow, McMurphy manages to not only convince the Doctor that he should come on the trip but gets him excited about it. The men and Candy all head out into the car park, pile into their cars, and set off on their adventure, the first time many of the patients have been outside of the ward since they entered it. The men get started off and pull into a gas station to fill up before the journey. The Doctor handles all of the transaction, but slowly, McMurphy gets the idea that the attendants are trying to scam the cowardly Doctor, and he looks to intervene. McMurphy pulls down the roof of the convertible, and yells his head off at the attendant, warning him that all of the people in the car are lunatics who are ready to attack at the drop of a hat. This bolsters the confidence of the men, and as they set off they are confidently jesting and gibing at each other, and McMurphy starts to feel like the boys are starting to heal a little.
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopif
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 3 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Nurse is planning her revenge after McMurphy broke the window, she knows that she has all the time in the world. McMurphy, following his victory, has come back into full swing. He managed to convince the doctor to allow the men to form a basketball team, and he makes sure to be as vocal as possible in all of the meetings. Since the breaking of the window, the aides added a sheet of cardboard to cover the hole but the nurse just sits there behind the cardboard like it wasn’t there at all. McMurphy and the Nurse though are waiting to see who will crack first, they are speaking in the politest way to each other, and McMurphy has finally had enough time on the ward to request an accompanied absence on the ward. The new window has been installed, and the moment that the nurse tells McMurphy that his request has been denied, he breaks the new one, claiming that he never saw them put it in. The men organise a basketball game, and two of the Aides play for the other team and in a scramble for the ball, McMurphy cracks one of them as hard as he can in the nose with his elbow. After seeing McMurphy get more and more confident in his defiance of the Nurse, the other men start to get confident also, and they try and test their limit with the nurse as well. Eventually the basketball breaks, and McMurphy decides that it is time to go fishing instead, and for some reason, McMurphy’s request to take the other patients on a fishing trip is approved. The Big Nurse tries to convince the other patients that the seas are going to be very rough but some of the patients sign up, nonetheless. The day before the trip, McMurphy still needs 2 more men to sign up. The Chief wants to sign up, but not only does he not have enough money to chip in for the boat, if he were to sign up, then everyone would know that he could hear, and has been hearing everything. The chief starts to think back to when he first realised that people treated him like he was deaf.
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 7, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe boys are walking back from Ward 1, and Chief Bromden wants to talk to McMurphy, he wants to tell him that he shouldn’t worry about all the things on his mind but just before he opens his mouth, McMurphy runs up ahead to ask one of the Aides to stop by the Canteen. The chief starts to get a ringing in his ears, like everything is sharp and clear, but like something is going to happen. In the meeting that afternoon, the Big Nurse is testing Sefelt, and he is raging about the medications that he has to take. McMurphy is strangely sitting upright and attentive, watching everything that is going on in the room. This causes the chief’s ringing to get louder, and he starts to grip down on his chair as hard as possible. At the end of the meeting, the nurse looks over at McMurphy, and putting on a sad face, she tells the men that she is going to take away their access to the Tub Room as punishment for the house duties being avoided so that they can watch baseball…
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers tostop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe men are leaded over to building 1 where they are going to all be x-rayed. Across from the men is the large metal riveted door where EST is performed. There is screaming coming from the inside, and Chief Bromden is gripping onto the bench harder than ever. McMurphy pipes up and asks Harding what is happening in that room, Harding tells him that they are being given a trip to the moon that is paid for with Brain Cells instead of Money. Harding tells McMurphy the history of EST and tells him that it isn’t just used to scare and hurt patients, it is a real form of therapy that has been used to cure plenty of patients over the years. McMurphy isn’t sure about this and likens it to the death penalty, and Harding half agrees with him, saying that EST changes you; no one is ever the same after EST, and no one ever wants another one. McMurphy then states that he doesn’t really understand what is going on in the ward. He then asks Harding about Lobotomies, and Harding informs him that though the nurse legally cannot decide what happens to patients, she is the one who has the final say on all punishments. McMurphy then goes to say that he thinks that just getting rid of the nurse probably wouldn’t change too much but he can’t fully explain it. Chief wants to go and tell McMurphy that he is onto it, that he has understood what Chief put together long ago, but he cannot speak, not when everyone thinks him to be deaf and dumb. After some more back and forth between the guys, McMurphy finally tells the guys that he is fed up with them pushing him to bug the nurse, and Harding’s only excuse is that he forgot that McMurphy was committed. McMurphy since decided that he is just going to play it safe to guarantee that he gets released in a timely manner. Harding agrees with McMurphy, but also tells him that McMurphy is risking far more than the other patients, he tells him that McMurphy is one of the very few patients that is committed; the rest are voluntary patients. This makes McMurphy lose his head!
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: h
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Men are taken to the library, and Chief Bromden is distracted by the mechanical engineering books on the shelves, reminding him of his years in college. After a few minutes however the door opens, and one of the Aides escorts in Harding’s wife. Harding invites McMurphy over to meet her, introducing her as his “nemesis”. McMurphy swaggers over and Harding starts to tell his wife about how McMurphy had a victory over the nurse, but as he gets excited his hands start to dance in front of him. His wife makes a harsh comment about his laugh and Harding seems to shy away into himself. She then asks him for a smoke, and Harding refuses, claiming that the rationing of the boxes by the nurse has made chivalry impossible. Harding then starts to correct his wife on her grammar, and she gets very frustrated at this claiming, and starts talking about Harding’s friends that keep dropping in to see if he is free. Harding retorts, asking if they are “really” there for him or if they are there for her. She gets up and leaves rather abruptly. Harding then asks McMurphy what he thought of her, and McMurphy blows up at Harding, claiming that everyone is trying to get his goat.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac BirchallSefelt falls in the Mess Hall and starts to convulse with his seizure, and everyone jumps in to try and help him, but the Aides beat off all of the other patients. The Big Nurse eventually arrives and questions them as to who has fallen, and again asks if this is the patient that claims he doesn’t need any more medication. The Big Nurse is surprisingly sympathetic, claiming that she warned Sefelt that if he didn’t take his medication then his seizures would get worse and worse. Fredrickson comes forward and tries to tell the nurse the reason behind the Sefelt’s refusal to take his medication, and she keeps her face so sympathetic and kind that it shuts Fredrickson down as quickly as he started.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 3, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe guys are getting more confident since McMurphy’s victory over the nurse. They are bringing up every gripe that they have ever felt in the ward. They start to question the stupidity of all of the rules and start to take them literally; if you cannot be alone by yourself, then supposedly you have to take 7 other guys with you to the bathroom as well. The men then bring up the confiscation of their smokes, and the Doctor and Big Nurse have a small spat over it. McMurphy is feeling at the top until they take a trip to the pool. McMurphy is relaxing on the side of the pool and talking with one of the patients who is acting as “Lifeguard” and is arguing about how McMurphy believes that the hospital is far better than the work camp. The lifeguard replies “well at least when you are convicted of a crime you have a release date.” McMurphy didn’t know about this, he thought that if he was sentenced to 4 months in a work camp, then he would also spend 4 months in the hospital, but this isn’t the case; it is the nurse who decides when he is released…
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 2, Narrated by Isaac BirchallFollowing the staff meeting McMurphy goes full steam ahead continuing to annoy and anger the Aides and Staff, but the Big Nurse puts on a façade of calm and diplomacy. In all of his duties, he gives the bare minimum trying harder and harder to get the Big Nurse to crack again. The boys keep sitting in front of the TV in the day room and listen to McMurphy telling stories, showing that he can continue to be strong no matter what the nurse tries to pull on him. McMurphy’s influence is starting to affect the other patients too, he is making them all feel a bit better, showing the men that you can’t judge a book by its cover.The Fog Machine seems to be broken, and Chief Bromden is seeing clearly for the first time in years. He can actually look out of the windows on the ward at night. Looking out he saw a wild dog run around sniffing in squirrel holes and enjoying his life to the fullest. He then hears a group of geese flying towards him, and he notices the dog looking for the geese too. He dreams of being free like the dog, and just as the geese fly off one of the night aides and the nurses come and take him back to bed.
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 2 chapter 1, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Chief is looking through the Nurse’s station window with all of the other Acutes. For the first time, she is getting a feeling of what it is like to be constantly watched. She has been made to lose control, and she knows that even the aides and nurses are watching her. The Chief always cleans the meeting room when they have a staff meeting, but since raising his hand for McMurphy, won’t they all know that he can hear, and has been able to hear all of this time. One of the Aides comes over to Chief Bromden and the Chief seems to think that the aide “Knows” that he can hear. The Chief tries to play deaf again, and the Aide seems to believe him. Bromden makes his way to the meeting room and starts to clean while everyone is making themselves coffee. The Big Nurse seems to have recomposed herself since McMurphy’s win, but she is very suspicious of the Chief. The meeting starts with the Nurse not saying a word, but with the Doctor leading the discussion. He asks what the assistant nurses and doctors think about the new patient McMurphy and what should be done with him. They all go into their own theories about his psyche and what they think about his effect on the other patients.The Nurse finally steps in and tells the men that they are all wrong. The only person that McMurphy cares about is himself and since he has been committed, they can keep him locked up until they break him, and the moment he finds out that he is going to be in the ward until the Big Nurse decides he is ready to leave, he will calm down.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 14, narrated by Isaac BirchallChief Bromden recounts some of his military life, and how the hospital came into possession of a Fog Machine. These powerful machines were used heavily throughout the 2nd World War and helped the soldiers sneak onto enemy lines without having to worry about being taken out. You could see no more than 3ft in front of you; “Below the belt you would just disappear.” So that you could see you had to strain your eyes so that when you finally did see anything, it was in the clearest focus. Focusing to see took a lot of effort though, and it was so easy to get lost within it that Chief Bromden, once he got onto the Ward would just wander around, hoping to find something. Every time, no matter how much he thought he wandered the other way, he would manage to find the EST Machine Room where he received all of his treatments. After a while Bromden realised that it was easier to just sit in the fog and keep quiet. Since McMurphy’s arrival, the fog has been rolling in thicker and thicker, hoping to catch him off guard. The Compressors start up just as the meeting is about to start. The Nurse wants to have a staff meeting to discuss McMurphy and his continuation as a patient on their ward. The Fog rolls in more and more and it eventually becomes so thick that it lifts the chief out of his chair, and he lays floating there above everyone else in the room while Billy Bibbit is being interrogated by the Nurse. Bromden goes on floating while all the sound around him becomes muffled by the fog. A chair comes floating into his view but no matter how hard Chief Bromden tries, he cannot float over to it; he is becoming very scared. Col. Matterson comes floating into the Chief’s view, and as he starts to ramble in his preacher like way, Chief Bromden finally starts to understand what his ramblings mean. The other patients come by and slowly the Chief starts to understand all of their problems and woes. He Understands the patients like never before.McMurphy then finally comes out of the Fog, and it seems to the Chief like he is bringing people with him. He brings up TV time again to watch baseball, and gets finally manages, with help from the Chief to win a majority vote.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbircha
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 13, narrated by Isaac BirchallBromden is looking at a picture of a man flyfishing in the mountains, wishing he were there too. He imagines that he is sweeping his broom into the painting and sits on a rock to take in the whole world around him. He reflects on what it was like at the previous hospital that he was in. He says that things have improved since the old days; they have pictures on the walls, and televisions.The fog starts to roll in, and Bromden starts to realise that the reason that McMurphy can’t understand the other patients is because he doesn’t understand how safe it is to just sit back and hide in the fog.
Subscribe to theshow https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark andprotect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 12, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe Men are in the new Tub Room Day Room playing a game of monopoly but with real money; 1 cent per game dollar. The game is going slow because Martini is seeing pieces and dice that don’t actually exist. The game continues with the men not really getting any further on.At another point, Bromden is describing the fog, It seems to him that McMurphy pretends not to see the fog, and that he is able to keep his cool by pretending to be overly polite to all of the staff. Just once he loses his cool. At one of the group meetings, the men refuse to back McMurphy up. He had been taking bets on the World Series of Baseball all week and suggests to the group that they change the TV time so that they can watch the game. This stuns McMurphy because everyone has bet on the game; If they all have money on the results, then why wont they vote with him! After the meeting, back in the Tub Room, Billy approaches McMurphy, and tells him that the men are afraid to vote against anything that the Nurse wants because they are going to be here a lot longer than he is; they don’t want to be punished later on. The day before the World Series is to start, McMurphy tries one last time to convince the men to vote with him…
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Support the show
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 11, narrated by Isaac BirchallThe boys head to the breakfast hall and McMurphy is laughing a mile a minute after his small victory over Nuse Ratched. He creates a fake story about he and Billy Bibbit running wild around a city together chasing after girls. None of the boys give him the response he is looking for though. McMurphy instead goes to tell the boys about how good things are inside the hospital when compared to his life on the work farm; in the hospital they get orange juice, and bacon and eggs, and at the work farm all they got was a burnt potato cake thing. After finishing his food, McMurphy gets up to head to the day room but is turned away, being told that they can only leave at 7:30. While waiting and watching the clock, he starts to fidget and decides to make a bet with the guys that he can hit the clock across the room with a pat of butter. He hits the wall instead, and instead of giving in he makes a new bet on how long it will take for the butter to hit the floor.In the day room the music is still blaring, and McMurphy finally goes over to the nurse’s station to ask to have it turned off, but the Nurse, with her stone set face just tells him that if she were to turn the music down for him, it would be inconsiderate for the other patients who are harder of hearing. She thinks that she has had him beat with this response, but he then suggests that the tub room gets opened up as a 2nd day room for the men to play cards in. She refuses again, and McMurphy tries to keep his cool, but “The War” has begun between the two…
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 10, narrate by Isaac BirchallBromden is awake after his nightmare, and he finds that McMurphy is not only awake but singing! No one has ever sung on the Ward before, and everyone is wondering why the Aides haven’t shut him up. Why is he treated differently, if the other patients were to act like McMurphy, they would be shut up in 2 seconds, but McMurphy is different. Maybe the reason that the Aides don’t shut McMurphy down is because they know McMurphy is out of control.McMurphy is wearing nothing but a towel, and he walks over to one of the Aides and asks him for some toothpaste, but the Aide responds that the cabinet is closed until 6:30 and McMurphy jokes with him about it being a strange thing to keep under lock and key. McMurphy goes on his way back to the washroom and starts up his singing again until the Big Nurse comes onto the Ward. She comes towards the washroom where she can “correct” his behaviour, but just as she is about to entre McMurphy cuts her off. She tells him that he cannot just walk around the ward in a towel, so McMurphy complies…
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall Chief Bromden is experiencing his first non-medicated night in a long time. As he starts to drift off he starts to hear a deep rumbling coming from somewhere beneath him, a sound that he has never noticed before. Bromden starts to feel the dorm floor start to slip down and down, like in an elevator going further down into the belly of the building. Eventually the room stops moving, and after a couple of seconds one of the walls lifts up to show a giant factory-esque room with endless blast furnaces. Shirtless men run along suspended platforms, spinning dials, and pushing buttons. The men seem to be moving perfectly, and whenever someone slows down or falls over, the other men just throw him right into the nearest furnace. One of the men comes near the chief’s room and grabs one of the older decrepit patients and swings him onto a hook. The men then open the patient up and instead of innards, nothing but rust and ashes, falls out of his body… The nightmare continues and becomes worse as the night goes on. Bromden wants to wake up and warn everyone about what he just saw, but he knows that no one will believe him. When he does wake up however, he knows that what he saw must have happened because the patient that was on the hook is being wheeled out of the hospital.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall Chief Bromden narrates more how he perceives the power of the Nurse on the Ward. He believes that she has the power to slow down or speed up time just by turning a dial on her control panel. She can make sure that no one has too much time with a visiting family member, or she can slow them down so that the men just have to sit alone with their thoughts for days and weeks on end to guarantee that the men suffer longer and worse than before. There is a tape that plays on loop in the day room. The music is just quiet enough to zone it out if you have been on the ward long enough, but loud enough to make any new patient start to lose their mind. McMurphy is playing cards with some of the other Acutes, and he is getting a bit antsy with the music playing over their heads. Harding tells McMurphy that pretty much everyone has zoned the music out, and Cheswick chimes in to say that the only time the music isn’t playing is when they are sleeping. Harding prods McMurphy joking that something as small as some music is going to him lose his bet against the patients. Chief then goes to describe how McMurphy plays cards. He is a true conman; he is able to lead the men into the game with his talking, drawling, and laughing, and is able to keep the men entertained enough to win all of their packets of smokes, and then at the last moment let them win back their smokes to guarantee that they keep playing. As the night goes on, the lights get dimmed, and everyone has to make their way to the nurse’s station to get their medication. After a brief altercation, the nurse’s station closes early and it becomes the first night in years that Chief Bromden has been to bed unmedicated.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall Harding and McMurphy continue to go at it. McMurphy tries to convince the men that they aren’t Rabbits, but are men, who can be powerful, and can fight against Nurse Ratched’s attacks. Billy Bibbit starts up, stating that the Nurse’s tactic of staying silent makes all of the men too nervous to fight back. McMurphy states that they could always just give joke answers or tell her to get lost. The other patients continue to argue with McMurphy, and eventually Harding tells him about the greater tools in the Big Nurse’s belt, the Electro-Shock Therapy machine, and the worse of all, the Lobotomy. If worse comes to worst, you will be turned into a zombie that can’t do anything but be afraid of its own shadow. McMurphy then asks why the men don’t take a vote; if the doctor was going on about letting the patients run their own ward, why don’t they act upon it. McMurphy then goes on to say that the first thing he noticed about the place was that no one was laughing… Once you lose your laugh, you lose your soul… After more bickering and debating McMurphy finally concludes. He is going to challenge the Big Nurse at her own game, and he makes a bet with the patients that he is going to make the Big Nurse break before his first week on the ward is up.
Subscribe to the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi:https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall Bromden explains what the Therapeutic theory is, its goal is to bring any problem out into the open instead of letting it fester allowing the patients to learn how to become better members of society when they eventually integrate back into real society. Bromden then goes on to explain one point when the nurse first got the men to confess to their “Sins,” she sat in silence for 20 minutes, and after the silence broke, the men confessed to everything they had ever done, real or not, just trying to outdo each other. The Nurse’s system worked better than she could have ever hoped for. Old Pete then piped up, saying he was tired, which broke the spell over the men. Bromden then goes on to explain what happened when the aides tried to remove Pete from the meeting, he fought off the aides and was only quieted down after he had exerted all of the energy he had left and after he said all that he had to say. At 2PM the meeting ends, and from the point that they finished talking about McMurphy, all of the men were laying into Harding. They go and bring the tables back into the room, but all of the patients feel bad about what they did to Harding. After the tables are back in the room, McMurphy goes to talk to Harding about what just happened in the meeting. He asks if that is how the meeting usually go, and Harding responds at first by telling McMurphy that though the method can seem strange to the untrained eye, what just happened in the meeting was for Harding’s benefit. However, after being further challenged by McMurphy, Harding breaks down and admits that the Therapeutic Theory is nothing but harmful and degrading and that the Big Nurse is nothing but a Power-Hungry Bully.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall The fog is rolling in around the chief again and he is trying to fight it so that he can keep an eye on the new guy. Around 1, the fog fades away and the tables are moved for the meeting. The Doctor walks in and takes his seat, everyone else sits too, the Big Nurse entering last to command the room. As soon as she sits down, one of the patients starts Wailing about how tired he is, but she doesn’t pay him and attention while she gathers her papers together. The Nurse then sets her watch and takes out her folder to start the meeting, no one is watching her except for McMurphy, looking to understand what the Big Nurse is getting at; she is just as wary as he is. The meeting starts with the Nurse talking about Harding’s issues with his wife, his jealousy issues, and his issues with his wife’s belief that any action by a man that isn’t “macho” is “dandy.” McMurphy interrupts the meeting to make a rude comment, and almost takes the Big Nurse off guard, but she keeps her cool and decides to have a look at McMurphy’s folder instead of Harding’s. She reads through his history and talks to the Doctor about just how McMurphy ended up in the hospital.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Big nurse is sitting behind her glass window and is filling a bunch of needles with chemicals. She is asked by one of the small nurses what she thinks about the New Inmate McMurphy. The Big Nurse replies that McMurphy is a manipulator, and that she doubts if McMurphy is intact insane, and says that he could just be looking for free Bed and Board. She reminisces about how previous troublemakers were dealt with, and the small nurse interrupts her by asking why someone would want to disrupt the peace. The Chief then goes on to describe the Nurse’s demeanour, she wants everything in perfect condition, and has tried her best to make everything inside the hospital perfect. But as she cannot be on the ward 24/7, she has also tried to change the outside world (what the chief calls « The Combine ») to be perfect too; a world of precision and perfection, where everyone who won’t obey her is in a hospital. The chief then goes onto explain how the Nurse created her staff. She forces everyone « decent » off of the ward until she could find a doctor who would let her be in charge of the ward. The Aides were brought in only to Hate, she found 3 men that run on hate, and hate only; they hate the nurse, the patients, everyone who isn’t an Aide, and they probably hate each other too. After a long while, the nurse and her aides became able to communicate only on hate, and the Aides act out her wishes without the Big Nurse having to open her mouth. The Chief then goes on to describe the patients. The long-term patients, and referred to as Chronics, and the newer admissions, usually inside by self-admission, are called Acutes. The Chief then describes the general schedule of each day. Breakfast, showers, shaving, medication, puzzles and cards and magazines. He then recounts the story of a Chronic who didn’t react well to taking pills that he didn’t know. He explains what happens to people who don’t comply and it’s very very grim. Then the « Public Relations » guy comes in and walks some nurses/residents and explains to them how much things have improved over the past few decades...
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC
By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 3. narrated by Isaac Birchall The new man takes a look around at the inmates of the hospital. They are playing card games and smoking, and they whisper to each other. No one ever laughs though. The room is separated into 2 sections, Acutes, those treatable, and the Chronics, those considered too far gone to be one day released. They narrator goes to explain how some of the patients came in as Acutes and were then made Chronics by the treatments like Electro-Shock Therapy and lobotomies. The Aides make fun of the Chronics as they know that nothing can be done about it; the Chronics are too far gone to fight back. Chief Bromden goes to say that he has been on the ward longer than anyone but the head nurse and adds that he came in just after the 2nd World War. The New guy walks around the Ward, taking it all in. He makes the men feel uncomfortable and calls out asking who “The Bull Goose Loony” is. McMurphy asks to speak to the craziest person on the ward as he wants to straighten out who the leader is. Billy Bibbit announces that Harding is the leader as he is the leader of “Patient’s Council.” McMurphy then has a “Stand-off” with Harding, and McMurphy establishes himself as the Top Man on the ward. After this, McMurphy starts telling the men about his history of incarceration, and how he is a habitual gambler. McMurphy then goes around and shakes hands with every patient on the Ward. When he gets to Bromden, he starts to make jokes about the chief’s size, but everyone on the ward tells McMurphy that he is deaf and that he cannot speak either. The Big Nurse then calls over to McMurphy and says, though she is thankful that he is introducing himself on the ward, now is not the time, and that he needs to take his orders and have a shower.
Subscribe to the show https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389 Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey Part 1 chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall Chief Bromden eventually comes out of his fogged state, and he finds himself in the day room. He hasn’t eaten and is certain that the Aides ate his food instead. The Ward door opens while the men doing jigsaws and watching to see who comes onto the Hospital. The door rattles strangely, and Chief if certain that this is not an ordinary visit. It’s an admission; no ordinary admission. The chief can tell by the way he walks and talks that he is different, maybe even sane. He defies the orders of the Aides, and he rings his iron heeled boots on the floor. He is broad, and red headed, with a large scar across his nose. He lets out a large laugh, and though Chief cannot figure out why he is laughing, Chief remarks that this is the first laugh he has heard in years. He Introduces himself as McMurphy and announces that he is here to bring the patients « fun. » He Then goes around and introduces himself to everyone before the Aides can get to him with a thermometer coated in Vaseline. He announces too that he can been institutionalised as a Psychopath.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389 Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
SOCIAL INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
One Flew Over The Cuckoos Nest by Ken Kesey, narrated by Isaac Birchall The first part of the book opens early in the Morning with the main character Chief Bromden talking about the Insane Asylum aides. The Aides mock him as they believe that Chief is both Def and Dumb. The key hits the door and the head nurse enter the ward with a chill and walks towards her office where she can observe the patients. Before she can turn into her office, she sees the aides, and advances towards them. The Chief describes her advance as if the Nurse transforms into a great Monster, the size of a Tractor with Growling Jaw, and Long Sectioned Arms; just before she reaches the Aides, she transforms back into her human self before any other patients can see her in her true form. Instead of telling the boys off, she instead instructs them to shave Chief Bromden before the post-breakfast rush. Hiding in the mop closet, Chief tries to remember his childhood, but his fear of being found gives his position away to the Aides and they drag him away to the tub room. They aggressively shave him, and the vibrating noise takes the Chief back to the War with a sound like Air Raids, and he starts to get foggy as the PTSD panic overtakes him. He reflects on his time in the hospital and reassures the audience that what the book entails is the truth « even if it didn’t happen. »
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389 Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389 Get data brokers to stop selling your information with: Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The narrator goes on to describe the aftermath of this confession, and states that the majority of the people in the settlement claim that they saw a Scarlet Letter on the man’s chest, like that on Hester’s. The people speculate about it’s cause however, with some claiming that it was self inflicted, and other saying that it was Roger Chillingworth who, using necromancy, caused the mark to appear. Others claim that they saw nothing, and that the man removed his shirt as way of showing that he has nothing to hide, and that he, a Holy Minister, could be just as much a sinner as anyone else.
Seeing that the fuel for his contempt had passed away, Roger Chillingworth too passes away with it a year of the minister. He leaves all of his estate to Pearl, which allows Pearl and Hester to flee from the area that has cause them so much sorrow. Many decades pass, and the home that Hester owned has become little more than a haunted ruin that no child dares go near. Suddenly however, Hester returns to the settlement, and on pinning the Scarlet Letter again to her chest, resumes her charity work. The letter at this point has lost all of its negative meaning, and When Hester passes, she is even buried in the Kings Chapel Graveyard. She is interred close to the grave of Mr Dimmesdale, and the two of them even share a headstone ; it bares their names, and one Scarlet Letter A on a black background.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall The Minister finishes his sermon, and as everyone files out of the church, people are heard saying that it was his best to date, and that he had never before spoken so true the word of god. As Mr Dimmesdale is leaving he turns and sees Hester, he hesitates a moment and the invites she and Pearl to join him on the scaffold, hand in hand. Roger Chillingworth tries to convince him not to, but he nonetheless mounts the scaffold and before everyone in the state, confesses himself as « The One Sinner of the world. » After finishing his confession , he steps forward and reveals his chest, on which he is marked with a red stigma. Following this, he collapses on the floor, and Pearl finally places a kiss on the minister. He and Hester exchange some words, and he asks her if she will join him forever in the afterlife as wife. She responds that it depends on what God decides, following this, the Minister dies.
Subscribe or Join the Book Club https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 22, narrated by Isaac Birchall. A huge procession passes through the town ; it is a grotesque amount of pageantry, that the New World had largely left in England. Hester is slightly disgusted by the flagrant flashing of wealth. As the procession passes by, it is remarked by many how healthy Reverend Mr Dimmesdale looks ; he is almost floating on the Earth, and could be imagined flying right up through the clouds to heaven as they stand there. The man has been seen by no one for several days as he has been locked in his study preparing his sermon. Mistress Hibbins finds Hester in the crowd and makes her way over to her. She states that she knows of the devil’s pull on the minister, and claims that the mark on his chest, and Hester’s shall soon be plain to all. Then then turns to Pearl, and suggesting that the Devil is her father, invites her to ride on a broomstick with her one evening. Hester then makes her way to the Stafford where she can try and hear the sermon, leaving Pearl to wander around the market place. Pearl runs into the sailors, and the ships captain tells her to send a message to her mother that the « Doctor » had kindly offered to take care of the minister, so all she had to do was go to the ship with her daughter and wait for them to arrive before setting sail. Hester is worried about this development, and she suddenly realises that everyone her vicinity is looking at the Scarlet Letter on her chest.
Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 21, narrated by Isaac Birchall Calling back to the novel’s beginning, The town is packed, but instead of punishing Hester, the celebration is to welcome the new governor to his position. While waiting for the procession to start, Peal asks her mother if the minister is going to stretch out his hand to them and call on them to join him on the platform like he did on that foggy night when the previous governor passed away. Hester is lost in her thoughts, dreaming happily of the new life that she will have in Europe, away from the settlement, Roger Chillingworth, and The Scarlet Letter. She is fearfully brought back to reality by one of the sailors mentioning that « The Doctor » will be jointing them on their voyage. On raising her eyes, she sees Roger Chillingworth standing across the marketplace, smirking at her.
Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall The minister cannot believe his luck. He is leaving the settlement and the prying eye of Chillingworth, and is heading to Europe with Hester and his daughter. Hester, thanks to her charity work, has become acquainted with some sailors who has agreed to take her, Pearl, and the minister with them back to Europe. The minister feels different, he does not recognise himself anymore, and wishes to say to everyone he passes that he left the other minister in the Forrest. He suddenly gets some blasphemous urges ; he wants to teach a group of children a bunch of curse words, he nearly tells an old woman that something questioning the immortality of the human soul, and he even ignores a young convert to his church, fearing that his current mental state will corrupt the girl. Before finally getting home, he runs in to mistress Hibbins, who tells him that she can sense the change in him, she knows that he has been into the Forrest, urging him only to let her know next time he wishes to go as « The Black Man » would be very keen to meet him. When he is finally home, he tells Chillingworth that he shall no longer need any of his physical treatments. Chillingworth, though determined to be the ruin of the minister, wants to keep the man alive, and become very sceptical and the sudden change in the in the minister. Mr Dimmesdale then runs off to his study to write a new sermon for the weekend service.
Join the Book Club https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 19, narrated by Isaac Birchall Pear is very wary of coming too much closer to her Parents, and only stands on the other side of the brook with her finger pointed towards Hester’s chest. Finally, Hester gets up and pins the Scarlet Letter back to her chest, transforming her back into her sad self. Following this, Pearl joins her mother on the other side of the brook. Hester encourages Pearl to hug the minister, but does not reveal that the man is her father. Pearl does notice however that something has happened between the two, and ask if the minister will walk hand in hand with them back to the settlement ; on his refusal, Pearl instantly changes moods, and becomes cold towards the minister.
Join the book club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 18 , narrated by Isaac Birchall The idea of moving to Europe energises the minister more than we have ever seen him. He claims that he can once again feel joy, and Hester, in celebration removes her bonnet, and the Scarlet Letter, allowing her to live briefly as she would in their new life. Hester is so excited that they will finally be a family, and starts telling the minister all about Pearl. Finally, she calls Pearl to them…
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall Being finally in private, Hester and the minister sit hand in hand, and Hester tells him that Roger Chillingworth was her husband many years ago. The Minister is appauled, and starts blaming Hester for all of the sickness and suffering that has occurred since the « Doctor’s » arrival in the settlement. Hester knew that his reaction wouldn’t be kind, but not as bad as this. She pulls his head into her chest, next to the scarlet letter, and begs for forgiveness. The minister then realises that both he and Hester are sinners, but that Roger Chillingworth has sinned far worse than either of them. His face then turns stark, realising that if Roger knows that Hester is to reveal his secret, than what is preventing him from doing the same. Hester urges the minister to free himself from Chillingworth’s clutches, and to confess himself before Roger can destroy him. The two former lovers then make plans to flee from this wicked place to Europe where they can live with Pearl forever, as a family.
Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall Determining to tell Mr Dimmesdale the truth behind Mr Chillingworth’s identity, Hester heads to the forest where he is wont to walk, hoping to run into him on his way back home from visiting the native Americans. Pearl, like always, comes with Hester, and runs around in the sunshine. The two find q small opening in the wood, and while they wait for the minister, Pearl asks her mother about the connection between the “Black Man” and the scarlet letter. The little girl apparently overheard some talk in the town from some older people claiming to know of a connection between the letter and the “The Black Man.”
Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall As Roger Chillingworth and Hester part ways, she starts to believe that what she once felt for him has all gone and that it must all have been a delusion; now, though it is a sin, she feels nothing but hate for him. Hester goes to find Pearl down by the tide pools. Pearl has been pretending to be a mermaid and has made a letter A on her chest out of seagrass. Hester asks her if she knows why her mother is forced to wear the letter on her chest and then proceeds to explain to Pearl the meaning of the letter. Pearl then very astutely connects the letter on her mother’s chest, and how Mr Dimmesdale constantly clutches at his chest. Hester is very unnerved by this and decides that Pearl is in fact too young to know the true history of the letter. Pearl is very persistent however, and for the next few days, constantly asks the reason behind the minister’s habit of clutching at his heart. Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 14, narrated by Isaac Birchall Hester decides to confront the doctor and ask him to stop tormenting the minister. He says with a smile that he has heard good news of Pearl and her newly assumed persona of helper, he even says that the council has considered allowing her to remove the Scarlet Letter from her chest. Hester rebuffs this statement by claiming that no Human can remove it, only God. Hester tells the doctor that it is time to come clean to the minister about his true identity, and from their discussion, it is obvious to the reader that Roger Chillingworth has correctly assumed the identity of Pearl’s father. The doctor has changed over the course of 7 years, though he was old when he first arrived in the settlement, through his pursuit of the minister, the doctor has become the embodiment of evil. In a violent flash of self reflection, the doctor seems to realise this to be true, and he turns to Hester and tells her that he is no longer a man, but a vengeful daemon whose creation is the fault of Hester. Chillingworth insists that his revenge, and Hester’s silence is fate. He then bids her to leave and goes stooping on further to find more herbs and roots to torture the minister.
Subscribe or Join the Book Club
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 13, narrated by Isaac Birchall Seven years have now passed since the Birth of Pearl, and Hester has started to become more active in the society. She still sews, but now cooks meals, cares for the sick, takes care of the needy, and the towns folk start to see her less as a sinner and more of a helpful being several people even remark that the Letter A on her chest no longer means “Adulterer” but now “Able”. Hester too has changed, she is no longer the passionate woman that she once was, but has become a shell of a human being, silent, and constantly living in guilt. She starts to resent the lighter aspects in Peal that she once possessed and starts to wonder why pearl is the way that she is. She too starts to wonder what it means to be a woman in their society, and further still starts to question if it is still a good thing to keep Mr Dimmesdale tormented and in the dark about Roger Chillingworth’s true identity.
Join the channel
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 12, narrated by Isaac Birchall On a very foggy night, with very low visibility, he heads to the scaffold where Hester had to stand before the whole town, takes himself up the steps, and stands alone with God. After standing alone for several minutes, he screams out, to release some of the pain that he feels inside. He is afraid that someone could have heard him, and he actually sees the governor poke his head out into the night to investigate; the fog is thankfully too thick to reveal the minister to the town, but for a moment, the minister truly believed that he had given himself away. He then sees Mr Wilson returning home after a long night at the deathbed for the town’s first Governor. The Minister calls out to attract his attention, but Wilson passes without having noticed. Mr Dimmesdale then starts to laugh at the thought of everyone waking the following day to find their minister stood on the place of shame. His laugh is answered however… Pearl runs along giggling with her mother in tow. The Minister calls out again, and this time his cry is heard. The minister invites Hester to join him on the scaffold and the three join Hands. A meteor lights up the sky around them and the minister looks into the sky to see a constellation resembling the letter A. Pearl however notices something else, Roger Chillingworth standing near by, and looking directly at the scaffold to see Hester, Pearl, and the Minister, hand in hand standing on the place of shame.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall After his still unknown discovery, Roger Chillingworth starts to torment Mr Dimmesdale, with further prying into his personal life, and more intense medical treatments. Mr Dimmesdale starts to feel a resentment between the two of them, and a deep suspicion starts to grow around the arrival of the « Doctor ». The minister continues to suffer in silence though, his only relief being found in his sermons on Sin, which become his most powerful to date, being able to show true empathy and understanding for his flock. After a time however, he finds that he can no longer find solace in scripture and starts to punish himself for his sins and guilt. He holds extended fasts, starts whipping himself, and then one evening decides to hold a secret vigil for his sins, one that only God can witness.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall Old Roger Chillingworth becomes more and more perplexed with his study of Mr Dimmesdale; no matter what he tries, the reverend never seems to get any better. To try and understand his patient better, Chillingworth inquiries into the reverend’s personal life, but even as the two men grow closer, the reverend refuses again and again to speak about personal matters. Chillingworth devotes all of his time trying to cure the reverend, when together, he is using medicines of all sorts to help him get better, and when apart, Chillingworth is foraging for herbs and roots to make said medicines. One day, the reverend asks the doctor about a strange dark plant that the doctor is using, the doctor replies that he found it growing on an unmarked grave and suggest that the person interred there went to the grave with unconfessed sins. This leads the two men to have a large discussion about sin and confession. After their chat, they hear a cry from outside, and they discover Pearl playing and Hester nearby. The doctor thus sparks up their conversation again and states his admiration for Hester for not hiding her sin and wearing it openly on her chest for the world to see. The minister tries his very best to hide any like or dislike for Hester, and quickly end the discussion. Many more days go by, and eventually, exhausted from his malady, Mr Dimmesdale falls into a deep sleep. Coming to chest on his patient, but finding him asleep, Mr Chillingworth takes advantage of the opportunity to see what the minister could possibly be hiding under his dress. The reader is left to guess what is discovered there, but nonetheless, Mr Chillingworth is jubilant at what he finds.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 9 narrated by Isaac Birchall Roger Chillingworth has now integrated himself fully into the settlement’s society. Having studied some medicine in Europe, he calls himself a doctor, and as the settlement is in dire need of one, he is welcomed with open arms. No one knows his secret identity apart from Hester, and she, being sworn to secrecy, continues to hide his true identity. As Reverend Mr Dimmesdale’s health continues to decline, Roger Chillingworth urges the council to let him stay with him, being able to provide him with constant medical supervision. The two take a home near the graveyard of the town, and each deck their rooms in their according fashion; Dimmesdale decorating his chamber with religious tapestries, depicting specifically adultery and its punishment; while Roger Chillingworth has a very modern laboratory which allows him to make all sorts of potions and medical concoctions. Initially, the townsfolk were very welcoming mot Roger Chillingworth, believing him to have been sent by cold to help their priest, but as time goes on, Rumours start to spread about Chillingworth’s past, and he starts to take on an eviler aura, with the town’s folk believing that he is a devil man who is waging war against God for Mr Dimmesdale’s soul.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall Mr Billingham, Mr Wilson, Reverend Mr Dimmesdale, and Old Roger Chillingworth walk through the garden making fun of Pearl, calling her a daemon-child, after noticing that Hester is present took Governor Bellingham asks her why she thinks that she should be allowed to keep Pearl. She states that she will be able to teach learn the lessons that she has learnt through the shame of wearing her scarlet letter. The men are doubtful of this, and Mr Wilson tries to test Pearl’s knowledge of scripture; Pearl’s lack of response does not bode well… Seeing that she is losing the battle to keep her child, Hester begs Mr Dimmesdale to persuade the men to let her keep Pearl. He convinces the men that God sent Pearl to Hester as both a blessing and a curse. The other men are eventually convinced to let Hester keep the child. Roger Chillingworth, annoyed that Hester has won her little battle tries to convince the men to reopen their investigation of trying to find out who Pearl’s father is. The men refuse, stating that in due time, God will reveal the man’s identity.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall Hester takes Pearl to Governor Bellingham’s residence to deliver some ornate ceremonial gloves that he commissioned her to make, and to investigate whether the rumour that Pearl could be taken away from her is true. Many members of the town suspect that Pearl is a demon child, and that Pearl should be sent away from the town to keep them all safe. En route, Pearl is attacked by a group of children, who fling mud at her.
The house is built to replicate the homes of the English aristocracy, is old and stuffy, with portraits of the now deceased members Mr Bellingham’s family adorning the walls, and a suit of armour glistening in the corner. Pearl is enamoured with the armour and calls Hester over to look at her reflection in the shining metal plates, Hester however is ashamed that the only thing reflected in the breastplate of the armour for her, is the scarlet letter, now twice magnified on the metal.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall The only thing that keeps Hester going is her daughter Pearl. The bright flower growing out of the sin-filled soil. Pearl, thus named because she cost all that Hester had – remaining her only treasure, is very much like her mother, she has adopted Hester’s defiance, passion, and moodiness. Pearl, because of these attributes, seems constantly at odds with the puritan society into which she was born. Pearl is an outcast like her mother, but even more so, because not only is she described by the townsfolk as a devil child, an imp, and a mischievous elf; but she is forbidden to interact with the children of the town, as a devil child has no place among the “Christened children. Hester, in her own time tries to teach Pearl about her “Heavenly Father” but Pearl insists “I have no Heavenly Father”. Children are extremely wicked to Pearl, they know not why, but they can sense that Pearl is different, and thus cast her out even more than the adults do.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall The narrator takes the reader through a few years. Hester with her daughter named Pearl, take an old ruined down house on the outskirts of the settlement as their home. There, Hester lives in solitude, an outcast from society, with the sin-borne baby. High members of society; commoners; beggars;’ even strangers, everyone rejects Hester, and regards her as a walking example of sin on Earth. The only reason can afford food is because she is blessed with an extreme talent, her needle work is second-to-none. Though the Puritan inhabitants of the settlements cannot wear any elaborate dress every day, Hester’s remarkable skill is in high demand for both wedding and funeral attire. Hester feels incredibly isolated and is unable to make friends of any kind. To fulfill herself, she tries her hand at charity work, but even those most in need don’t want her help…
Subscribe or Join the Book Club https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In her jail cell, Hester is finally brought face to face with her Husband, he told the leaders of the settlement that he could provide medical assistance to the baby and her mother. The jailer lets him into the cell, and once alone with Hester he tries to give some medical assistance. Hester, knowing his true identity is wary and at first refuses to drink the medicine, believing it to be poison. Her husband who insists on being called henceforth as Roger Chillingworth, tells Hester that it isn’t poison, insisting if she were dead, then he couldn’t exact his revenge. After she drinks the medicine, the couple proceed to have a very cordial and calm conversation, where Roger calls himself a fool for letting himself believe that a woman as beautiful as Hester would have been satisfied with a bookworm like himself. He begs her to reveal the secret identity of the baby’s father; she again refuses. Roger says that it is no matter, whether in a few weeks of several years he will find out who the man is. In return, however. He asks Hester to keep their relationship a secret too. Roger will stay in Boston, and no one will know who he was before arriving here.
Support the show.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall Hester’s husband, the man who sent her to the “New World” and promised to follow but never came was now standing at the edge of the crowd. He is dressed in traditional English clothes mixed with native American clothes. The man makes a small gesture to Hester, telling her that she should make no sign of recognising him, he then turns to a near bystander and inquires why the woman is standing on the platform. He explains that he has been held captive by some native Indians, but that after showing them some European medicine, they let him go; he has only just arrived in Boston. The bystander tells Him that Hester was married to an English scholar and that they lived in Amsterdam together to further the husband’s studies. The two decided together that they should move to the new world, and the husband sent Hester to Boston with some money to secure a house while he sorted his affairs, but the man never came. Hester’s husband asks the bystander if the identity of the father is known. The man replies that it isn’t known, and as a punishment she is forced to stand on the scaffold for 3 hours and for the rest of her Days, wear the Scarlet Letter on her chest.
The scene then takes us back to Hester on the platform, and she is betrayed by the governor of the settlement, and he calls her forth to give the name of the father. Hester again refuses and is forced to sit through a sermon on sin given by the town’s young Reverend, Mr Dimmesdale. After her punishment, she is led back to her prison cell.
Support the Show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall. The crowd gathered around the prison stand in wait while Hester Prynne is lead down the corridor, a new born baby in her arms, and a blazing scarlet letter A embroidered on her chest. The women in the crowd ;and all sorts of derogatory comments about Hester, calling her a hussy, a harlet, a succubus, and the like while she is guided towards the large platform on which she is to stand before the whole township. After mounting the steps of the platform, she turns to face the crowd ; the entirety of the town is before her, and more still, the person she never expected to see again, her Husband…
Support the show.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall The first chapter of the book describes many angry puritan members of a small town in the newly founded colonies of the United States, gathered around a prison inside of which the main character, Hester Prynne is being held.
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
The Scarlet Letter by Nathaniel Hawthorne Introduction, narrated by Isaac Birchall In the introduction to the book, Nathaniel Hawthorne writes 33 pages that have nothing to do with the plot...seriously, nothing. This was a literary device used back in the day as a sort of "found footage" thing. people didn't just want to write fiction, but convince the readers that the events in the book either happened or could have happened. All it really does is get the narrator and owner of this channel very angry with the author. Hope you enjoy... The actual plot starts at chapter 1, and the book itself is really good.
Support the show.
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
COMIC By @Valenangelr https://www.instagram.com/valenangelr
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads STORE: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe Years pass. Many animals pass, and the few that remain can hardly remember the rebellion. The animals have finally completed a windmill but instead of being used for electricity, is used to mill corn, the more profitable of the two… The farm indeed has grown richer, but only the pigs and dogs have profited from the hard work. The animals have been convinced to keep their sense of Pride in Animals Farm. They say, “at least we work for ourselves, and not humans.” One day, while working in the fields, Squealer leads a group of sheep into one of the fields, and secretly teacher them a new chant, and after a few weeks, the animals finally hear it. Squealer, the other pigs, and eventually Napoleon are seen walking through the Farmyard on their hind legs. The animals stare confusedly and swear that on the barn wall “4 Legs Good, 2 Legs Bad” was written. Before the animals can protest however, the sheep chime in with their new chant “4 Legs Good, 2 Legs Better.” Clover calls Benjamin over, and asks him to read the writing on the barn wall where the 7 commandments were transcribed. Only the last commandment remained; The others had been painted over. The only commandment left read “All Animals are Equal, but Some Animals are More Equal than Others.” One day, the pigs invite some of the other farmers in the area to inspect Animal Farm. They walk around, and are shocked and pleased to see that the pigs are treating their “comrades” even worse that they treat their own animals. The men and pigs then retire to the house, and start to drink and play cards. The animals hear a huge ruckus and decide to sneak a glimpse of the game through the window. To their astonishment, the animals can no longer tell the pigs apart from the humans…
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
The animals very weakly set to work again to try and rebuild the windmill. The pigs, like usual, are not the means of motivation. Boxer however, though seriously injured, tries his absolute hardest to make sure that all of the stone will be quarried by the time he should take his retirement. Thus far, no animal had taken their retirement, but as it had not been discussed since, the animals assumed that they would all be able to retire when they reached the appropriate age. Food becomes scarcer and scarcer, and all of the Animals, besides the pigs, have their rations reduced. Squealer, however, continues to convince the other animals that life on the farm is far better than it was before the revolution. Napoleon father’s thirty-one piglets, and demands that a school be build alongside the windmill; requiring that more than double the amount of stone required for the Windmill be quarried for his education centre. In the April, Animal Farm is declared a republic, and Napoleon, being the only candidate, is elected president. That afternoon, the pigs come forward with even more evidence to Snowball’s treachery, and now claim that Snowball lead the human charge at the Battle of the Cowshed with a loud cry of “Long live Humanity!” One day, after trying to pull an extra load of stone for the Windmill, Boxer collapses…
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
A few days after the culling, the animals go to the big barn to find that the commandment « no animal shall kill another animal » has been corrected to say « no animal shall kill another animal without cause ». The animals continue to suffer while constructing the second windmill, but they are constantly I formed by squealer’s « statistics » that the farm is more productive than ever. Napoleon has now claimed the title of Leader, and has also awarded himself a number of medals and awards like Animal Hero, First Class. A large pile of lumber was found in the yard, and Napoleon is working out a deal to sell it to Mr Fredrick and Mr Pilkington. Whenever the deal is looking is favour of Mr Fredrick, the animals are taught to hate Me Pilkington, and visa versa. Whichever farm is out of favour, Snowball is rumoured to be hiding there, planning an counter attack on the farm…
The animals eventually complete the windmill main build, and are planning on ordering the dynamos and gizmos to generate electricity for the farm when Napoleon realises that the money he has been paid for the lumber is fake… Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
The bitter winter nearly defeats the animals. They are rebuilding the windmill, and are running low on food. The humans do not believe that Snowball destroyed the windmill, and that the walls were simply not thick enough. The Animals disagree with this sentiment, but decide none the less to double the thickness of the walls; thus requiring the animals to quarry twice the quantity of stone. In an attempt to feed the Animals, Napoleon makes a contract to sell 400 eggs a week. The Animals are astonished, and seem to remember Old Major talking to them about the theft of eggs by their old Human rulers. The Hens go on strike, and as a response Napoleon cuts their rations entirely. Soon afterwards, the pigs inform the Animals that Snowball has been visiting their farm by night, and has been wreaking havoc. He has been stealing food, milking the cows by night, stealing eggs, and have been doing many other nefarious acts on the farm. The Pigs then come forward and say that they found secret documents claiming that Snowball was in league with Jones from the very start, and that he actively worked against the rebellion. Later that same week, Napoleon gather the animals in the yard followed by his 9 huge dogs. He give a speech stating that several animals have been working with Snowball, and that they will be executed for their crimes...
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
The animals work like never before, trying their hardest to not only produce enough food for themselves, but to build the windmill too. The Pigs soon announce that Working on Sundays will be voluntary, but animals that refuse will have their rations reduced by half. The Animals go along with this however, trusting the pigs when they say "It is better now than in Jones' time," though not many of them can actually remember what it was like. The farm possesses all of the tools that are needed to create the windmill, but several problems arise when they animals go to quarry the stone; none of the animals can use a pick, and they thus have to think of a new way to break the stones. After a good amount of thought, the animals decide that they need to roll the large rocks to the top of a hill, and drop them onto the hard stone floor of the quarry below to break them. This is seriously hard work, but by the end of the summer, they have smashed enough rocks to start building. They start the construction, but alas more problems arrive. The pigs will need nails, iron, and paraffin oil. They cannot produce these on the farm, and they will be thus forced to break another tenant of Animal Farm by trading with Humans...
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Mollie becomes more of a problem for the Animals on the farm: she is constantly late for work, she accepts pats and treats from the neighbouring Farmers, and behaves in away that is completely opposite from the commandments of Animalism. After a while, she disappears, and is rumoured to be working for a man in the village, pulling his carriage. She is never mentioned again. During the cold Winter months, the Animals meet in the big barn where they are greeted by another fierce debate between Snowball and Napoleon. Snowball presents the idea of building a windmill which could be used to generate electricity for the farm, allowing the animals to have heaters and lights in their stalls. Napoleon is completely opposed to this, he believes that, the windmill will take too much time, and that the animals are better off attending to their current needs and not their future ones. Snowball eventually finishes his plans for the Windmill and decides to gather all of the Animals in the Big Barn to try and convince them further that it will be beneficial to them to build one for the Farm. Snowball gives a very passionate speech and all of the animals seem to be convinced to build it, Napoleon however, at the last minute, makes a high-pitched whine and suddenly, nine huge dogs make their way into the barn and immediately give chase after Snowball. Snowball only just makes it away, but he is never seen again. After this chase, Napoleon takes to the stage and announces that the weekly meetings will come to an end, and that all decisions on the farm would be made by the pigs... Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
By the late summer, word of the rebellion has spread across the whole country, and whispers of "Beasts of England" is heard on the majority of the neighbouring farms. The expelled Mr. Jones, now lives ignominiously in Willingdon, complaining about his situation, and drinking his troubles away. The neighbouring farmers, Mr. Pilkington and Mr. Frederick, fear that the idea of rebellion will spread to their own Animals, but their rivalry stops them from being able to work together against Animal Farm. In Early October, word is received from some pigeons that Mr. Jones is making his way up the driveway with several men and is going to attempts to retake Animal Farm. Snowball quickly make a defensive play, and arranges an ambush. The Animals fight bravely, and they manage to hold the men off only losing one comrade, whom they bury as a Hero. The Day is declared a national Holiday, and the Animals create military medals for themselves, awarding Boxer and Snowball, who fought most valiantly, "Animal Hero, First Class".
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell Chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
The animals spend a long hard summer harvesting the fields planted before the expulsion of Jones. The pigs think of ways for the animals to use human tools which allows them, thanks to the keen eyes of the chickens and ducks, to bring in a larger harvest than ever recorded by their former rulers. Boxer does most of the heavy labour, and the entire farm is in constant awe of his strength and work ethic. Every Sunday, the animals hold a ceremony where they raise the flag of animal farm. At these ceremonies, the pigs also talk through the work of the coming week, and debates are held between Snowball and Napoleon, where they argue what they think would be best for the Farm. Snowball establishes a number of committees with goals like re-educating the rats and the rabbits, to little success. The one committee that is a success however, is the class designed to teach the animals of the farm to read a write. By the end of the summer, the majority of Animals on the farm achieve some level of literacy, with the pigs becoming fluent, and many of the dogs able to read the 7 commandments. Boxer however, never manages to get past the letter D, and when he does manage to get to the next 4 letters of the alphabet, he forgets the first 4. Because of the struggles in literacy, Snowball reduces the commandments to 1 general maxim. “2 Legs Good, 4 Legs bad…”
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell Chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Support the show
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
three nights following his speech, Old Major passes away in his sleep, and for 3 months the Animals of the farm meet in secret, plotting the day that they can finally drive Mr Jones away. The teachings of the animals falls onto the pigs are they are the brightest creatures on the farm. Of the pigs, 2 leaders immerge, a White pig called Snowball, and a darker, brutish pig called Napoleon. Together with a small pig called squealer, these three create the idea of "Animalism," The fundamentals of which they share across the farm. At first, the other animals on the farm find the idea of "Animalism" hard to follow, but soon enough, the pigs are able to get everyone on board. Mollie was the only animal who protested some of the ideas.
One day, a lot sooner than expected, Mr. Jones stumbled into town to drink away his troubles, and left his workers to take care of the Animals in his stead. Jones' workers were lazy though and clocked off early, forgetting to feed any of the animals. Unable to bare it any longer, the cows break into the store shed, and begin to get their fill. The other animals soon join them. Mr Jones, on his return, find the animals gorging themselves, and decides to take out his anger on the animals. The animals however, without speaking a word, attack the men back and drive them off of the farm, quickly hurrying back to destroy the whips, bits, chains, and whatever device had been used to oppress them.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Animal Farm by George Orwell chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
https://podcasters.spotify.com/pod/show/the-essential-reads/subscribe
After their Farmer owner make his way inside of the Farm-house after drunkenly stumbling his way home, the Animals of The Manor Farm gather in the big barn to listen to a speech from the Oldest Pig on the Farm, Old Major. Once all of the Animals have gathered in the barn, be goes on to preach about the oppression they suffer at the hand of man. All animals are mistreated, they are beaten, kicked, underfed and even left unfed on certain nights; all of the fruits of their labours are taken from them. He then further explains that if the animals were to work together, they could overthrow Mr Jones, and rid The Manor Farm from human beings forever. The Animals, he explains, would then be able to keep their milk and their eggs, all the grain harvested on the farm would go towards feeding them instead of their human overlords. If the the enemy, man, were to eliminated, then all of the Animals of Manor Farm would be far better off and all of their problems would go away. Old Major then proceeds to tell his fellow animals about a dream that he had. He tells them that when asleep a couple of nights ago, he dreamt of a song that until that point he remembered only in tune, that his mother used to sing to him when he was young. Then, after clearing his throat, Old Major sings a song called "Beasts of England", a song that tells of a time when man has gone, and all of their torture devices are gone with them; the song tells of the green fields of England being only for animals, and how prosperous they would be if man were gone forever.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 27, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Van Helsing writes a memorandum to Dr Seward, informing him that he and Mina have reached the Borgo Pass. They continue their way up the pass until they come upon Castle Dracula. Just outside, in their camp, Van Helsing and Mina are attacked by the three female Vampires that attack Johnathan so long ago. They thankfully are protected by a Magic circle that Van Helsing drew around them. The following day, Van Helsing leaves Mina sleeping in the Magic circle as he makes his way to the castle. Once inside, using Johnathan's Diary as his reference, Van Helsing heads down to the tomb where he checks all of the coffins so that he can sanctify them, and then destroy the three sleeping vampire women. As he leaves, he seals the door with a sacred wafer, denying the count access, should they fail.
Mina and Van Helsing then make their way back to the road making a camp inside of a cave where they have a good vantage point to see anyone approach. As the sun starts to set, they see a leiterwagon draw near, and following behind, 4 men on horseback; Johnathan, Arthur, Seward, and Morris. Johnathan calls out for the men taking Dracula to stop, and they halt as seeing the gang's arms raised high. Johnathan and Morris dismount their horses, and make an advance to finally try to destroy the count.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker, chapter 26, narrated by Isaac Birchall Seward writes as they head to Galatz. He is concerned that Mina revealed less and less in her hypnotised state; she reveals that she still hears the lapping of water, letting the men know that the count is still near the boats. The men hope to reach him before the coffin is unloaded, but arrive too late, finding out that the box was unloaded by a businessman named Hildesheim, who in turn gave it to a man named Skinsky, who they find out has been murdered… Mina is determined to find out where the count has Gone, and sets out a plan to map out every possible route he could have taken and to thus determine where he is. After presenting this info to the men, Van Helsing proclaims her a genius, and they make a plan to tackle him from all routes; Seward and Morris by horse; Holmwood and Harker by steam boat; Mina and Van Helsing heading in front to cut him off at the Castle. During Holmwood and Harker’s journey, they hear of a large boat with double the normal crew headed up stream and determine that this must be the count’s vessel. Seward and Morris follow on horse. Mina notes that she and Van Helsing have arrived in Veresti where they get a carriage and horses to get to Castle Dracula. She thinks back to Johnathan as she sees the country side that he saw many months before, and notes how nice it would have been to travel here with him if none of this horror had occurred to them.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 25, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Before they leave, Mina begs the men, if she should turn into a vampire, to destroy her. The men, full of fear, agree to her request. After a few days, the team boards the Orient Express to Varna, where Van Helsing, using Lord Godalming’s rank, plans to board the Czarina Catherine as it arrives in Varna. Mina continues to go weaker as they travel further to Transylvania. After they arrive and wait a few days in preparation, they learn that the ship has changed course and is headed now to Galatz. Everyone but Van Helsing feels defeated, but the Professor rallies them by claiming that Dracula should feel that he has escaped them, and is thus vulnerable in his carelessness.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The team discover that Dracula had boarded a boat named the « Czarina Catherine » which is headed to Varna, the same port that Dracula left when he came to England. Van Helsing give a speech to the men and Mina, declaring that Dracula must be defeated now, lest all be lost. Van Helsing discusses the effects of the « baptism of Blood » that the count gave Mina. He insists that Mina should no longer be included in the discussions of « The Hunt. » The group plans to head to Varna by train to meet the count before the Czarina Catherine arrives, and defeat him before he wakes. Mina demands to go with the men, declaring that he connection with the count makes her the only one able to track his position. The men, with difficulty, agree, and make arrangements before their departure.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The men, after tricking a blacksmith, get keys made for the house in Piccadilly and the others they discovered in London. Arthur and Quincy head off to sanctify the boxes elsewhere while Seward, Harker, and Van Helsing go to the house in Piccadilly. Once inside the lake quick work of the boxes, and try to find out any more Info from the letters and papers in the house. Mina sets a quick telegram to the men at Piccadilly, saying that Dracula has left Carfax in a fury to presumably check the other homes around London. The men set a trap for the count, and prepare to take him out once and for all. The count arrives, and being daytime is largely powerless; the men easily over power him, but he leaps through a window and runs to the stables in the back. The count taunts them, but Van Helsing sees through his guise, and knows that the Vampire is scared, knowing he only has 1 box left to hide in. After making their way back to the asylum, Van Helsing hypnotises Mina to try and follow the Count's movements.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 22, narrated by Isaac Birchall In his journal, Harker records Renfield’s last moments. Before leaving the asylum, the count paid one last visit to the Renfield. The next day, Harker and the men go to Carfax and place a holy wafer in each of the boxes of earth, meaning that he can no longer use them as a home. Before the men head to Piccadilly to try the same thing, Van Helsing seals Mina’s room from the count and tried placing a wafer on her forehead in a cross. This however burns a bright red scar into her skin, leaving her to believe that god has rejected her.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 21, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In his final minutes, Renfield admits to the men that Dracula often visited him at the asylum, promising to give him strength. Renfield remarks when Mina visited her, he noticed that she was very pale and he grew furious at the realisation that Dracula has been visiting her too. So on that night, when Dracula came to visit Renfield attacked him, but was burned by his eyes, and flung to the floor where the count proceeded to beat him against the floor. The men leave Renfield’s body and run upstairs to the Harkers’ room, and break the door down after finding it locked. Inside they find Johnathan unconscious on the floor, and Mina, in a trance with he lips pressed to a wound in the count’s chest. The count retreats at the advance of Van Helsing with a Sacred Wafer. The men rush to check on Mina and Johnathan, but Quincy Morris runs outside to chase the count: on his return he says that a bat was flying away from Carfax. After the couple regain consciousness, Mina says that she awoke to find Johnathan on the floor, and the count stepping out of the mist. He threatened to murder Johnathan if she made a sound. He drank from her throat, saying that it was not the first time, then after opening a wound in his chest, forced her to drink from him. Mina then falls into hysterics, crying « god pity me »
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Johnathan Harker’s investigations leads the men to believe that Dracula has moved the remaining boxes to a house in Piccadilly. On Harker’s return the men try to plan how to break into a house in such a populated, busy area.
Dr Seward notices very rapid changes in the patient Renfield. He seems to have given up any interest in his zoophageous desires, but continues to state « life is all I want. » Seward presses him, asking what he plans to do with the souls he has collected. At this Renfield becomes extremely agitated, and claims that he has enough to worry about without thinking of souls. Seward concludes that he believes that his patient is struggling with the realisation that he has taken many lives. On the next evening, a great scream is heard from Renfield’s room and as the doctor and Van Helsing arrive, they find Renfield laying on the ground, completely mangled.
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 19, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The men set out to Dracula’s home at Carfax, all armed with holy weapons. Dracula seems not to be home, but all of the men are on edge as they make their way towards the chapel. Once inside, they are hot with a terrible rotting smell; on further inspection they find only 26 Earth-boxes. As they look for any further clues, the chapel fills with a hoard of rats, more than the men and ever seen; after using a dog whistle, the rats are chased away. Van Helsing, though 21 boxes are missing, remains optimistic about stopping Dracula. After getting back to the Asylum, the men try to speak with Renfield.
Mina is recording all of her worries in her journal. One night she awakes to hear a strange noise from Renfield’s room; she too noticed that a window has been opened in her room that she was sure was closed when she went to sleep. Looking out of the window, Mina sees a mist start to settle in the grounds. She manages to go back to sleep, but she is restless and fitful, and she awakes to find a white face with red eyes emerge from a cloud of fog in her room. Hopefully it was just a dream.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 18, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Mina goes to visit Renfield; on learning that she is coming, Renfield promptly swallows all of his flies and spiders to tidy up. During their conversation, Seward notes that he is extremely rational and even philosophical. Van Helsing then arrives at the asylum, and is pleased to see that the Harkers have arranged everyone's journals and diaries into a timeline order. Van Helsing gets everyone together and he tells that all that he knows about the Un-dead, and eventually how to defeat them. To defeat Dracula, Van Helsing tells them that they need to track down all of the boxes of the earth that came to England with the Count, and must sanctify them. Everyone then goes to see Renfield. He pleads with Seward to release him, and though he is very articulate and passionate, Seward is too skeptical that he will revert to madness if released, and denies his request.
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Johnathan and Mina Harker make their way to London where they stay with Dr Seward. Here, lucy transcribes his Diary so that all of the events in Johnathan, Lucy, Mina, and Seward’s Diaries can be put into a chronological order. Seward in the meantime reads the Harkers’ journals where he realises that Dracula is in fact his neighbour, and starts to understand that Renfield’s behaviour could be linked to the coming and going of the count. Johnathan researches the Earth-boxes that have been shipped to England from Transylvania. He finds out that all of them were shipped to Carfax, but seems to think that some of them were probably moved in recent weeks, so that Dracula can have a larger area of influence. The other men arrive at the asylum to meet the new members of the team. Holmwood is still distraught by Lucy’s passing.
Get SurfShark and protect yourself online today
VPN: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=926&aff_id=20389
Antivirus: https://get.surfshark.net/aff_c?offer_id=934&aff_id=20389
Get data brokers to stop selling your information with:
Incogni: https://get.incogni.io/aff_c?offer_id=1219&aff_id=20389
Social INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98 KO-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In the evening, the 4 men go back to the graveyard and find again Lucy’s tomb to be empty. Van Helsing pulls out some holy materials and seals the tomb so that the men can see Lucy before she can try and make her way inside at dawn. The men hide in wait, watching for any movement that could signal Lucy’s arrival. After several hours, Lucy appears in the graveyard, a child clutched in her hands. The men slowly gather around her, and she throws the child to the ground. Noticing Arthur, she makes a run at him and tries to convince him to join her as a vampire. Van Helsing rescues him however by holding a crucifix between them. Lucy recoils and slowly backs away as Van Helsing unseals her tomb. Lucy then fades inside, and the tomb is sealed up again.
Having seen the truth, Arthur agrees that Lucy must be destroyed. Following this, Van Helsing instructs the men on what must be done and the next evening the men make their way back to the tomb where Lucy is to be laid to rest.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Dr Seward is appalled by the suggestion that Lucy could be the one attacking these children; it is only his respect for Dr Van Helsing that causes him to join Van Helsing on his investigation. The two men head to the hospital where one of the recent victims is recovering and they find that the child has identical marks on his neck as those of Lucy. That night, Seward and Van Helsing head to Lucy’s burial site, wherein they find her coffin empty. Seward still sceptical suggests that someone could have stolen the corpse, but Van Helsing asks Seward to keep watch in the graveyard.
They wait for hours, but eventually, towards dawn, the men see a white streak moving between the trees. Van Helsing and Seward make their way closer, and find a child laying on the ground, but Seward still refuses that Lucy is to blame. The following day, they go back to the tomb, and only after seeing Lucy back in her coffin does Seward believe that Lucy has been turned into a vampire. Following this horror, the men meet with Arthur and Quincy, and Van Helsing explains to them that the Vampire Lucy must be destroyed so that Lucy’s soul can leave her body.
Thank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 14, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Copying out Jonathan Harker’s Journal, Mina is horrified at its contents. When Dr Van Helsing comes to visit, he tells Mina about the events that led up to Lucy’s death; impressed by what he tells her, Lucy gives him a copy of Jonathan’s Journal to read. After reading the Diary over, Van Helsing returns in the morning to discuss it with Jonathan and Mina. Van Helsing’s belief in Jonathan’s experiences in Transylvania restores mis memories and mental health drastically. After hearing the events of Lucy’s passing, Jonathan determines that Dracula must be in England and starts a new Diary to document it.
Dr Seward reports that his patient Renfield has restarted his fly catching again. Van Helsing hands the paper to Seward and points out the “Bloofer Lady” story, making note of the children always reappearing with two “pin prick dots” on their necks, like those of Lucy. Seward is hesitant at believing his mentor, Van Helsing urges him to open his mind to the supernatural. Van Helsing concludes that it must be Lucy who is attacking the children.
BookTV Thriller Audiobooks
Free thriller audiobooks presented by BookTV!
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 13. narrated by Isaac Birchall
Dr Seward tells of Lucy’s Burial in his diary. Before the funeral, Van Helsing again covered Lucy in Garlic, and now places a crucifix into her mouth. He tells a very confused Seward that after the funeral, and once everyone has left the graveyard, that they must cut off Lucy’s head, and remove her heart. The following day however, Van Helsing finds that someone has stolen the cross from Lucy’s body, and he tells Seward that they will have to wait before anything can be done. Looking at Lucy’s body, Arthur Holmwood can barely believe that he is looking at his partner. Van Helsing asks Arthur if he can look at Lucy’s diary, hoping that he can gather any information from them that will aid him in proving his assumptions.
Mina, still unaware of Lucy’s passing, writes that while her and Jonathan were in London, they sawa a tall darkhaired man with a thick moustache and beard. Jonathan is certain that this man in Dracula, but is confused as he has somehow de-aged. Once they get home, Jonathan passes into a deep sleep, being scared out of his wits at the sight of Dracula and Mina decides that she must read his Diary entries from his time with the Count.
That evening, Mina receives news of Lucy’s death. This message is followed by a newspaper clipping stating that several children have been abducted near where Lucy was buried. When found, the children all seem to have strange marks on their necks…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 12, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The next day, Seward makes his way in a hurry to Lucy’s house. He finds the door locked, and all ways of entry sealed. After a few minutes, Van Helsing arrives, and they break into the home. The men are devastated at the state of the home; the maids unconscious; Mrs Westenra dead; and Lucy, one again on Death’s door. The men need more blood for another transfusion, but are both too weak to give more themselves, luckily however, Mr Quincy Morris turns up to check on Lucy for Arthur and offers up his veins to help her.
Unaware of the current happenings in London, Mina writes to Lucy, saying that she and Jonathan have returned to England. Dr Seward going his rounds is informed that Renfield has escaped again, and when caught is found attacking two men with boxes in front of the house at Carfax. Van Helsing tries again to lay garlic all around Lucy and her room. After a few days, Seward notices that a bat is flapping at Lucy’s window, and that her neck wounds have all but cleared up. Feeling the Lucy’s end is near, Van Helsing calls for Arthur Holmwood to come and say good-bye to his beloved. As Arthur enters the room, Lucy addresses him in a different voice than that of her own, and begs Arthur to kiss her. Van Helsing holds him back and tells him that he should only kiss her forehead. He listens to the doctor, and soon after giving her a kiss, Lucy passes away, regaining all of the beauty she originally had in life.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In the morning, Van Helsing and Seward return to Lucy’s home. They are welcomed by Lady Westenra, who informs them that Lucy is doing very well, and she removed all of the horrid plants from her room which made it very stuffy. Trying to keep their cool, the two men head to Lucy’s; entering they find Lucy in a very sick state. Van Helsing nearly collapses with anger and insists upon another transfusion, giving from himself this time, to try and restore Lucy again. Following the final transfusion, Van Helsing stays up with Lucy for the next four days, she truly seems to be on the mend.
In a newspaper article, a journalist reports on an escaped wolf from the Zoological Gardens. Talking to the keeper, the journalist finds out the wolf started acting strangely after seeing a strange foreign man, and later that night escaped. The following morning however, the wolf returned as if nothing had happened, but with a couple of scratches from Broken Glass.
Van Helsing telegrams to Seward, asking him to stay with Lucy, but the address was not written on it properly, and Seward does not receive it until the following day. That night, Lucy awakens scared by the sound of a flapping bat outside her window and a nearby howling. Her mother was also scared by the noises and came to check on Lucy, worried about her health. Suddenly a huge wolf appears at the window, shattering the glass, causing a heart attack in Mrs Westenra, at the attack, Lucy feints. The maids enter the room after hearing the noise, and panic at the scene. They all go to the dining room and have some wine to calm themselves, but all pass out, only finding out later that they had been drugged. Left all alone, Lucy tries to write something of the nights events hoping that someone will find it when they check on her.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Dr Seward and Arthur Holmwood are every more concerned about Lucy’s sudden decline in health. When Van Helsing arrives, Lucy is Deathly Pale and hardly able to breath. Van Helsing determines that Lucy will need a blood transfusion, and Arthur steps forward as the best candidate. Van Helsing orders Seward to stay up with Lucy throughout the night to make sure her state does not worsen. In the morning Van Helsing and Seward find that Lucy is very much restored.
The next night however, Seward falls asleep on his night duty and in the morning, Lucy is even Paler than before and unable to move a muscle. Seward this time, give his blood to Lucy, hoping to restore her as Arthur did. In the afternoon, a package from Amsterdam arrives for Dr Van Helsing it contains Garlic flowers, which he instructs Lucy to wear around her neck as he sets them up around the bedroom. After the room is dressed, Seward and Van Helsing leave, certain that Lucy will now be able to sleep soundly.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Mina writes to Lucy from Budapest, where she has finally been reunited with Jonathan. He is a destroyed man, and he has 0 memories of his time with the Count. The nun taking care of him confesses to Lucy that Jonathan often raves in his sleep about unspeakable things. Jonathan however still has his diary, but he implores Mina not to read it as he knows that what caused his brain fever is written down inside of it. Mina promises not to read it, except in a serious emergency. A few days later, the Marry.
Renfield has become more docile following his escape. But a few days later, he escapes again and runs to the chapel of Dracula’s house in Carfax. Dr Seward follows his attendants to track him down, as Renfield immediately in aggressive towards them, he however calms down almost at once as Dr Seward catches glimpse of a bat in the moonlight.
Lucy herself begins a Diary now, in which she wishes to record her dreams. A constant scratching happens at the windows and as she weakens, Arthur, her fiancée, writes to Dr Seward to have a look at her. Dr Seward give Lucy an exam and concluded that he needs to bring in some help from his mentor, the famous Dr Van Helsing.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 8 narrated by Isaac Birchall
Mina wakes up in the middle of the night and find’s Lucy’s bed empty. In a panic Mina runs out of the house to find her, and sees Lucy in the churchyard with a tall dark figure looming over her. Mina darts to the church and catches the glance of 2 gleaming red eyes looking towards her. The figure vanishes and leaves Lucy in a strange sleep like state from which Mina tries to gently wake up. They make their way home trying best to remain hidden from anyone, and head back to bed. In the morning Mina finds two little red dots on Lucy’s throat…
Lucy’s sleepwalking gets progressively worse as they stay in Whitby, but Mina stops Lucy from getting out again by keeping the key to the door on a chain around her neck. Lucy’s health gets progressively worse, and being constantly woken up at night starts to tell on Mina’s own state too.
A letter from a Whitby solicitor orders the boxes from the crashes Russian ship to be delivered to Carfax in London, to the house that Jonathan Harker bought from Dracula. Eventually Mina hears of Jonathan in a letter from a nun in a hospital in Budapest. He is fine but suffering from a brain fever. Mina leaves for London to go by train to meet Jonathan immediately.
Dr Seward’s patient Renfield has become more violent and starts telling the doctor that his master is at hand. One night, Renfield escapes from the hospital and Dr Seward has to chase him down before he can do any serious harm.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Two newspaper clippings that Mina stuck in her journal, indicate that the rogue ship that the coastguard pointed out to Mina, a cargo ship called the Demeter has washed up on the Whitby coast. The crew of the ship is nowhere to be found, and the only being to be found on the ship was the captain, dead, and strapped to the wheel, clutching a crucifix. When the ship crashed ashore, a great dog leaped from the hold, and fled away from the ship, running up the steps and away into the countryside. The only cargo, a large number of wooden boxes were delivered to a Whitby solicitor.
The captain’s log was found on his body, and in the following newspaper clipping, the Demeter’s voyage from Russia to England was detailed. The trip started as normal as any other, but after ten days, a crewmember went missing. Shortly after, another crewmate claimed to see a tall thin man who was definitely not a crewmate in the hold. A search of the ship found no stowaways, but every day following the search, a crewmate went missing. The whole crew started to become numb with fear, and the First Mate began to go mad. By the time the ship came in sight of the English coast, only four men were still around to help sail the vessel. But just as they set sail a great fog set in, preventing them from getting near the coast. Another two sailors disappeared in the fog, and the first mate went below deck to see if he could find them. He however let out a great wail, and ran onto deck and threw himself into the English sea. That night, the captain tied himself to the wheel of the ship, determined to stay with his ship until the very end.
After the newspaper clippings end, Mina recounts her own story of the night of the storm, and her fears for Johnathan and Lucy’s continued sleepwalking. The following day, the Sea captain was found dead in the seat in the graveyard that overlooks the harbour. This seems only to agitate Lucy more…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Mina and Lucy meet in Whitby on the Yorkshire coast. It is a very picturesque town with a beautiful old red roofs and a ruined abbey which was sacked by the Danes. There is however a newer church with a graveyard that looks out onto the harbour. There are two lighthouses that overlook the sea that protect the incoming boats from the green reef which could easily wreck any ship that maybe fall onto them. Mina meets an old sailor who is near on a hundred years old with a very thick accent who Mina wants to interrogate with questions about the superstitions of the area.
The following day, both Mina and Lucy meet with the old man. He tells her that all of the ghost stories are nothing but nonsense that was invented to scare people or persuade them to do things that they usually wouldn’t. He also tells the two that the majority of graves are empty, the majority lost at sea, so there aren’t any bodies to make ghosts of. They continue to discuss the grave with the old man until late into the evening when he runs off home where his daughter is waiting for him with supper. After he leaves the two discuss Lucy’s upcoming marriage and it makes Mina very sad as she has not heard from Johnathan for a month.
Dr Seward writes more on Renfield, his lunatic patient. He notes that Renfield loves animals, and that he collects flies, using some of his dinner rations to catch them. Renfield disgusts Seward quite a lot by eating flies and spiders. After a few days, Seward is confused again as it seems that Renfield has gotten himself a sparrow, then a few days later a whole colony of birds. Renfield then asks for a kitten, and Seward really starts to fear the man, a truly homicidal maniac. The next day, Seward visits Renfield again, and finds him laying sugar of the windowsill looking to catch flies. The birds are gone, and when Seward asks what happened, Renfield replies that they flew away, but there are several feathers about the room, and a drop of blood on the pillow. Seward concludes that Renfield is eating his pets, and longs to test Renfield and see how far he would go, but knows that it would be frowned upon by his peers.
Mina Murray again continues her journal. She writes that she is unhappy about Lucy and Johnathan. She eventually receives a forwarded letter from Johnathan’s boss saying that he is about to start for home, but the letter seems very un-Johnathan-like. Lucy has also started sleepwalking again, and Lucy’s mother implores Mina to help Lucy by locking the door to their room every night so that she does not go outside in a sleeping state. As the days go by, there is still no news from Johnathan and Mina become the more and more uneasy. A week later there is still no sign from Johnathan, and Lucy’s sleep walking is getting worse. A few days go by, and a great storm starts looming over the sea, great clouds almost black overhead, and all of the fishing boats hurry back into the harbour for shelter. Mr Swales greets Mina on the cliffside, and he apologises for his behaviour of the previous couple of days, and excuses himself by saying that he fears that the reaper is coming for him, and that he just needs to make light of the situation. He then gets up from his seat, and wanders off.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Mina Murray (Jonathan’s fiancée) writes a letter to her best friend Lucy. She tells her that she is practicing her shorthand and is trying to keep a diary so that she can have an exercise book so that she can help Johnathan with his work when he comes back from Transylvania, in about a week…
Lucy responds, telling Mina that she has not too much to say, but replies that any rumours about tall curly haired men are just tall-tales. There is one man who is a doctor that owns a lunatic asylum, but Lucy believes that he would have been a better fit for Mina than herself. Lucy then proclaims that she is in love with a man called Arthur Holmwood.
In a subsequent letter, Lucy writes again to Mina, telling her than she has been proposed to 3 times in 1 day, clarifying that she feels awful for the other 2 men involved. Number 1 was Dr Seward, the man who owns the lunatic asylum. He seemed very sweet, and took the refusal on his chin like a champion boxer, and wished that Lucy could at the very least see him as a very dear friend. Number 2 was a man from Texas. He was a man of many travels and was a great storyteller. Mr Quincy P. Morris poured out his heart and soul at Lucy’s feet, but Lucy again refused and told Mr Morris that her heart lay with another man. Quincy Morris, like Dr Seward took the refusal very well, only asking for a small kiss on the cheek, and that he and Quincy remain friends. Lucy rushes through the final proposal, only saying to Mina that she already knows that it is Arthur, and that it all happened very quickly.
Dr Seward opens his diary, saying that he has a sort of empty feeling after his refusal of marriage, and sets himself to work to avoid sad thoughts. He writes about a patient, of his who is seemingly very mad called Renfield. The patient has insane strength, a sanguine temperament, and seems to be very safe when calm, and very violent when in a state of madness.
Quincy Morris writes to Arthur Holmwood, telling him that he knows of his proposal to Lucy, and that both he and Dr Seward want to congratulate him on the proposal, but that the two others need to drink from their cups of sorrow.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker, chapter 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Jonathan Harker wakes up the next morning in his bed, confused as to the events of the previous night. After a few days, Dracula instructs Harker to write some letters to his employer, and to his Fiancée Mina, and to date them for 3 dates in June. The count says that he should tell them that he is on his way home.
In the day, a party of Gypsies comes to the Castle, and Jonathan tries to signal them to send a separate letter to Mina that the count hasn’t seen. Throwing the secret letter from the window, a gypsy puts it into his hat, and Harker seems to believe that his message will be delivered. Later that day though, Dracula turns up with the secret letter and berates Jonathan for breaking his friendship with the count.
Weeks pass, and Harker remains prisoner. Even more gypsies come to the castle, and Jonathan sees them unloading many boxes from their wagons. One day, Harker notices that several of his clothes are missing from his wardrobe, later, Jonathan sees the count crawl from his window again but this time in Harker’s own clothes.
Time continues to pass, and Harker stays prisoner, eventually the dates that he was supposed to leave come, and as they pass Jonathan starts to think that he will never be released.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
That night, Harker questions Dracula about the history of the land and his house. Dracula is instantly enthusiastic to talk of the glory of his house and land, and the battles they won. Over the next several says the Count interrogates Harker about English life and law. The count then tells Harker to write some letters to his fiancée and employer letting then know that he will stay a bit longer with the count. Concerned with this new information, Harker goes to take his leave, but just before he leaves, the Count warns him to never sleep anywhere but his bedroom or the room where they chat. Harker hangs the cross above his bed, longing for a small chance of protection from whatever could come. He then sets out to try and explore the castle. Peering out of a window, he sees Dracula crawl from his bedroom window like a lizard down the walls of the castle. What kind of Evil Creature is the count.
A few nights later, Harker finds a door unlocked, but stuck on its hinges. Forcing his way through, he finds a lavish room that has been left to mites and dust. He decides to disobey the count and to sleep in this room… if only he listened to the warning. During his sleep, whether in a dream or not, he does not know – Harker in visited by three beautiful women with beautiful ref lips and long sharp white teeth. The women come close to Harker and then one bends down next to him and starts to kiss his neck just before biting him. Just in the nick of time however, Dracula bursts into the room and orders the women to leave him alone. To appease the demon women, Dracula throws them a bag with a small child trapped inside. At this, Harker falls unconscious.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Jonathan Harker is standing outside of Castle Dracula, asking himself what on Earth he has gotten himself into. After waiting for several minutes in the cold and wind, the door opens and a tall, old, grey-haired man, completely clad in black greets him. Dracula extends a hand to Harker and welcomes him to his home; Dracula’s hand is stone cold and as strong as iron, startling Jonathan slightly. Harker enters the castle, and Dracula takes him to his chambers where a delicious dinner is prepared for him. After dinner, the two talk, and Harker is taken back by the Count’s appearance; pointed ears, very pain skin, and very sharp teeth.
The following day, Harker receives a letter from Dracula excusing himself, saying he has some work to do. Finding himself alone, Harker has some breakfast, and finding no servants in the castle, explores the adjacent rooms. The room is lavishly dressed, with great tapestries, and beautiful furniture, and a library filled with tonnes of English books.
In the evening, Dracula joins Jonathan again to converse. The men discuss the superstitions of the area as Harker is eager to learn about the strange blue flames that he saw on the previous night. They then discuss the estate that Dracula has purchased in London. Again, Dracula converses late into the night, leaving just before daybreak, excusing himself for keeping Harker up so late.
The following day, Dracula interrupts Jonathan shaving. Jonathan jumps out of his skin as he could not see Dracula in the mirror behind him, cutting himself slightly. Dracula lunges towards Harker’s throat at the sight of blood, only restraining himself after touching the beaded cross necklace that the old lady gave Jonathan. Dracula then warns Harker about the dangers of a cut in this country and then promptly throws the mirror out of the window… Being then left alone, Harker eats breakfast, thinking that he has not seen the count eat or drink. Once again Harker tries to explore the castle, but he finds almost every door locked, realising that he has been made prisoner in the count’s Castle.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Dracula by Bram Stoker chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Main character Jonathan Harker is making his way to Castle Dracula. His journey starts in Budapest, and he enjoys many of the cultural delicacies, finding his basic German enough to get him understood. In the Morning he gets on the train and marvels at the countryside, so different from the British, flying by him. He is equally taken away by the dress of the local Slovaks.
Eventually he arrives in Bistritz near the Borgo Pass, where the Count had instructed him to stay before making the final leg of the journey. On arrival the host greets him at the door, and she calls for her husband to get a letter for Jonathan. The letter is from Dracula, welcoming Jonathan to Transylvania, and tells him that he should get the coach at 3 on the following day.
When Jonathan wakes, he finds that the owners of the inn are in a very strange state, and they refuse to answer any questions that he has about the count, and instead draw crossing on their chests with their fingers. Just as he is about to leave, the inn keeper implores Jonathan not to leave, to at least wait a few days. Jonathan says that he has to go, and the woman finally give in, allowing him to leave only after forcing he cross necklace on him.
Getting into the coach he notices the coachman and the innkeeper talking evidentially about him, overhearing many repeated words in foreign languages translating to devil, hell, demon, vampire, etc. Just as they set off, he notices that everyone in the inn crosses themselves and give Jonathan a look of fear, and sorrow.
They make their way through the beautiful forests of “the Mittle land” with blossoming fruit trees all around. Jonathan remarks their pace and is staggered at the speed that the coach is moving, the coachman is surely in a hurry. Night descends upon them the other passengers become excited and seem to urge the coachman to go faster and faster, afraid of what could happen at night.
Eventually they make their way to an opening where Harker was supposed to meet the Count’s conveyance, but no one is around to collect him. Suddenly out of nowhere, a caleche pulls up besides the coach, a tall man wearing a hat which covers his face, the only thing visible were 2 eyes that seemed to be red in the light.
After getting into the caleche they set off at an equally great pace. Slowly Jonathan seems to think that they are going in circles, and eventually decides to test it, and discovers that they are looping themselves over and over again. A pack of wolfs howl in the distance, and slow they seem to be getting closer and closer. After midnight over and over again, a small blue flame seems to appear off of the side of the road, and the coachman descends the caleche to crouch near it and seeming collect something. On the last time, the coachman steps off a little further from the caleche than before, but as he is gone the pack of wolves get closer and closer until he is surrounded by them.
Finally, the coachman comes back, and seems to make the wolfs move away with but a wave of his hand, as if they were but a fly buzzing in front of the caleche. They set off again and Harker falls asleep. When he wakes, he is pulling up to the most majestic castle, with a giant wooden door welcoming him to the Count.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 10 "Epilogue", narrated by Isaac Birchall
In the aftermath of the attack on Earth, the narrator reveals that the Martian bodies were examined, and that they contained bacteria only found on earth. The black vapor is still a mystery, and they have no clue how the Heat-Ray works. The narrator pessimistically believes that the Martians will return, but positively states that when they do, Earth will be ready for them. He also states that the Martians have probably gone to Venus, as similar sights of green gas were seen from mars firing towards the 2nd planet from the sun. The events of the attack, and subsequent days in hiding still haunt the narrator…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 9 "Wreckage", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Many people come back into London. The narrator has wanders around without any sense of self or being spouting something about being the last man alive before being taken in by a family. They inform him that leatherhead was destroyed by the Martians and that no one escaped. He refuses to believe it and makes his way home, hoping, willing that he will find a sign of his wife. On a train, he watches the ruins English countryside go by, and he thinks about the blur of time that the invasion was. He finds his home to be in ruins, and the front door open. Once inside he determines that no one he knows has been through, and then he hears a voice…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 8 "Dead London", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The narrator makes his way quietly through London. Whole parts of the city are layered with bodies and the black Martian dust. A strange ululating sound comes from a slight distance, and he decides to go and investigate. Traveling past Hyde Park, he sees one of the Fighting Machines lying motionless. He finds several dead Martians en route and tries to follow the sound until it suddenly stops. He comes to the main Martian camp and sees toppled War Machines and Martian bodies lying all over being eaten by dogs and birds.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 7 "The Man on Putney Hill", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Narrator hides in an Inn on Putney hill for the night. He searches for more food, and slowly makes his way towards Leatherhead with the vein hope of finding his wife. He thinks about the curate, for whom he feels no remorse. While traveling he comes across a very dirty squalid man holding a sword, who after a small interrogation he recognises to be the artillery man that crept into his garden on that awful night so many days ago. The artillery man tells him that they should start a new society that dwells in the sewers of London; only the strongest will survive. The narrator is skeptical about the Artillery Man’s world but agrees to help him dig a tunnel anyway. They dig for a time, then eat and drink and play cards, but slowly the narrator realises that the Artillery man’s dream is folly and that he will never finish the tunnel, and that he wants to find his wife.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 6 "The Work of Fifteen Days", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The narrator feels like he has been transported to Mars, surrounded by the alien plant, and scorched earth. He fears that Humans are no longer the dominant species on earth and believes that the Humans will serve as slaves and food for the new Martian overlords. He looks all over for food, climbing into a few gardens, and eventually finding some root vegetables that only just satisfy his pangs. He finds the Thames and sees that it is covered completely in the red plant, and he notices that the plants seem to have no immunity to Earth’s bacteria. He wanders closer to London without seeing another human being. He starts to wonder if the Martians have travelled to other countries to wreak havoc on the rest of the world and imagines that he will be one the Earth’s last humans.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 5 "The Stillness", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The narrator eventually leaves the coal-cellar and finds that the Martian too all of the remaining food. Incredibly thirsty after his house in the cellar, he is forced to use the water pump, afraid that the Martian will come back after hearing the sound. To his surprise and delight a dog wanders into the kitchen, and he tries to lure it closer hoping finally to have some food. The dog runs away, and after eventually building up the courage to look around, he realises that all of the Martians have left the pit and surrounding area. The Red alien plants have taken over, but there is not a single Martian or Martian machine anywhere to be found…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 4 "The Death of The Curate", narrated by Isaac Birchall
After days of dispute, the narrator finally tries to reason and bargain with the Curate, but he become all the more irrational. The Narrator separates the food into 10 days of meals, but he is forced to constantly fight and wrestle the curate to stop him from eating it all in one go. On the 9th day of their hiding, the Curate starts to yell and wail, calling for his God. The curate starts running for the peephole, and the Narrator determines that his only option is to knock the Curate out. Then out of the corner of his eye, the narrator sees a long metal tentacle enter the house. The narrator sees the tentacle grope around and grab onto the curate, leaving him running terrified to the coal-cellar, closing the door, and hiding among the coal. Then a knocking and scraping occurs, and suddenly the door to the-coal cellar opens, “they can use doors…”
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 3 "Days of Imprisonment", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Narrator and the curate are at odds, each fighting over who gets to look through the peephole at the Martians. He retells of his dislike of the Curate, who does not want to ration nor share food, and he cries and wails for hours on end. After a couple of days, the narrator sees one of the Martian Vehicles come back to the pit and unload a human prisoner. He can’t quite see what happens, but he hears hooting, and wailing from the Martian overlords. The narrator tries to escape, digging a hole in the opposite direction of the pit, but he deems that it makes too much noise and stops. Looking again through the hole at the pit, he hears 6 large booms, like gunfire, then 6 more…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells book 2 chapter 2 "What we saw from the ruined house", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The kitchen and pantry have been left intact after the arrival of the cylinder providing the narrator and curate thankfully a small stock of food. Through a small gap in the wall made from the destruction, the narrator peers at the newly created pit and sees that the arrival of the cylinder completely destroyed the surrounding houses, and that they were spared by a hair’s breadth.
He stays at the hole and watches the Martians in their unpacking o the cylinder, stating that no other human was able to watch them so closely for as long as he did. The Martians are pretty much just round heads, 4ft in diameter. They seem to contain only a heart, lungs and a very large brain. Instead of eating with mouths and teeth, they seem to suck blood from living things, and inject it into themselves. Neither do they sleep, and they seem to not have any discernible gender, and notes that they seem to breed like plants, through budding. He also assumes that the Martian world has no microorganisms like on Earth. They seem to communicate noiselessly, using only gestures and an almost telepathic form of communication and postulates that the sounds they make, and not for talking. He watches them work and construct other types of tripods.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells Book 2 chapter 1 "Under Foot", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The narrator and his unwanted companion make their way into a small house. After 2 days, a Martian tripod comes, and uses the black smoke on the surrounding area. The two flee. The narrator is still determined to make his way to Leatherhead and to find his wife, and gambles that all of the Martians are going to make their way Londonward. There are bodies of slain people all around the countryside and at one point he sees a tripod not slay but collect several living people and carry them off somewhere. He and the Curate eventually find a small group of houses that have not yet been destroyed, and they step in to look for some rations and somewhere to sleep for the evening. They find the Pantry full and start to look around the house when suddenly a huge explosion occurs right next to them. After awakening, the narrator claws his way through the debris to find he and the curate imprisoned in the house. A Martian cylinder has landed right outside the walls.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 17 "The Thunder Child", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The monsters continue making their way towards and through London. It is strange to the narrator, these monsters don’t seem to be actively exterminating the people of England, but destroying all forms of communication, all radio towers and phone lines were taken out. People scrambled all over, and people were said to be clambering down the walls and cables of bridges into the Thames to flee in boats.
The majority of the politicians made their way to Birmingham and have planned to line the Midlands with explosives to try and stop them. The Brother of the Narrator and his 2 companions continue to make their way eastward. In Tillingham, they finally make sight of the sea, hundreds of boats lined across the Essex coast waiting to help people escape. In the sea, an Ironclad little warship called Thunderchild sits sentinel.
He and the 2 women bargain their way onto a boat, paying £30 to get on, and at 2pm they set of from the coast into the sea packed in like sardines into the tiny boat. At 6pm, the Ironclad fired a gun into the air, and a heap of black smoke is seen rising from the hazy coastline, and on the Hill peaks a Martian.
The Martian makes it way towards them, wading through the water, then more and more make their way over the coast to follow the first. The little paddleboats continued to make their ways away, but so slowly it was almost laughable. More and more ships try to make their way seaward, but everyone’s eyes are fixed upon the Martians.
An Ironclad charges towards the advancing Martians, and it manages to survive taking a hit from the Martians. Wading deeper and deeper, the Martian tripods are nearly level with the sea, and soon the Ironclad is upon them. The Martian closest to it launches a gas cannister at it, and another raises its heat ray, but the boat continues on, and the Ironclad takes out several of the tripods…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 16 "The Exodus from London"
In this chapter we join the narrator’s brother again in London. Chaos is all around, people running all over the place, trying to escape London. He makes it to Edgeware Road where people are looking all over the place trying to figure out what to do. At Edgeware he waits, uncertain what to do, as no new news has come to them. After his break he decides to try and make it to some friends, making his way through a field, he comes across 2 women in a field, he heard a scream, and ran to lend a hand. These women were being robbed of their pony-kart as they were trying to flee. He ran to the scuffle, and immediately fought off these men.
The robbers retreat, and the narrator’s brother jumps up onto the kart, and he finds himself with 2 new companions. He and his new partners share stories of what they know of the Martians, and crossing a few others on route to somewhere, they learn a little more. They share ideas of what to do, and ultimately decide to head south to try and get to the coast and escape the country at Barnet.
They come to find hundreds of people fighting to get past a traffic jam made in the panicked escape from London. They all struggle through the jam, and shouts are heard from all over. A horse tramples a man, and screams come from all around. After a while the 3 decide to try and turn back, but suddenly realising what is happening, they resolutely turn back towards the traffic jam, deciding it is the only way forward. Eventually they made it part Barnet, and out of the traffic.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 15 "What Happened in Surrey", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Martians resume their attack, but it seems that the majority of them continued their work at the pit. The Martians advance in a line, communicating through howls and sirens. Guns fire and take out another tripod, but letting out another howl, the other Martians take out the human defenses. At 9, 4 more Martians join the 3, and hand off some barrel like devices between the 7 of them. 4 of them cross the river, and 2 of these are seem by the narrator and the curate.
The curate cries and makes a break for it. The narrator however, being a bit smarter scrambles into a bush, turning back, the curate joins him.
The signal rockets fire into the air, but the Martians stand sentinel…
Do they understand us, the narrator wonders. Do they dream? what do they want? A hundred questions plague his mind, and then his thoughts drift Londonwards. Then slowly, the Martians lift their barrels skyward, and 1 by 1, the Martians let off their firing. But there is no flash, no gunshot. Silence…
The Martians start to move, and soon the night swallows him up.
The narrator and the Curate make their way higher, and try to find out what has happened, and later they learn that the creatures fired a sort of smoke that destroys all that it touches, like the ash of Pompeii.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 14 "In London", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Story now goes to London, where we meet the protagonist’s brother, who has only heard very little of the Martians; just a small telegram that talked about them being stuck in the pit. His brother decided to try and go to Horsell to try and see these Martians, but on arrival at the station he learns that there has been an accident (the destruction of the rails), but no one in London really knows what has happened.
In the Sunday paper, which very few read, a telegram re-telling of the first attack on the common published, but no one really understand what has happened, and there were no descriptions of the giant metal beasts. At church, later on, the brother learns of some of the destruction, and they share a prayer for the fallen and scared people of Surrey.
In the street, a man accosts our protagonist’s brother, and tells him of heavy gun firing, and speculation starts in his mind. Slowly the train lines stop running, and soon police come and start clearing people from the stations. In the street he hears people yelling about the destruction of Weybridge, and his mind opens to the apocalypse that is upon them. Slowly but surely, the storm of chaos falls upon the population of London, and people start to flee…
Literary Guise Podcast: A Book Club for Modern Men
A cocktail-infused book podcast, examining positive and toxic portrayals of masculinity.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 13 "How I Fell in with The Curate", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Martians flee after the folly from their human foes, but following this small victory for man, a cylinder falls every 24 hours, bolstering the invading army. The Martians seem to spend the next few days transferring materials from other cylinders to the first one that fell on Horsell Common, and slowly, a green cloud of smoke rose from their workplace.
Our protagonist slowly clampers into a boat floating on the stream, and drifts lazily down the river towards Haliford. Haliford was quite on fire, creating a tranquil scene, where the houses were burning, but there were no spectators watching in awe or screaming. Near Walton bridge, our protagonist falls onto the bank, sickly walks for a mile, and then stops most likely sleeping. When he awoke, he noticed another man near him.
The Curate, asks some philosophical questions, asking why these things happened to them; what sins had they committed? Our protagonist tries to calm the curate down by asking some mundane questions, but the man ignores him, and goes on in his speculations of the end. The curate asks how man can win against these creatures, and the protagonist proceeds to inform him, that one was taken out near Weybridge.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 12 "What I Saw of the Destruction of Weybridge and Shepperton" , narrated by Isaac Birchall
The next morning, the narrator and his new friend raid the pantry, and set off. The protagonist wants to see him wife, and leave from another country, but the Third Cylinder blocks his path. He and the Artilleryman meet some mounted hussars on their detour to Leatherhead, and other artillery blockades. En route, they run into a number of people who are being told to evacuate, they don’t really understand what is going on, and see several people arguing about their need to flee.
At Shepperton, another battle begins… 5 of the metal beasts descend upon the town, destroying the church in the process. Thankfully, a line of guns held them off for a time, and allowed 1 perfect shot to fire at a tripod and take it down, proving that they can be defeated. In the chaos, the now angered titans rage through Shepperton, and the people in the area are forced into the river to try and escape the heat ray. The water becomes scoldingly hot, but its far better than the alternative. After the destruction, the 4 remaining tripods gather their fallen comrade, and take him back to the pit. The narrator only just escapes…
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 11 "At the Window", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Our protagonist goes back to his study and looks out of the window at towards the Common where the cylinder fell. He sees several large shapes moving about the pit. Looking at how the beings move, he wonders if the metal beasts are sentient, or if they are piloted by the Martians that came from the cylinders. Everything in the area has been either destroyed or singed by flames and flailing arms, he sees that a train has been thrown off of its tracks. He then notices that a man is climbing over his fence, surprised and glad to see someone alive, he whispers down to him, and asks him to come inside. The man tells him that he is an artillery man, and that their guns and his battalion were all but destroyed by the Heat-Ray. The narrator finds the artillery man some food, and they both watch the window again, watching the now 3 metal beasts near the pit.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 10 "In the Storm", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The firing suddenly stopped when making their way to Leatherhead which made the evening strange. Our Protagonist, after dining with his cousins makes the journey back to Maybury, around 11. The Sky was black, and the clouds were moving very quickly. Coming up by Pryford Church, Maybury hill shows in a red glare, presenting the storm to him. Lightning strikes, and with it, the dreaded 3rd cylinder.
As the horse gather speed, frightened by the storm, a great moving figure makes its way down the hill. A Huge engine, striding across the heather, like milking stool bowled violently across the ground. It snaps all sorts of trees, and then the second appeared, coming straight for our main character, in the quickening fear, his dogcart tips over, forcing him into a puddle.
Looking again at the tripod, he sees green smoke coming from its tentacles, and it lets out a siren like cry, it leaves as soon as it came, and it and the other tripod make their ways towards the 3rd cylinder.
Slowly struggling to his feet, the Protagonist starts to crawl his way to the pinewoods towards Maybury, and once in the woods, he walks stealthily home. En Route he sees the start of the destruction of the creatures and the storm. He runs into a man who bolts in the other direction to him, and at the top of the hill he finds a body curled on the floor, the man he was supposed to return the Dogcart to. After making his way home, he notices that nothing in the immediate area has been injured, the houses are for the most part fine. Locking the door behind him, he sits on the steps and weeps for the destruction and terror he has seen.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 9 "The Fighting Begins", narrated by Isaac Birchall
Saturday was very hot, and the weather was heavy. The Milkman tells our main character that the military has become involved at the Common, and that the military would like to capture them and run tests on them.
Our main character decides to walk down to the common. En Route, he run into some soldiers, and when they learn that he has seen the Martians, they load him with questions about their shape and weapons. They argue about ways to ambush them, trenches, sneaking up on them, anything to get their victory.
The hammering and smoke continue from the pit in the common, and no one knows what the Martians could possibly doing, but the preparation is making everyone excited. At about 3, gunfire falls on the direction of the 2nd cylinder, and at teatime, a barrage of Gunfire starts at the Common. The area around bursts into fire, and the tower of the nearby church is shot off of its roof. The Protagonist gathers his family, and servant, and makes plans to take everyone to Leatherhead, where his wife’s cousins live.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 8 "Friday Night" narrated by Isaac Birchall
The telegram sent by Henderson was seen originally as a hoax, and the majority of people in the county of Surrey had no clue about what had happened. People were laughing, dancing, walking, and playing all around.
A crowd hung around the Common and Horsell Bridges. Apparently, someone had crawled near the pit, but never came back. There was an occasional shot of fire into the sky, and on the next day, a hammering sound was heard from the pit.
A military squad made their way to the Common, and gathered around the pit, keeping people away from the hole. And then, out of nowhere, a second light and cylinder fall to the Earth.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 7 "How I reached Home" narrated by Isaac Birchall
Our main character flees from the common, finally near the bridge of the gasworks, he collapses, laying for some time. When he comes to, he cannot remember how he got there. Nothing made sense, and he suddenly found himself coping by subconsciously pretending it was all a dream. He continues on his way, passing several people on his way back home. A train passes him on the bridge, people are chatting in their front terraces, everything was normal. The main character starts to believe that he just made it all up.
The gasworks is noisy, and all of the laps are lit. passing a crowd, he asks them if they have any news from the common. They are not privy to it, and when he asks if they know of the Martians, they call it a load of hogs-wash.
When home, he recounts the story of what happened to his wife. The food on the table grows cold while both are engaged in his tale. The protagonist then speculates that because our gravity is stronger than that on Mars, that the Martians are sluggish and slow, hoping that the creatures will be stuck in the pit.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 6 "The Heat Ray in the Chobham Road" narrated by Isaac Birchall
People flee from the Common, the only thing saving them being the elevation of the common compared to the pit. People run, and police start to come, “They’re coming” a woman screamed. People run and struggle, creating a blockade at the gate, crushing some people. The panic continues and none of that blockade seemed to make it out of the Common.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 5 "The Heat Ray" narrated by Isaac Birchall
Looking towards the pit, a small metal rod holding a small metal disk emerges from the pit. A man approaches our protagonist calling the aliens ugly brutes. Everyone watches the pit in silence. Our main character makes his way to a little rise in the ground. Dusk begins to fall, and a little movement comes from the pit, and people start to close again on the sand pit.
A group of men waving a white flag makes their way towards the pit, trying to show the aliens that we humans are too intelligent. The men get closer to the pit, and suddenly a huge green flash of light fires into the air. Everyone stops to observe what has just happened. And suddenly a loud humming droning noise starts and a ghost of a beam of light comes from the pit, shooting a bolt of flame towards the crowd, sparking the watchers into immediate fire. A stampede of people flees from the pit, and everything around the common turns into flame.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 4 "The Cylinder Opens" narrated by Isaac Birchall
The crowd gets more and more excited as the cylinder gets closer and closer to opening. People are falling into the pit as people are trying to get closer and closer. Our main character trips, and in his moment of distraction, the lid comes off. The crowd is dead silent as they try to look into the black hole at the top of the wreckage. Suddenly two disks and 2 tentacles protrude out of the home.
The crowd breaks into screams, the expected men, not these black chord-like masses. The body starts to clamber out, a horror of a being; huge and leathery, with a strange v shaped mouth without a chin. The huge eyes, and plethora of tentacles fills everyone with dread.
It starts to look around, and the crowd starts to disperse, running from the horror, but unable to look away. Out main character hides in the bushes, peering out trying to get a look. hundreds of people stand at a distance staring at a few hard heaps of sand, while two black beasts settle into the pit.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 3 "On Horsell Common"
A considerable crowd has gathered about the cylinder on Horsell Common, and a group of men with Ogilvie and Henderson are at work trying to excavate the strange wreckage.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 2 "The Falling Star" narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the first cylinder land on Earth is the Horsell common. Ogilvy goes to investigate this crash, being the only one awake to see it, he notices strange dust falling from the end of the cylinder, and slowly comes to realize that the cylinder is hollow and has a top that unwinds.
The following day, all sorts of characters make their way to the pit that was created by the crash, including our unnamed protagonist.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The War of the Worlds, by H G Wells chapter 1 "The Eve of the War" narrated by Isaac Birchall
The First chapter of one of the most known science fiction books ever written. In this chapter, the narrator described the early 1800's, and goes on to explain that Earth has been closely watched by other planets, while humans are blissfully unaware. He goes on to state that humans are to these planets as monkeys are to humans, observed, and studied, but thought of as unintelligent beings. He then goes to meet an astronomer called Ogilvy, and visits him at his observatory. here the two look at mars through a telescope, and see it shooting out little clouds of green gas. The two are greatly puzzled by this, but they like many humans were unaware of what was about to unfold before them.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
With Victor’s whole family gone, Victor decides to leave Geneva, and using the angry and awful memories to power him through, he treks for months and months, guided by little clues that the Monster has left him. Further angered by these taunts, he rents a sled and some dogs, and continues north through ice and snow. This is where the start of the Novel begins, and where Victor and Walton’s lives crossed paths. After nursing Victor for a long time through his illness, Victor becomes certain that he will soon die, and he asks Walton to get vengeance after his passing.
Walton then becomes again the narrator of the novel and continues in more letters to his sister. He tells her that he believes in Victor’s story, and that he is heartbroken that he didn’t know Victor longer. After several days more, with their boat still trapped in ice, the other men on the ship come to Walton and tell him that as soon as they get out of the ice, that they are to turn around, and immediately head to England. Victor retaliates with an energy that Walton didn’t know he was able to produce, but he soon collapses back into sickness. After 2 more days pass, the men come back, and get Walton to agree to their return.
Right before the ship is set to return, Victor passes away in the night. A few days later, Walton hears a weird noise coming from Victor’s room. Entering, he is taken aback by the sight of the most grotesque thing he has ever seen; the creature has come to see his creator. The Creature speaks, and is angered by the death of Victor, as he could now never have a mate. Walton follows the creature outside of the boat, and the creature confesses that without a mate, and without Victor who could sustain his life, that he has nothing left to keep him going, and he then takes off across the ice, leaving Walton alone, and cold.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall
At 8 O’clock, Victor and Elizabeth arrive at their destination, and a heavy storm starts to fall upon them. The dark creep in, and Victor starts to become jumpy at every small sound. Elizabeth asks him what is going on, but he refuses to give her more information, and he tells her to go to bed while he stalks every corner of the house. He becomes joyful nearly, as he starts to think that the Monster hadn’t found him, but then a scream occurs from the bedroom. Victor runs into the bedroom, and he sees the body of Elizabeth strewn over the bed, a ragdoll of a body.
Victor lapses, and finds himself surrounded by people of the in, he gets up and runs back to the bedroom where he finds that his bride has been moved, but as he runs over to her, he knows for certain that she is dead, and that it was the creature’s doing. He notices that the top window is open, and looking up, he sees the creature, Victor makes chase and fires at him, but misses. Victor and the villagers search all over for the killer of the young Elizabeth, but they have no luck.
Victor resolves to return to Geneva as fast as possible, but through the early morning and rain, he sets out to see his family before the creature does.
The narrative skips forward a little, and he explains that slowly, one by one, all of those he loved were snatched away from him. After receiving news of Elizabeth, Victor’s father passed away, too weak to go on.
Victor then becomes possessed by a rage that he has never felt, and he resolves to destroy the creature. Victor tells a magistrate his whole story, dates, events, everything, but when he finally speaks, he tells Victor that he would help him, but that because of the creature’s prowess, and power, that he shall not send his men on a wild goose chase.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 22, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After several weeks voyage, Victor and his father arrive in Paris, where they have to take a break so that Victor can recuperate. His Father tries constantly to make his son happy, but in his unhappy and sickly state, Victor states over and over again that it is his fault that these people have died.
Victor receives a letter from Elizabeth, in which, she expresses her feelings that Victor could still be sad like before he left. She then writes that she needs to speak to him. She says that she is worried that the thought of their marriage may be making Victor feel this melancholy, and that it could be that he loves another, and that he is only to marry her because of the promise that his parents made.
Vitor, stunned by this letter, determines that if he would make Elizabeth depressed by not marrying her, then he would do it, in despite of the Monster’s threat. He then resolved to be married as soon as possible, and that he would rid the world of his creation at no delay. After 2 weeks, Victor arrives in Geneva, where he and Elizabeth set a date for their union, and that the ceremony should take place in 10 days, so they set to planning the wedding, and honeymoon.
On the day, Elizabeth is very melancholy, and Victor assumes that she is worried about the information that he is to share with her. The ceremony is small and wonderful, and immediately following, Victor and his new bride leave for their Honeymoon. Elizabeth tells Victor to be happy, and that she has only been having strange thoughts, but that it is nothing to worry about, and urges him to take in the beauty of Switzerland around them.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 21, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Frankenstein is taken to the local magistrate where the locals give testimony to Victor’s supposed crimes. Two fishermen, after coming back o shore, stumble upon a body, determine that he was strangled and had not just washed ashore. At the mention of fingers, Victor realises that he, though not the perpetrator of the Crime, was responsible. Many of the villagers claim that this testimony is the truth, and Victor is taken to see the body, where they can see what effect, it has on him.
Upon the body being revealed to him, Victor breaks down, and realises that not only was this another body that has been taken from the world, but that it is the body of his best friend, Henry Clerval. Upon collapsing, Victor was taken to a cell where he raved about murdering others. He has sick in this state for 2 months.
After these months, Victor eventually awakens from his sickness to a nurse telling him that he should have suffered more for the murder of Clerval, but that her job is to treat him, and that she shall do her job. Victor again grew feverish and started to have some visions. A doctor comes and victor starts to feel that everyone hates him, besides Mr Curwin.
After a while longer, Mr Curwin meets Victor in his cell. Curwin tells Victor that there is a lot of evidence that would free him from his cell, and that he is sure that if a trial were to be held, they Victor would go free. Mr Curwin, after seeing Victor’s shocked face, tells him that he has wrote to Victor’s father, and that he has also gone through Victor’s papers. He then informs Victor that a friend has come to visit him, and after a slight panic, Victor’s father comes into the room.
Victor’s father is taken aback at Victor’s state. He states that his son first came here to be happy and is confused as to how he came into these squalid cells. Mr Curwin gathers witnesses and pieces of evidence to get Victor free, and after traveling 100 miles to the local court, Victor is freed. Then he and his father, start their journey back to Switzerland, where upon he reminisces about his home country, and slowly starts to fear his creature’s words, where he decides that he shall lay in wait for the murderer to come, and put his accursed life to an end.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall
One night, nearing the end of his work, Victor starts to think about what will actually happen once he finishes. He wonders if the new creature will want to seclude itself, surly the creature wont want to accept a deal that was made before it was, or that the two creatures would have children, a “Race of devils on earth.” While mulling this over, Victor sees his first creature in the window, grinning at him.
In a hatred for the creature, he made and astonished at the ugliness of it and his new creation, he destroys his progress. The Monster, angered at Victor for breaking his promise, vows revenge and leaves, promising Victor that he will be with him on his wedding night.
The next night victor receives a letter from henry, claiming that he is tired of Scotland, and he suggests that they leave Scotland, and continue they journey. Before leaving, Victor packs his supplies, and gathers the remains of the second creature. Then, late in the night, Victor rows into the ocean, and dups the remains into the sea, sleeping in the rocking vessel. When he wakes, he finds that the winds won’t take him back to shore and panicking he wonders about dying at sea if blown too far into the Atlantic. The winds soon change however, and he arrives near a town on the Scottish mainland. When he lands, a group of townspeople greet him angrily telling him that he is suspect in a murder case after they found a body the previous evening.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 19, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Victor and Henry travel through England and Scotland, but Victor begins to grow impatient to start his task, and to free himself from the Monster. Victor has a friend in Scotland, and he convinces henry to stay with him, while he tours the North of Scotland alone. Henry agrees, and Victor heads to a remote island in Orkney to undertake his mission.
He sets up his lab quickly and sets to work on making a bride for his Creation. He struggles with this task but continues to work on his mission.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 18, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Victor, still hesitant about agreeing to the creature’s demand, decides to head to England where he will be able to gather more information about his task. Victor’s father notices that his son is troubled by something and ask him if he is worried about his upcoming marriage to Elizabeth. Victor reassures him that Elizabeth is one of the only things that brings him happiness at the moment. Contented by this, Alphonse suggests that they celebrate the wedding immediately. Victor refuses, unwilling to marry her until his task is complete. He asks his father’s permission to go, and Victor and his father arrange a voyage with Henry Clerval, who will begin his studies. After a few weeks voyage, they arrive in London.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The creature stops speaking and demands that Frankenstein agrees to hid command. Frankenstein refuses outright, and states that the creature may make him the most miserable being who is tortured and beaten, and he shall never comply. The being tries to reason with him, asking if he should reason with man if man does not deem him worthy of life. He should have a bride, and if he does not then he shall cause fear on everyone around Frankenstein and he shall work on the destruction of his life. The being claims that should Frankenstein make him a bride, as hideous as himself, then he should never bother any human being ever again. That their lives would not be happy, but that they would be together, and that would be enough. Frankenstein is conflicted as he now sees the creature as a being deserving of love, and a being that is smart and creative, and as one who has experienced life.
Frankenstein confirms the creature’s demands. Claiming that as someone who wants to longingly for human love, how could he guarantee that he, with another being at him side, would not come to wreak havoc upon mankind. The being angrily rebuts this and tries with furious earnest to convince Frankenstein that he would dwell in the wilds. Frankenstein then questions if the being is harmless, like he has insisted, then why did he kill William?
After further rebuttals and long consideration, and finally accepts the beast’s request, only asking in return that the creature promises that upon completion, he and his new bride leave immediately for the wilds, away from him, and others.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The creature curses his creator, and questions why he hadn’t ended everything there and then. As night came, he left his hovel, and yelled while shattering his way through the woods around him. After several hours, he became tired and lay down, reflecting on recent events, and declaring a personal war on mankind, and most importantly on he who had created him. The following morning, he reflects on his meeting with the old man, and thinks that he should have done things more slowly, and then eventually, little by little, contacted the children. He stats to make his way back to the cottage.
The next day, he notices Felix come towards the cottage with another man, and he overhears them conversing, Felix stating that they are leaving the cottage, and that their lives are in danger staying there.
The creature is upset by this, and he weeps at Felix’s harshness, but then sadness turns to anger, and in a rage, he breaks down the forest, and then lighting a branch on fire he lights the cottage to a blazing inferno, and the being flees to the woods.
From his lessons, he gained a brief knowledge of geography, and starts to make his way to Geneva, the homestead of his cursed creator. It was a long journey, travelling at night, becoming more and more full of Wrath against Frankenstein. One day however, being in a thick wood, he decided to walk through the day, almost certain that he would see no human being. When he suddenly heard the voices of a little girl and a man. She slipped and fell in the river, and the creature jumped in after her, saving her from the currents. Her father, saw the beast, and raising his gun, he fired at the beast.
When finally arriving in Geneva, he saw a little boy, innocent to the prejudice of man. The creature grabbed him, intending to find a friend. The boy fought back, and yells about getting his father M. Frankenstein. At the utterance of the name, the creature, filled with Wrath towards his maker, he placed his hands around the boy’s neck. He found the locket on the boy, and fleeing the scene of the crime, he ran to a barn wherein he finds Justine, asleep on the hay. Hesitating to wake her, he plants the locket on her person, and he then fled the city, maintaining his distance from the acts. Finally, he asks Frankenstein for what he has always wanted. For Frankenstein to create him a partner.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In early August, which going to collect wood for the cottagers, the creature stumbled upon several books in the woods, and he actively read these tomes. He loved the books, but he sorrowed in their contents. He determined to understand the works fully, and he explains how they changed the way that he looks at the world, the cottagers, and himself, and he soon believed that not God, but Satan was the one who ruled him. After he was capable of understanding the language, the creature then read some papers that he found just after his creation. Frankenstein’s detailed notes on the creature’s birth. If man was created in God’s image, then surely a being so hideous, and a being whose creator ran away from must have been created in the image of Satan. When he thought of the cottagers, he thought that when he met them, that they would welcome him, how could they turn away someone who knows them as he does, and he determined to try and meet them after a few months’ preparation.
Months passed, and everyone in the cottage seemed contented, and this only exacerbated the creature’s self-hatred.
The creature then determined that when he should meet the cottagers, he should greet the man first, as he is blind, he could not scream at the monster’s hideous figure. One afternoon the family went on a walk, and the creature determined that it was now, or never. He knocked, and was beckoned to come in. After several minutes, the man addressed him, and they started to converse. The creature told the man that he is a wretched beast, and that he is to visit some friends whom he loves but that he is afraid. The man tells him that if the creature should visit anyone then they should welcome him with open arms. The creature tells the man that he has helped these friends in their daily lives, but that he is still afraid that they should scorn him because f his looks. The old man states that he can hear that the creature is genuine, and that he will try his hardest to help the creature succeed in making friends. The creature starts to sob on the floor and proclaims that it is in fact the old man’s family who he looks for. The suddenly the door opens, Agatha feints, Safie ran, and Felix struck the creature with a stick. The creature ran away to his hovel, hid from the cottagers.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 14 narrated by Isaac Birchall
The creature recounts the history of the Cottagers. They were an upper-class French family, and bot a few months before the creature met them, they lived a lavish life in Paris. But the father of Safie ruined their lives. Her father was condemned to death, but Felix was at the trial during his sentence. Felix tried to contact the man in jail, and eventually made contact, promising to get his free. The man, thankful promised his daughters hand is marriage to Felix, but he rejected, not wanting a marriage forced upon the girl. Safie’s mother was married to her father by means strange means, and after being put into matrimonial bondage, her mother instructed her in Christianity, and told her to find a Christian man to marry. Eventually Felix got Safie’s father out and acquired passports for him. Safie stayed with Felix is Paris, but her father had other plans in mind. Eventually, the French government found out that their prisoner escaped, and arrested Agatha and the Old man, DeLacey. Felix turned himself in hoping to have his family freed. It was in vain however, and all of their possessions and status were robbed from them. They left for Germany, and it was this tale that had rendered Felix so unhappy on the creature’s arrival. Hearing the news of Felix’s family’s stripping of rank and wealth, Safie’s father told her that she shall not marry the man, and that she would go back to Turkey. She eventually went away with her attendant, and was alone in Germany, but she tried to find the cottage where her beloved now lived.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, chapter 13, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After again some time, a mysterious woman comes to the door, she says only the same Felix, which causes him to run elated to greet this person. She was dark, with beautiful dark hair and eyes, easily the most beautiful person that the creature had seen, and for the first time, Felix seemed happy. This newcomer didn’t seem to share the same language as the cottagers, and they seemed to communicate through gestures and pointing. But everyone seemed very happy. The girl seemed to want to learn the cottagers’ language, and the monster tried to do the same; as beginners, they would both progress together. After 2 months, both the girl and the creature progressed with the language, and the creature, quicker than the girl. The creature also learned history, and the horrors of the discoveries of The New World. The creature slowly started to reflect inwards, and he noted his differences from the beautiful cottagers. Was he truly a monster? He also determined that the only way to get rid of the thoughts was death.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 12, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The following Morning, the creature, though wanting to join them, decides to maintain his distance, remembering the events in the village. He watches them go about their daily tasks, and remarks their love for each other, but also notes that they are terrible unhappy. The creature could not understand this as they had, food, shelter, clothes, and company. After some time passed, the creature learned of their poverty, noting that they only eat what they can farm, or milk. The creature then decides that instead of taking from their stock of food, that he would gather his own nourishments, deciding to also help in the families gathering of wood during these outings. He then later discovered that they spoke, that they made sounds that could evoke all forms of feelings. He set out to learn how. After many months, he learned the names of the cottagers, and of a few small words. He noted that the father was able to move the children through every emotion, and that if ever they were sad, Father could bring them some happiness. The boy Felix, however, was terribly depressed. After some time, the monster decides that he wants to meet the villagers, but that he cannot do so until he masters their language. As the warmer weather came, the villagers seemed slightly happier, their food was growing, and the weather seemed to bring more joy to them.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein By Mary Shelley chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Frankenstein’s creation starts to tell his tale. He scarcely remembers his “birth”, but remembers being overwhelmed by his senses, sight, smell, touch. He looked for a place to rest from the heat and headed to the forest where he rested until he felt hunger. He foraged for berried and nuts but felt afraid of the world and darkness around him. Soon, the moon rose, and it fascinated him and lead him to more berries. He was amazed that the beautiful sounds he heard were produced by little birds, but shocked when a horrid sound came from him when he tried to imitate them. He slowly became able to differentiate berried, roots, and birds. One day he found a fire, that filled him with warmth, and touched it which he was amazed hurt him. He set out one afternoon when snow was covering the ground. He came across a hut and finding the door open, he entered. The man inside screamed and ran after seeing the creature’s appearance. HE spent the night there, and in the morning, he came across a small village which fascinated him. He tried entering some buildings and the villagers rallied against him and threw stones at the monster. He eventually found a hovel that was joined to a small cottage. It was safe, and dry, and just large enough for him to fit in. He explores a little when he sees a girl working the grounds around his new home. A young man joins her and he watches these two people work about their farm. He then, looking through a small hole in the wall, sees an old man who is strumming a guitar. The Creature watches the people go about their daily businesses around the farm, and the Daemon is utterly fascinated by these fine people.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Victor spends the next day exploring the area around him in the mountains. As he retires, he cannot stop thinking of the summit, and he determines to make for the top in the morning. As he gets higher, he gazes on the valley below. He comes to a glacier, just a league in front of him is the beautiful Mont Blanc. He calls out a prayer, when suddenly he sees a human move with supernatural speed. Suddenly he realises that it is his daemon that is coming for him. He challenges the beast, calls to him to fight. The beast opens his mouth and to Victor’s amazement, it speaks back to him. The Daemon asks Victor to only hear his story, and if unsatisfied then they may fight to the death. Victor tries to attack, but his creation is too fast. Again, the creature offers to first talk, reminding Victor of his creation’s greater height, strength, and agility. Victor reluctantly agrees, and the Daemon carries Victor to his camp.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Victor struggles with the death of Justine, she was to his knowledge, innocent. She was stricken from life by his own creation. He was guilty not only for the death of Justine, but for William too. The Frankenstein family retreat to their home in Belrive, but even the countryside cannot distract Victor from his thoughts. After a few days he determines to go and find he daemon of his creation. He rides to the Valley of Charmonix. He checks into a hotel and watches the beautiful Mont Blanc, as he drifts to sleep.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Victor and his family go to court as Justine is put on trial for the death of William. Victor is torn, as he is certain that Justine is innocent, but he also cannot prove that it was his creature that caused his brother's death. After a day in court, Justine is condemned to the gallows, and The Frankenstein family is distraught, but none of the more that Victor who now feels guilty for not 1, but 2 deaths.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Victor receives a letter from his father bearing terrible news. His Father announces that William has been killed. He tells hat on the 7th of May, on a warm evening, during a walk, that William had hidden himself while playing. He did not return, and all of the family looked for him. He was nowhere to be found. After searching all night, William was found dead. Victor's father tells him that they could only be brought to happiness by Victor's return, and his actions of peace. Victor tells Henry that he is going immediately to Geneva, and that he needs to be with his family.
Upon arrival home, Victor finds himself unable to go to his family house.
At night, being unable to get into the town, Victor tries to find the spot where his brother was found, while a great darkness and storm crept in around him.
In the distance, a flash of lightening lights up the world around him, and Victor makes out the wicked daemon that he gave life to, and Victor starts to think "was this the man that killed my brother".
In the morning, Victor goes home, and he is shocked to find out that a surely innocent friend of the family has been accused of the crime.
Successful Iranians
A podcast dedicated to showcasing successful Iranians around the world. Dedicated to...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In her letter, Elizabeth urges Victor to write to his family, and tells him that she is extremely worried about his illness. She also says that Justine Moritz, a girl who used to live with Victor’s family has come back after her own mothers passing.
After Victor has fully recovered, he introduces Clerval to his professors. He finds this task very difficult as he is still horrified at the sight of any medical instruments after his monster’s creation. Victor eventually decides to return home and writes to his father asking him to set the date for his departure. While waiting, Henry and he take a walking tour of the country to try and feel the rejuvenating benefits of nature
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
On a stormy night, after many months of intense work, Victor completes his work. When he brings it to life however, It terrifies him. He flees to the next room and tried to hide from the beast while asleep, but has awful nightmares of Elizabeth and his mother’s corpse. He awakes to find his creation smiling over his bed, and Victor again flees, but out of the house. He spends the night in the courtyard. The following day he goes walking the town, trying to avoid his house, and thus his creation.
As he walks by the inn, Victor finds his friend Henry Clerval, who has just arrived in town to study languages at the school. Victor is overjoyed to see Henry, and he takes him back to his house. Upon entering, Victor finds no sign of the monster. Weakened however, by months and months of work and fright at the creature he has made, Victor collapses with a fever that keeps him bedridden for many months. Henry nurses him back to health, and after he has gotten his strength back, Clerval hand him a letter from Elizabeth.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 4, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
Frankenstein is adoring his time at university and is so fixated on his pursuit in his 1 study, that he added to the chemical knowledge of the world. Then one incident occurred. Being very interested with the human body, Victor became very interested in human physiology, and started to examine the causes of life and death. He studies all of the minutiae of life and decay, and he became stunned to discover a secret than no one else had yet discovered. After many days and nights of fatigue, victor discovered the ability to give life to lifeless matter.
Victor then after hesitating a long while, he thought, pushed on by his imagination to create a being as great as man. Working himself to near starvation, spending days and nights nonstop, working for many months, fixated on completing his god-like task, he gave his Prometheus life.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
At the age of Seventeen, Victor leaves his family behind, and heads to the German city of Ingolstadt for university. Just before his departure, his mother gets very sick, and passes away from scarlet fever. On her deathbed, Victor’s mother begs him to marry Elizabeth. After a couple of weeks, Still is a state of grieving, Victor leaves for Ingolstadt.
Arriving in the city, Victor hinds his lodgings, and sets up a meeting with a professor of Natural Philosophy, M. Kempe. He tells Victor that his time studying the likes of Agrippa has been wasted, and that these alchemists are relics of the past with no use today, upsetting Victor. He then attends a chemistry lecture, and the professor and convinces Victor to continue his studies.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Elizabeth and Victor grow up as best friends, constantly together, and thick as thieves. Victor also fosters a friendship with another boy called Henry Clerval, a schoolmate, and Victor spends his childhood surrounded by family and his friends. As he grows, so does Victor’s thirst for knowledge, and he becomes fascinated by the natural sciences. He comes across a book by Cornelius Agrippa, a scholar of the occult, and becomes enthralled by what Agrippa wrote.
One evening Victor watches a storm ravage the countryside and seeing the lightning strike and destroy a nearby tree fascinates him more than anything else. A modern natural Philosopher staying with the Frankenstein family teaches Victor the about electricity, and it makes the ideas of alchemy seem outdated, useless.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley Chapter 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Victor recounts the story of his childhood, and how his parents met. His father is decently well known man in Switzerland, a man who attained a high rank in the local political sphere. Due to his commitments and his devotion to the people of Geneva, he did not marry until later in life, but this did not mean that his love was any less true. Victor then goes on to recount his youth, and tell a little about his family...
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, narrated By Isaac Birchall, Letter 4
The first 4 chapters of this book open in letter Format, with a man named Walton writing to his sister in England. He has embarked on an adventure to find a shipping route through the northern ice fields and the North Pole.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, narrated by Isaac Birchall Letter 3
The first 4 chapters of this book open in letter Format, with a man named Walton writing to his sister in England. He has embarked on an adventure to find a shipping route through the northern ice fields and the North Pole.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, letter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The first 4 chapters of this book open in letter Format, with a man named Walton writing to his sister in England. He has embarked on an adventure to find a shipping route through the northern ice fields and the North Pole.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
Frankenstein by Mary Shelley, narrated by Isaac Birchall, Letter 1
The first 4 chapters of this book open in letter Format, with a man named Walton writing to his sister in England. He has embarked on an adventure to find a shipping route through the northern ice fields and the North Pole.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 25, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter Holden heads to Grand Central Station after fleeing My. Antolini’s, where he spends the night on a bench in the waiting room. The next day, he walks up and down 5th Avenue, watching kids and becoming more and more nervous, and more and more overwhelmed. Every time he cross the street he started to feel like he was going to disappear, and calls out to Allie to help get him to the other side. He decides that he is leaving New York, and that he is going to hitchhike out west, and never go home again, living like a hermit, and not talking to anybody.
He then goes to Phoebe’s school and writes her a note telling her to meet him at the Museum of Art so that he can give her back the money she lent him. As he wanders the school, he becomes more depressed than ever when he finds swears written on the walls.
While waiting at the museum, Holden guides two children to the mummies. He leads them down the hall to the tombs exhibit, but the two kids get scared and run off, leaving Holden alone where he sees another swear carved into the wall. Disturbed, he ponders his own death, and concludes that someone will probably write swears on his tombstone too. He goes to leave the museum but passes out on the way to the bathroom.
Outside, phoebe arrives with her own suitcase, and she pleads Holden to take her with him. He feels dizzy again and tells her that she cannot come with him and feels like he is going to feint again. Phoebe gets angry and turns away from him after forcing his hunting hat back onto him. Holden tells her that he won’t go and asks her to go back to school. She again refuses to talk or listen, and Holden offers to take her to the Zoo.
They walk towards the zoo, Holden on one side of the road, and Phoebe on the other, occasionally going out of sight behind passing busses. After looking at some of the animals, they walk to the park. They arrive at the carousel, and Holden convinces Phoebe to get on it. He sits and watches her go around and around. Having made up with his sister, Holden starts to feel so happy he believes that he might cry.
Successful Iranians
A podcast dedicated to showcasing successful Iranians around the world. Dedicated to...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 24, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Holden arrives at Mr. Antolini’s house just after he and his wife have finished hosting a party. Plates and Glasses are all over the place, and Mr. Antolini has been drinking quite a lot. Mr. Antolini questions Holden about his expulsion and Holden states that he disliked the Rules at Pencey. Holden given an example of their debate class wherein students were docked marks for digressing from their subject. Holden says that he thinks that this rule was dumb because sometimes the digressions are more interesting than the subject. Mr. Antolini then challenges Holden and points out that digressions are often distracting, and that is someone is digressing too much then it isn’t the fault of the rules, but the fault of the individual who should have chosen a different topic, one from which they wouldn’t digress.
After a break for coffee, Mr. Antolini begins anew the discussion on a more serious note. He tells Holden that he is ready for a large fall, a fall that will leave him bitter and frustrated even more at the world and the boys that he went to school with. Holden becomes defensive, and argues that he, after a while starts to like boys like Stradlater and Ackley. Mr. Antolini then further explains that the fall he sees, is experienced by men who cannot cope in the world around them. But says that if Holden were to apply himself in school, he will learn that many people have been just as disturbed, and that it is called the “Human Condition,” and that he will learn a large amount about himself. He then sees that Holden is very tired, and helps him to make the bed, then after some small talk, Holden goes to sleep.
Holden then suddenly awakens and feels Mr. Antolini’s hand stroking his head. Holden believes that Mr. Antolini is trying to make a move on him and rushes out of the apartment confused and scared.
Successful Iranians
A podcast dedicated to showcasing successful Iranians around the world. Dedicated to...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Holden leaves the room and calls up an old teacher of his that he was close with. He is shocked to hear that Holden has been kicked out of school and invites Holden to stay at his house for the night. Holden mentions that Mr Antolini was the only person that went to James Castle’s body after he jumped from the window. He then heads back to the room and dances with Phoebe for a couple of songs until they hear the door open. He tells Phoebe his plan to leave New York and move out West, and Phoebe loans him some money before he sneaks out of the house on his way to Mr Antolini's.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 22, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
Holden comes back to talk to Phoebe, and eventually explains why he has failed all of his classes and tells her all of the things he hates about school; she accuses him of hating everything and challenges him to think of one think that he likes. He gets distracted by thinking about the nuns, and a boy he knew at Elkton Hills who jumped out of a window and died.
He finally says that he likes Allie, and she reminds him bitterly that Allie is dead. She asks what he wants to do with his life, and he responds with the lyric “if a body catch a body comin’ through the rye.” Holden says that he imagines a field of rye on a cliff full of children playing. He wants to stand near the edge of the cliff and catch all of the children when they come to close to falling – “The Catcher in the Rye.” Phoebe points out that Holden has misheard the words, and that the actual lyric is “If a body meet a body coming through the rye.”
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 21, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
Holden takes the elevator to his family’s apartment. He luckily is able to convince the new elevator operator that he wants to visit the other family that lives on his floor, the Dicksteins. He successfully sneaks into the apartment, and gets to Phoebe’s room without awakening anyone, but she isn’t there, so he checks D. B.’s room where he finds her fast asleep. He watches her sleep, and looks through her schoolwork, and loves the curious questions she asks, and the little scribbles all over the pages.
He finally wakes her up, and she is so excited to see him. She talks about everything she can possibly think of, the school play, a movie she has just seen, and movie D. B. is working on, a boy that bullies her, and that their parents are at a party and won’t be back until much later. She soon clocks on to Holden being home 2 days earlier and asks him point black if he has had the axe again.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 20, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After Luce leaves, Holden continues to get incredibly drunk at the bar. He staggers to a phone booth and makes a very drunk, late-night call to Sally Hayes, infuriating both her and her grandmother. He then tries to make a date with one of the singers, but that fails, so he tries again with the hat-check girl.
He decides to go to the duck pond in Central Park to see if the ducks are still there. En route, he becomes very depressed when he drops the record he bought for Phoebe. His hair starts to freeze from the cold as he splashed his face, and hair with water to try and sober up. At the pond, he worries about getting pneumonia and imagines his funeral. He says that when Allie died, he smashed all of the garage windows with his bare hands and was in the hospital when his funeral took place.
He wants to talk with Phoebe and is running low on cash. He thinks his parents will be asleep, and thus pose him no threat of being caught, so he beings the long walk home.
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 19, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
Holden thinks about Luce while sitting in the Wicker Bar in the Seton Hotel. Luce is older than Holden by 3 years and is currently a student at Columbia University. At the Whooton School, Luce used to tell all of the other boys about sex. Though he is “Fruity” and a “Phony,” Holden says that he finds Luce amusing. When Luce arrives, he is cold to Holden, and Holden keeps asking him questions about sex. Luce refuses to go back to his school discussions and suggests that Holden needs to see a Psychoanalyst. After continued pestering from Holden, Luce leaves.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 18, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden goes to a drug store after leaving the skate rink and has a Swiss cheese sandwich and a malted milk. He again thinks about calling Jane, but his mind wanders. He remembers getting jealous when he saw her once dancing with a boy that he thought was a show-off, but Jane disagreed and thought he had an inferiority complex. Holden arrogantly declares that that is just an excuse girls use to date arrogant boys. Finally, he makes the call, but there is no answer. He then calls a boy called Carl Luce, someone from the Whooton School, and he agrees to meet him for drinks later.
With time to kill, Holden goes to see a film at Radio City Music Hall. He finds the show ridiculous, but it reminds him how he and Allie used to love the kettledrum player in the Radio City orchestra. Holden sees the film, which he claims was boring as well. When it’s over he heads over to the bar to meet Luce.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
At 2 o’clock, Holden goes to meet Sally at the Blitmore Hotel, she is late, but looks great, so he forgives her immediately. They make out in the cab on the way to the show. The actors annoy holden at the show, because like Ernie at the piano, they are almost too good at what they do, and come across as arrogant. During the break, Sally annoys Holden by flirting with a guy from Andover, another Prep school, but he agrees to take her ice skating at radio city after the show. They take a break from skating and sit inside and Holden begins to unwind. Go switches on a dime between yelling a whispering, he rants about the phonies at his school and in New York. He becomes even crazier saying that he and sally should run away together and get married away from society and live on their own in a cabin. When she calls him out on his insanity, he becomes more and more annoyed, and the fight builds until he calls her a “Royal pain in the ass”. She starts to cry and he tries apologising like a mad man, but sally is upset, and he finally leaves without her.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 16, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden goes on a walk after breakfast. He thinks about how selfless the nuns were and he can hardly imagine anyone being a generous and giving. He goes to Broadway to buy a record called “Little Shirley Beans” for his sister. He thinks that she would enjoy the record and notes that all though it is for children, the black blues singer makes the tracks sound raunchy and not cute. He thinks about phoebe, whom he believes to be wonderful because though she is only 10, she understands what Holden means when he talks to her. He sees a boy walking in the street singing “If a body catch a body coming through the rye”. The childish innocence cheers him up and he decides to give Jane a buzz, but he hangs up when her mother answers the phone. In preparation for his date, he buys tickets to a show called “I know my Love”.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
After waking, Holden calls sally Hayes and makes a date with her to see a show later that afternoon. He checks out of the hotel and leaves his bags at Grand central Station. He worries about losing his money and tells that his father always gets angry at him for losing things. He also describes his mother, stating that she “hasn’t felt too healthy since my brother Allie died.” Holden worries that his already fragile mother will break when she hears of his expulsion.
Holden goes to get some food at a sandwich bar, where he meets too nuns who are moving to the city to teach in a school. Holden talks to one of the nuns about Romeo and Juliet. Despite his proclaimed distaste of organised religion, he forces the nuns to take $10 from him as a contribution. After they leave, he realises that he needs money for his date with Sally. He concludes that money always depressed people.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 14, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden sits in his room and smokes and remembers excluding Allie from playing a game shortly before his death, and Holden still feels guilty about now including him. Finally, he goes to bed, and he feels like praying, but his dislike of organised religion prevents him from going through with it. Suddenly, there is a knock on the door. Maurice, the elevator operator has returned with Sunny to collect the extra $5 dollars that he claims to be owed. Holden refuses, and Maurice pins him to the ground while sunny takes the money from Holden’s wallet. Maurice then flicks Holden in the groin. Holden retaliates by insulting them both, only to be met with a fist driven into his stomach. Holden then pretends to be a movie character that has been shot n the stomach, and finally falls asleep.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
SHOPIFY: https://the-essential-reads.myshopify.com/
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 13, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, feeling like a coward, Holden walks the whole 41 blocks from Ernie’s to the hotel. En route, he thinks about his gloves, which were stolen at Pencey. He imagines an altercation with the thief, but states that he is a coward at heart, and is afraid of confrontation. When he reaches the hotel, he takes the elevator to his floor. The elevator operator offers to send him a prostitute for $5, and Holden, feeling depressed agrees. While waiting in his room, he thinks again about his cowardice, and laments that it is his lack of aggression that has left him a virgin. The Prostitute, Sunny arrives, a cynical young girl with a high voice. Holden becomes flustered and even more so when she takes her clothes off. She sits on his lap and tries to seduce him, but he is extremely nervous, and lies to her claiming that he cannot have sex because he is recovering from an operation. Finally, he tries to pay her for her time and she claims that it is $10. Holden refuses to pay more, and she storms off out of the room.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden heads to Greenwich village to visit a nightclub called Ernie’s a Spot he used to frequent with D. B. His taxi driver is called Horwitz, and Holden seems to take a liking to him. But when Holden asks him about the ducks, he becomes angry. At Ernie’s Holden listens to the piano, but is unimpressed with it, and the “phonies” who love all of the fancy licks Ernie is playing. An obnoxious girl named Lilliam Simmons who used to date his brother D. B. shows up, and he leaves to avoid talking to her.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 11, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden thinks about Jane as he leaves the lobby. Their families’ summer homes in Maine were next door to each other, and he met her after his mother confronted Jane’s about their dog constantly relieving itself on their lawn. Holden and Jane became close, she was the only person that Holden ever showed Allie’s baseball glove to. One day, Jane’s alcoholic stepfather came out onto the porch where Holden and she were playing checkers, and asked Jane for a cigarette; Jane refused to answer him, and, when he left, she began to cry. Holden held and kissed her trying to comfort her. Apart from that, their relationship was tame, but they held hands constantly. Holden suddenly feels upset, and he returns to his room. He notices that the “Pervert’s” lights are off and decided to go downstairs again and get a cab.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 10, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, still restless, Holden changes and goes downstairs to the Lavender Room. Before leaving the room though, he considers calling his sister again, but decides against it. He describes Phoebe and she seems to be very similar to Allie, described in chapter 5. In the Lavender room, Holden takes a able, and tries to order a cocktail, claiming that he is usually able to get alcohol because of his grey hair, but the waiter refuses. He flirts with three women who are visiting from Seattle. They appear to be amused but uninterested in the young man who tries to be older. After tolerating him for a while, they begin to laugh with him; they also depress him by being obsessed with movie stars. Holden lies and claims to see Gary Cooper, and one of the girls runs back and tells her friends. He then pays for their drinks, and then leaves.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 9, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, at Penn Station, Holden want to call someone but can’t think of anyone who would be available. His brother D. B. is in Hollywood, his sister is too young and probably asleep; he won’t call Jane, and another girl, sally Hayes’ mother hates him. So, Holden takes a cab to the Edmont Hotel. He tries to talk to the driver, asking him where the ducks in the lake go in winter, but the driver isn’t having it. His room at the hotel looks at the windows of other residents, and he is disgusted to find people engaging in lewd acts like spitting water into each other’s mouths. This however arouses Holden, and he decided to call a promiscuous girl recommended o him by a boy he met at a party. He tries to make a date with her but she refuses, claiming that she needs her beauty sleep. She offers instead to meet the next day, but Holden doesn’t want to wait that long, so he hangs up.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 8, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden walks all the way to the train station and catches a late train to New York. At Trenton, a pretty woman gets on and sits next to him. She turns out to be the mother of another boy at Pencey, Earnest Morrow. He dislikes Earnest terribly, but Holden tells his mother some huge lies about her son being the most popular boy in the school and tells that they tried to convince him to run for class president, but that he son being too proud turned it down. After too lying about his name, Holden claims to be leaving to have surgery to remove a brain tumour.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 7, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden talks to Ackley for a while and then tries to sleep in Ackley’s roommates bad, but he cannot stop thinking about what happened to Jane on her date with Stradlater. He wakes Ackley up and talks to him more and asks if he could run off and become a monk without being catholic. Ackley is annoyed by the topic, and Holden is annoyed by Ackley’s phoniness, so he leaves. In the hall he decides to leave Pencey and go to New York for a couple of days and then go home on Wednesday after his parents have cooled off after finding out about his expulsion from Pencey. He packs his bags, and heads out the door, leaving with a triumphant “Sleep tight, ya Morons!”
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter Stradlater comes home from his date, and barges into the room. He reads Holden’s composition and becomes angry, stating that it has nothing to do with the assignment, and that it is no wonder that Holden has been expelled. Holden tears up the composition, and angrily throws it away. Holden decides to spoke in the room to annoy Stradlater. The tension increases in the room when Holden asks about Stradlater’s date. He refuses to tell the details. Holden attacks him, assuming the worse, but Stradlater pins him to the floor and tries to calm him down. Holden insults Stradlater driving him crazy until he punches Holden in the face and bloodies his nose. Stradlater then becomes worried that he has hurt Holden, but Holden continues to insult him and eventually leaves the room.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, after eating steak for dinner, Holden and some other boys get into a snowball fight. He then decides to go see a film with his friend Mel Brossard and convinces Ackley to join them because he would otherwise spend the whole evening popping his pimples. It turns out that they have all seen the film, and they decide to just play pinball and then head back to Pencey. Holden then begins to work on Stradlater’s English composition, but he struggles o find a subject like a house or something. He instead recollects a baseball glove that his brother owned before he died of leukaemia. The glove was covered with poems, and thus fits the criteria of being descriptive as hell. He finishes the composition and the stares out the window and listens to Ackley snore.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Ko-Fi: https://ko-fi.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter Holden follows Stradlater to the bathroom where he wants to shave before his date. Stradlater seems to be the opposite of Ackley, but Holden notes that while Ackley is an outward slob, Stradlater is a secret slob who keeps all of his razors very dirty and overused. After joking around, Stradlater asks Holden if he can write an English composition for him while he is on his date, because it otherwise won’t get done.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden tells about his dorm, The Ossenburger Hall, which was named after a wealthy Pencey alumnus who made a fortune in the funeral business. After returning to his Dorm, Holden tries to read Out of Africa by Isak Dinesen while wearing his new violently red Hunting hat. He is interrupted by Ackley, less than likeable neighbour. Holden informs us that Ackley is extremely irritating, who has no sense of boundaries and never gets the hint that he isn’t wanted around. He has disgusting hygiene and acts as though he is doing others a favour by hanging around. He pesters Holden with questions about his roommate Stradlater, and only leaves Holden alone when Stradlater returns from the football game, mentioning that he has a date.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, chapter 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Holden meets with his old teacher Mr. spencer, who berates him for his lousy behavior and lack of effort in his classes. He agrees with the headmaster of Pencey's statement that "Life is a game", and tells Holden that he needs to learn to play by the rules. Spencer clearly likes Holden, but is deeply disappointed by him too, further stating this by reading from one of Holden's responses to an exam question. Holden, hating being lectured fabricated an excuse to get out, and interrupts Spencer to return to leave
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
The Catcher in the Rye, by J. D. Salinger, narrated by Isaac Birchall
This chapter opens the book with Holden Caulfield writing from a rest home where he is receiving some therapy after falling ill. He describes his family, and shows how proud he is because he is not a "phony". Holden has been kicked out of his school Pencey Prep, a seemingly common occurrence, as Pencey Prep is Holden's 3rd Prep school. Holden holds a lot of hate towards his school, but also wants to properly say goodbye to it, and one of his favorite teachers, Mr Spencer. So he makes his way to visit his house at the bottom of the hill.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 12 "The Cry of the Hunters", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Ralph hides in he jungle from the hunters, and laments about the chaos that has arrived on the island. He thinks about the deaths of Piggy and Simon, and realises that the last traces of normal society have disappeared. He comes across the Lord of the Flies, now just a white skull, as white as the conch. Angry, ralph knocks it to the ground, and takes the stick as a weapon. Later that night, Ralph sneaks to the camp at Castle rock and hears Sam and Eric guarding the entrance. They give Ralph some food, but say that they cannot join him for fear that Jack will hurt them. They also warn him that Jack is going to send the whole tribe after him the following day
Ralph awakens in his hideout to hear Jack torturing one of the twins to find out where Ralph is. They find out he is hidden near by, and try to roll a huge rock down to kill Ralph. The rock technique fails, so the boys instead try to burn Ralph out. Ralph smells the smoke and runs as fast as he can trying to get to the other end of the island. He has two paths: hide, and hold that the tribe passes over him, or Climb a tree, and hope they walk underneath him...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 11 "Castle Rock", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, The boys gather o try and light a fire, but it proves hopeless without Piggy's glasses. after a small meeting, the boys decide to go to Castle Rock to see if they can get the glasses back, and make the hunter see reason. At Castle Rock however, they are not greeted with open arms, but with armed guards stones flying from a watch tower...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies by William Golding chapter 10 "The Shell and The Glass", narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Ralph and Piggy awaken the next day, bruised, beaten, and ashamed of the actions of the previous night. Piggy tries to justify that they had nothing to do with the death of Simon, but Ralph, clutching the conch and laughing hysterically insists that they played a part in it. He and Piggy are virtually alone besides a handful of littluns and Sam and Eric.
Jack sits high on Castle rock, relishing in his power, and punishing anyone he deems fit, tying up and beating a small boy only to assert his power.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Strange Trails
Two LA natives investigate the legend of the Shadow Man in a rural West Virginia town.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 9 "A View to a Death", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Ralph and Piggy make their way warily up the mountain toward the camp of Jack and his hunters. The feast has started by the time they arrive, are stunned to see Jack seated on a throne, and being waited upon by some of the other boys. After the feast, Jack invited the boys to join his new camp, Ralph protests, but sadly most agree to join him. The storm above starts to rage, and large heady rain drops start to fall as they sky turns to black...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of The Flies, by William Golding, chapter 8 "Gift for the Darkness", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the boys are panicking after seeing and thus proving the beast's existence. Piggy who did not see it is confused by the boys' claims, as there is no such thing as monsters. A meeting is called and jack claims that Ralph is a coward and is not fit for the role of leader. No one votes, and Jack storms off; but Jack becomes depressed when he realizes that the signal fire cannot be made on the mountain anymore.
Jack takes a group of boys away and declares himself chief of a second tribe where they will hunt, and have fun. This makes the boys all riled up, they boys and their new leader Jack set off to hunt a pig. They track a large sow, and take her down. Elated, they carry this new pig back to their camp, and make their way to the beach to announce a feast in honor of the new chief.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Strange Trails
Two LA natives investigate the legend of the Shadow Man in a rural West Virginia town.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 7 "Shadows and Tall Trees", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Boys stop to eat as they make their way up to the top of the mountain. Ralph stares out to the ocean, pulling and pushing, and realises how undisciplined they have become. The Ocean is a great wall, blocking any hope of rescue. In the afternoon the hunters find droppings and Jack suggests that they hunt. They track down a large boar, and they go on a great chase through the forest which leads to Ralph wounding it.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Strange Trails
Two LA natives investigate the legend of the Shadow Man in a rural West Virginia town.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 6 "Beast from Air" , Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, a huge battle break out overhead. planes fire at each other, and one gets shot down while the boys sleep below. A soldier in a parachute drifts down to the island, his chute tangles and he gets stuck, dead, in the trees, moving back and forth in the wind. When Sam and Eric wake, they go up the hill to check the fire, when they reach the top, they see a huge shadow cast down, The Beast.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Strange Trails
Two LA natives investigate the legend of the Shadow Man in a rural West Virginia town.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 5 "Beast from Water", Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Ralph walks along the beach thinking how life is just an improvisation, and how most of life is spent on one's feet. He is frustrated with his hair, which is now long, and constantly falls in front of his eyes. He decides to call a meeting, and walks to the meeting place. At the meeting he berates the boys for breaking the rules. He restates the importance of the Fire, and says that without it, not only will they never be rescued, but the littluns will continue to have nightmares.
Jack takes charge and tells off all of the littluns for being stupid and believing in monsters. Piggy joins in and helps Ralph try to give reasons for the worries, but fear still hold the camp. The Meeting breaks into chaos when a littlun suggests that the beast could come from water, and Jack claims that he and his hunters could kill it. Jack then torments Piggy, and runs off with some of the other boys following behind him, chanting, and leaving Ralph, Piggy, and Simon alone in the dark.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the showThank you so much for listening, if you want to support the me go to any of these links :)
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 4 "Painted Faces and Long Hair"
In this chapter, life on the island has started to become normal, and people are getting into their own rhythms. Mornings are pleasant, with cool breezes, and afternoons are hot and the boys nap, though some are haunted with bizarre images that appear on the waters.
The littluns play and talk about the beastie while building sand castles until, some of the older boys come and tease them.
Jack becomes more and more obsessed with catching a pig, and decides to paint his face with clay and charcoal, he shows some of the others are hey decide to try and catch another pig. On the beach, Ralph and Piggy notice something on the Horizon, and turn in horror to see that the signal fire has gone out. They Race up the hill try light it again, but by the time all is lit, the ship has gone
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 3 "Huts on the Beach", narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Jack runs through the forest, weaving and diving after a wild pig that just slips out of his reach. Defeated, he goes back to the beach where Ralph and Simon are trying to build some huts. They keep falling however, because only Simon is willing to help build them. Ralph argues with Jack about what is more important, hunting or shelter...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 2 "Fire on the Mountain", narrated by Isaac Birchall
The boys return and call another meeting. ralph tells them that there are no adults on the island, and that they need to have some rules and objectives. Only the person holding the conch can speak, and that keeping a fire going as to create a smoke signal to alert a ship is the most important, because that is the only way they can be rescued. The boys all climb the island, and start collecting wood to create their first fire...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Lord of the Flies, by William Golding, chapter 1 The Sound of the Shell, narrated by Isaac Birchall
A boy, Ralph wakes up on a strip of beach, alone. He walks forward towards a lagoon and meets a chubby boy known as Piggy. They talk about how they ended up on the beach and it comes to light they their plane was shot down in the war. They wonder what has happened to the other boys that were on their plane and walk around looking for some other sign of life. While looking, they come across a conch shell, and Piggy tells ralph to blow it. A boy appears from the shrubbery, and slowly more and more appear until the majority of boys turn up. Across the beach, they see a huge black mass approaching.
With the bat like creature coming closer, it is revealed to be a group of boys, presumably from the same school. Jack Merridew and his choir. He interrogates Ralph and Piggy, and asked if they know of any adults on the island, is unimpressed to find out that there are none. Ralph invites them to the meeting and they decide to hold a vote to decide their leader. Ralph, to Jack's horror is voted chief, but he joins the meeting nonetheless.
Ralph, Jack, and another boy, Simon go and explore the Island to see if they are really on an Island, and to see if there are any Natives.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath, by John Steinbeck, chapter 30, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, The Rain pours down, on the third day, the wainwrights suggest to leave. The river is flowing fast and starting to rise. Uncle John and Pa decide to try and build a bank to block the river. A scream. Rose of Sharon goes into Labor, and the men work harder still, pushing themselves until they can work no longer. like the men, Rose of Sharon continues to push...
The Joads decide to try and wait out the Rain in the box car with the Wainwrights, however after many days of rain, and Rose of Sharon being very weak after giving birth, they decide move somewhere safer and dryer. Al decide to stay behind with Aggie, so the main family leaves him behind, not knowing if they will ever see each other again. After walking for several miles, they finally see a barn, mounted high up on a hill, and they make their way towards it.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath, by John Steinbeck, Chapter 29, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the Narrator follows the rains that struck California. No work can be done while these biblical rains fall. people are forced to run to high ground. The men are forced to beg and to steal food. The women are forced to watch their men's morale break, but instead they see their fear turn to anger. They know that all will be well as long as the men can maintain their rage.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 28 Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this Chapter, The Joads continue working on the cotton fields in the day, and return to their box car home at night, with Ma sneaking food off to Tom while his face recovers. After working a while however, Ruthie lets slip that Tom is hiding because he has killed someone. ma has to slink away to tell Tom, and come to terms with herself, that He has to go.
Ma comes back from her conversation with Tom. She finds out that he is looking for workers to pick cotton on the farm he's hiring for. She takes this news back to her family and her neighbors. They also announce that their daughter and Al are going to get married. The next day they set out to work, hoping to get there before everyone else, and the looming storm so they can earn as much as possible before the cotton becomes too wet.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 27, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the Narrator tells of the farms all over California looking for cotton pickers. For the first time, wages are decent, but you need a sack to pick it, and that will cost you some credit. but slowly the good pay brings more and more workers, and soon, people cannot earn enough to pay the price of their sack.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 26, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the Joad family prepare to leave the camp. There is no work around, and they need to get some as Rose of Sharon's baby is almost due. Ma reprimands the men for not having found any work and having not talked about it. Al then goes off to say goodbye to a girl he has been seeing.
The Joads officially leave the Weedpatch camp and take to the highway north in search of work. They have 1 dollar to their name, and all seems to be going well until, being the only car on the road, they hit a nail. They stop and get out and inspect their tire to find it punctured. While trying to fix it, a roadster pulls up and asks them if they're looking for work, and that there is work a little bit down the way picking peaches. He then leaves them and the tire gets fixed. They pile back into the car, determined to go to the peach orchard.
the Joads finally find work, picking peaches. The work is fairly easy, but at only 5 cents a box, it takes a full day's work to earn only a dollar. Ma then takes the dollar to buy food, and finds out that all of the prices have been inflated for a stupid reason.
Tom goes off to explore the new camp, and more importantly, check out the protest they saw when arriving. He skulks his way through the camp, and finds a ditch where he can squeeze under the fence. Outside, he comes across a tent, wherein he finds the "preacher" Casey, fresh out of prison. He tells Tom about his time in prison, and he has been trying to get the migrant people to fight for better rights. that is until the men arrive...
Tom tells his family about the events of the pervious night, and how his face became the way that it did. Just as Casey predicted, the Strike was bust, and the price was dropped to 2 cents a box. Throughout the day tom flitters with the idea of leaving to protect his family, but Ma's words stay with him, and he promises not to go, not yet.
The Joads gather their things are decide to leave the peach camp. With all of the new men coming to work, it's impossible to earn enough to feed the family. They hide Tom under some mattresses, and try their best to make their way out of the camp without Tom being seen and thus taken away. They make their way North, where finally, after many weeks of being in California, they see the sign, Cotton Pickers Wanted...
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck chapter 25 - Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In the chapter, the Narrator watches the horrors of California. The war for profits is raging, and the workers are forced to work for a less than livable wage (who could have guessed). All of this is then made worse by the extent that these businessmen are willing to go. There are too many crops for even the migrants to pick, but because profits are so important, the food is made to go to waste, and is burnt or thrown in rivers, just so the migrants and people of California are forced to buy food instead of finding it.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck chapter 24, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the leaders of the camp prepare for the dance that they hold at least once a month. But thanks to the help of one of Tom's employers, the leaders now know that there are plans for a fight, which would allow the sheriffs to intervene in the camp and disturb the natural order of the camp.
The dance begins. Tom is called upon for guard duty, where he checks people at the gate, to verify who invited them to the dance, and tries to figure out who could be there to start a fight. With the help of another, the troublemakers are spotted and an eye is kept upon them before they start their fight. The men are found out, and are thrown from the dance only after questioning from the leaders of the camp.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Smells Like Humans
Like spending time with funny friends talking about curious human behavior.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 23, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, the Narrator observes a camp of migrants, they sit around and tell personal stories, they speak of their past, and of their future. The speak about all they have seen before, and regale stories of their fathers and grandfathers.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 22, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this Chapter, The family makes their way towards the Weedpatch Government camp. The family has their first stroke of luck in a while, there is 1 spot in the camp that is available for them. They make there way to the camp, and they set up and go to sleep. In the morning, Tom awakens and goes on a wander, he meets 2 people who tell him about a job over a shared breakfast. They all set off together, and Tom has the first job of the family.
Ruthie and Winfield, wander around the camp and they discover the first flushing toilet of their lives. they test it, and Ruthie and Winfield think they break it when the first pull the chain flush. They run scared to their mother. Ma goes to inspect the "broken" toilet, and laughs when she finds out what happened. She then sets to work cooking and trying to prepare their camp for their inspection and visit from the 3 committee members.
The committee meets the Joad family. They take Ma around the whole camp, and they explain fully how the camp works. It is reliving for them to know that if they cannot find work, then they can work around the camp to help pay for their stay. All Seems to be well...
The Joad children walk around the camp and find another group of kids. Ruthie tries to bully her way in and comes to realise that if she continues to behave like that, then she shan't be welcomed by the others. The men go around and se if they can try and find some work, but they find they there is nothing around, and they they had wasted fuel for nothing. The woman who attacked Rose of Sharon returns and Ma gives back just as good as she can, and the woman feints and fades away.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Couture & Construction
Weekly conversations about luxury building & design. Brought to you by Textures Nashville.
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
The Man Who Wanted Eternity
A new, totally homemade, comedy fiction podcast, about a man on a quest to get an...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Mojo For Musicians - An Empowering Music Industry Podcast
Award winning singer, music editorial photographer and you tuber Manny Cabo as seen on...
Listen on: Apple Podcasts Spotify
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 21, Narrated by Isaac Birchall.
In this chapter, the Narrator describes the scene of droves of cars and people, moving all over looking for work. The "Proper" owners and "proper" people of California are hostile towards the migrants. They group together to guard themselves against the migrants. They are so different from anything they had ever seen before, and to justify their actions, rumors spread, and cruelty followed.
Social
INSTAGRAM: http://instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 20 - 1, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
The family goes to the coroners office to bury Grandma properly, so she is forced to settle for a pauper's grave. The family then decides to go toward the Hooverville where they are accosted by an old man for asking if they could stay there. They then start to unpack, and Tom goes on a walk to find out what's going on here and to see if he can find a job anywhere.
Ma starts cooking the the Hooverville, as Pa comes back after trying to find some meat, he finds a hoard of Children that have gathered around their stew pot, all with hungry eyes. Tom and Casey have another talk about life and what's going to happen now they're in California.
Rose of Sharon and Connie talk about their new lives in California, and he laments that he maybe should have stayed in Sallisaw and studied tractors. Ma talks more with the children around the pot of food. Al meets Floyd and Al helps him finish the work on his car. As a thanks Floyd lets him know about the work situation and tells him about a potential job that may be coming up.
a Chevy then enters the camp, a man steps out with handbills in his hand. He walks around the camp, and everyone in intimidated. He asks if they need work, and the men ask him what kind of of pay they're offering. The man cannot answer the questions and he gets angry at them for their questions. The man calls to his car and deputy steps out. He grabs Floyd and tries to take him in for no reason at all. Then suddenly Tom steps in...
After the scuffle Tom has to go and find Uncle John who has gone off to drink. He walks all along the road and eventually finds him singing drunkenly along the side of the road. He takes him back to the truck and the family has to go away. They drive along he road, and eventually find a huge group of men that are seemingly ready to lynch any "Oakie" that they come across/ The family is forced to find another route, and they come across the scene of the Hooverville camp, up in Flames.
Social
INSTAGRAM: http://instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck chapter 19, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this Chapter, the narrator tells the story of California. It was once owned by Mexico, but the hungry American squatters took it from them. Their decedents now see the land as being theirs, and thus defend it. They defend it not through violence, but through low wages, by not providing enough to live, then the "Oakies" cannot overthrow them... you need food for a revolution.
Social
INSTAGRAM: http://instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath, by John Steinbeck, Chapter 18, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
The Joad family make their way through the mountains, and finally into California, Just one thing lies between them and the "promised land", the desert. The family pulls up along side a river and decide to bath and take a run at the desert at night when it isn't as hot. There they meet another family who tells them they they are returning home from California because they couldn't find any work.
Grandma continues on her downward spiral, Ma stays with her and fans her down. Then she is visited by a "spiritual woman" who claims that the worst is going to happen if she does not perform a grace over Grandma. Ma refuses her offer, and the woman goes scornfully off, only sing a lamenting chant with her other "spiritual" friends. Then, later, Ma is awoken by a police officer who tells her that she needs to move on by tomorrow morning lest he and maybe more force them to leave.
Ma goes all around looking for the men, to let them know that the police offer says that they have to be gone by the morning. She is relived to find Tom safe after the Police officer's visit, and he lets her know that Noah has gone down the river to live off of fish and the land.
In this chapter, the Joad family prepares to tackle the desert at night. They speak to the Wilsons about their plan, and are told that Sairy is far too sick to move on, and that they will be staying until she is fine. Casey is invited to see her, and they speak about life before she asks him to pray for her. Before setting off, the family offers them the last of their money.
Social
INSTAGRAM: http://instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck Chapter 17, narrated by Isaac Birchall
The cars move along the highway, slugging along. The days are spent driving, and in the evenings, the farmers settle down on the sides of the highways, more and more join. The families merge slowly into one, and as they continue on their journey west, they change. No longer farmers, but "Migrant Men"
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: https://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck chapter 16 - 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall,
In this chapter, the Joad family continues on their journey across America. The highway becomes their new home, and they develop a routine that makes loading and unloading the cars easier every time. After a couple of days however, one of the cars starts to make a very strange noise, forcing the families to have to investigate. The Wilson's car has broken down again, and Tom and Casey offer to stay behind and fix it. Ma refuses at first but is eventually worn down to letting them stay and fix it while the others go ahead.
Tom then manages to take out the broken parts on the car while waiting for Al to come back with the working truck that can take them to town to try and find a part. Al takes a while, and during this time, Casey and Tom talk about life, and about the people moving forwards across the land. Al and Tom make there way to town and the junk yard where they come across the very strange worker whom says that they can take whatever they want from the truck yard.
Tom and Al work hard together in order to install the new parts for the broken down car. They eventually get it fixed and start to make their way with Casey towards the camp where Al left the rest of the family. When they arrive they are accosted by the manager who tells them, that they need to pay, even though their family has already paid. After arguing, they eventually settle down and discuss with a group of men around the manager about what is facing them in the west. A man tells them what he has seen there; a horrid tale about too many workers and not enough work. The men protest and say that he is lying, but the idea sticks with them as they make their way to bed for the evening.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 15, narrated by Isaac Birchall
A waitress named Mae works in a little truck-stop like in the second chapter, when we first met Tom. Mae works and watches the cars go by, hoping for truckers as they leave big tips. Two, that Mae knows from previous trips come in for some pie, they discuss the migration and the state of people's cars. Then a migrant comes in... he begs for some food as he has little money. Mae is at first dismissive, but after some persuasion from her cook, she backs down and gives them the food.
SUBSCRIBE:
https://www.youtube.com/channel/UCfOFfvo05ElM96CmfsGsu3g
COMIC
By @Valenangel https://www.instagram.com/valenangel96
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 14, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter discusses the fear and the confusion from the people who live in the west. They do not understand the people that are coming their way. and are afraid that a small trickle of farmers will become a flood, and are afraid that they will become angry at the amount of work, join together, and revolt against the people of the West.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 13 , Narrated by Isaac Birchall.
In this chapter, the Joad family are truly on their way to California, with Al driving the truck, listening to, and feeling the car, making sure that there are no strange noises or shakes that the truck makes. While driving, he asks ma if she is concerned about California, and if she thinks that it will live up to what they all hope for it to be.
The Joads continue their journey, driving through the cities and towns that line route 66. They eventually decide to stop for the evening, reasoning that they can't make the trip in one go. they pull up, and meet a husband and wife, who are also leaving for California. Grandpa's condition worsens and the new family is kind enough to let Grandpa sleep in their tent. Grandpa doesn't sleep however, and has a stroke, while the wife, and Casey are at his bedside.
The Joads have to decide how to bury Grandpa. If they message the coroner's office then they pay $40. If they don't then he will have to be buried here in an unmarked grave. They conclude to bury him here, and to avoid any policing, they have Tom write a message in a bottle for him. Later, Tom and Al suggest to the family and their new friends that they should share the load. Their truck is too heavy as it is, and if they share the load, then they'll all have a getter chance of getting to California. Everyone agrees.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON; Patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck chapter 12, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
This chapter tells the story of the roads. Long lines of cars flood the highways and Route 66. The narrator follows the farmers who express their concerns about the travel, and the danger of it. How when cars break down and cars need new parts, the salesmen cheat them out of what little money they have left. People expressing their worries that California does not possibly have enough room for all of these traveling people.
Social
INSTAGRAM: http://instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: http://twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: http://patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, chapter 11, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
This chapter follows the new men, the people who come to work the lands after the farmers have been forced to leave. These man have no connection to the land, and they possess no connection or skill to work the land. They just know how to drive a tractor
Social
INSTAGRAM: www.instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath Chapter 10 by John Steinbeck, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this Chapter the Joad family discusses California, a land of hope and promise of work. Grandpa boasts that his mouth shall be always filled with Grapes.
The Joads then hold a council to determine how best go pack everything for their journey, and how to go about the journey itself. They also decide to let Casey join them on their trip.
After finishing their discussion with Casey and planning their trip to California. They then start to think about just starting to do everything today instead of waiting for the following day. But preparation takes a while, and finally, in the morning, they set out and start their journey.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The 9th Chapter of my audiobook of John Steinbeck's The Grapes of Wrath
In this chapter, the scene shifts to tell the story of the people who were forced off of their farms and their preparation for the voyage west to California. Being forced to pawn the majority of their belongings just to that they can have enough for the bare necessities to get them to dream of a new life and of work.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The 8th chapter of my audiobook of John Steinbeck's The Grapes of Wrath.
In this chapter, Tom and Casey walk towards Tom's uncle's house, en route Tom tells Casey about a large change in his uncle after the death of his wife after Uncle John dismissed a pain in her stomach. They eventually arrive at the house and tom finally meets his parents after getting out of prison.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The 7th chapter of my Audiobook of John Steinbeck's The Grapes of Wrath.
In this Chapter, a scene opens upon a car salesman, who is trying to hustle the people forced off of their farms by trying to hide all sorts of flaws in his second hand cars, and hoping for Jalopies, a car that he can sell in a flash for a large profit.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, Chapter 6 - 1, read by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Tom and Casey finish making their way towards the Joad place, whereupon they find the house void of any people. The wood is fine, there are many useable tools readily available, and this signifies to Tom that they must have also fled their farm like many others. In the Distance, they see a man walking towards them.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck, Chapter 5, Read by Isaac Birchall.
This Chapter gives a picture to the readers / listeners of how the banks were able to force people like the Joads off of their land, and how it was incredibly easy because the people that owned the farms were not people, but banks. They didn't know the people of the land and had no connection to it or the people that farmed it, and could thus kick them off without any remorse.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The fourth chapter of my audiobook of The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck.
Tom starts his trek home to his parent's farm. on his way he searches for shade and eventually comes across a tree in a gully where he meets an old acquaintance. A former preacher who remembers Tom from his youth.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The third chapter of my audiobook of The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck.
In the summer heat, a land turtle crosses a baking highway. A woman swerves to avoid it, but a truck driver adjusts his car to go straight for it. he hits the turtle and flips it before the turtle struggles back to its feet and continues its journey.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The second chapter of my audiobook of The Grapes of Wrath by John Steinbeck.
We are introduced to the principal character Tom Joad, a prisoner on parole who is trying to get back to his parent's farm. He waits outside a highway diner on the sideboard of a truck, and tries to hitch his way home with the talkative driver.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The first chapter of my audiobook of The Grapes of Wrath written by John Steinbeck .
The first chapter follows the early events of the Dust Bowl, and paints a picture of the life of the farmers who could do nothing but helplessly watch their crops die.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, Part 3 - 6, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 3 - 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 3 - 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter Montag is running from house to house, trying to get to the river. He stops, and looks into house windows to watch the chase fold before him; but he must push on. He hears the announcer give a call to action for everyone to go to their doors and look out for a man running. The count-down begins. He runs as fast as he can to try and get to the river hoping above all that the hound wont get to him.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 3 - 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag creeps into a fellow fireman's house, and plants a book there, finally making a call to have his house burned to atone for his sins. Montag then head to Faber's house, and talks through what has just happened, at his own home. Faber calms Montag down, and reassures Montag that he is heading in the right direction, and that not all is lost. Faber leads Montag to a small television screen where the two of them look on in horror as a new Mechanical hound is let loose. Together, they come up with a plan on what to do, and where to eventually meet if they both make it. Then as they say their farewells, Montag suggests that Faber cleans his house to get rid of any trace of Montag in his home.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 3 - 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag is on the run. He hears the hums and sounds of engines as he is hunted through the city. the Beetle Helicopters flying through the air, looking for him, then landing and searching all over again. He comes to a wide stretch of road, maybe 100ft across, and knows that he will have to play it casual as people are looking for a probably running man. he starts his way across when he sees a car in the distance heading for him. It picks up speed and he tries to keep his pace, but no, it is too close, he dives, and is only just safe, leaving the highway and making his way to Faber's.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, Part 3 - 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag is brought to face his crimes. Montag is instructed to burn his house, and all that is in it. Faber protests, but something of the old grabs ahold of him, and Montag starts into the house. He burns it all, and feels again the pleasure that the cleansing fire gives. As he finishes, he comes out of the house. Beaty places him under arrest and shoves Montag, knocking the ear-piece from his head. Beaty finds it and declares that after he is finished with Montag, that he will go see the person on the other end of the device. This statement causes something to break in Montag, and he makes the bravest decision of his life.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 2 - 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag goes to the firehouse. He goes up the pole, and finds Beaty standing with his back to the hole, almost waiting for him. Montag puts the book in his hand and notes that Beaty doesn’t even look at the book, but throws it away. Montag then, with the help of Faber, starts to question Beaty on the firemen, and books. Beaty retorts like a master swordsman fighting an apprentice. All of his answers are well thought through and he confuses Montag into a stupor, and Montag starts to question everything that Faber has spoken to him about. As the night goes on, a call comes in, and Beaty gets all of the men into the fire truck, leading them to the second burning of the book.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 2 - 3, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Dr Faber takes Montag through some of the literature that he has read, and tries to explain to Montag what happened to the world. Montag then proposes his idea of taking out the firemen from within, by planting books into the homes of firemen and then making calls to have them burned too. Faber explains, that it is a good plan, but that he is afraid to step out of his home and face the world. Eventually Faber suggests that Montag go and see Captain Beaty, and they through the use of a device of his own creation, Faber will listen to Beaty and try to understand who he is.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 2 - 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag, full of questions and searching for answers, makes a journey across town to visit an old man who he knows to be a retired professor. He goes across town riding on the metro, trying to take in as much information as possible before the book need to be burned. On the metro, Montag is bombarded by advertisements, and he keeps trying to remember the same line over and over again, until finally snapping and yelling at the speakers and waving the bible in the air. He runs off the the metro avoiding any guards that could stop him and makes his way to the Professor’s house.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by ray Bradbury, part 2 - 1, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag strives to learn what it is in the books that he has slowly stolen over the last year. Milly is angry at Montag for his stupidity, and wants him to just burn the books, but decides to let him try, and realise that they are just full of nonsense, and burn them himself. He reads and tries to find some meaning in them, but is interrupted by a signal that someone is at the door, followed by an electrical sniffing noise...
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 1 - 5, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag is visited at home by Captain Beaty. Beaty talks to Montag, and tells him that at some point in every fireman's career, they all want to know what the books have in them. Beaty also explains the full history of the Firemen. he explains hat the history that Montag, and the world have been told, is wrong, and that the Firemen were actually started after the civil war, and he explains to Montag their true purpose... to keep the leading party in charge, and keep people happy by not exposing them to radical ideas.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, Part 1 - 4, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, following the horrific events of the previous fire, Montag is ill, and cannot go to work, thinking that he won't ever go back. He thinks over the events of the horrific evening, and what could be in the books that she tried to protect that she could burn herself over; what mystical knowledge could be inside the books that would cause someone to end their life. Milly says that Montag is just being silly, and that Montag will go in later. Montag just wants her to understand, but Milly being Milly, isn't hearing any of it.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 1 - 3, Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag goes into work. When he enters he walks over to the mechanical hound, a metal dog-like creature that's purpose is to inject victims of the firemen with a deadly poison, and he tries to pet it. The hound then growls at Montag, and he quickly makes his way up the pole to meet his boss Captain Beaty. Later in the week, they are called to burn the home of an old woman who has dozens of prohibited books. The firemen are shocked at the amount of books she has, but even more shocked by the awful act that she tries to do...
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, Part 1 - 2, narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, Montag comes home after is strange talk with the girl Clarisse. As he walks inside, all of the lights are off, but he can hear a very small humming noise coming from the bedroom. He goes inside, and finds his wife to be 'sleeping'. Making his way around the bed, he kicks a glass bottle that was, this morning, full of sleeping pills. Montag freaks and calls the emergency service to have some doctors safe his wife. The strange men come and pump Mildred's stomach. they are very undisturbed by the whole event, and after they have finished, claim that they have received another call about a similar issue down the road. The next morning, Mildred claims that she has no memory of the event, and only finds it strange that she very hungry. When questioned by Montag about the event, she denies that she would do such a thing, and asks Montag why he would make up such a horrid lie.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Fahrenheit 451, by Ray Bradbury, part 1 - 1 ,Narrated by Isaac Birchall
In this chapter, we are introduced to the main characters, Guy Montag, a fireman, whose job is to burn the houses of people keep banned books, and Clarise McKellen, a 17 year old girl, who is completely unlike anyone Montag has every met; well learned, and full of philosophical questions She questions him about his job as a fireman, and if he enjoys what he does. Then just before getting home, she asks him the ultimate question... Is he happy.
Social
INSTAGRAM: https://www.instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: https://www.twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: https://www.patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The final chapter follows Nick looking back on Gatsby's funeral, a run in with Wolfsheim, and a meeting with Gatsby's father.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
Following the events of the previous night, Gatsby tells Nick about courting Daisy when they were younger. After spending lost of time with Gatsby, Nick has to go to work. Unable to stay focused Nick tries his best to continue his day. Then the story shifts to the Wilson and his eventual mission to find the driver of the car that hit his wife.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The 7th and longest chapter of this novel follows Gatsby, Nick, Daisy, Jordan, and Tom, heading into New York for the day. Tensions flair as Tom figures out what has been happening between Gatsby and Daisy. All of these events leading to a hit and run
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
This chapter explores more of Gatsby's past and is life changing meeting with Dan Cody. A meeting which changed his life forever, a meeting that made Gatsby strive for a life of wealth and success.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The time has finally come. The moment that Gatsby has waited all of this time for. Daisy is finally meeting him, the new him. No longer the man in an army uniform, but "The Great Gatsby." It doesn't start quite as planned, but sparks soon fly...
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/isaacbirchallvo
Support the show
The 4th chapter of my audiobook of "The Great Gatsby" by F. Scott Fitzgerald.
In this chapter, Nick goes out for lunch with Gatsby prior to a date with miss Jordan Baker. He learns a lot more about Gatsby's past, but is reminded why people seems to spread rumors about him. Then during his date with Jordan, he learns of Gatsby's daring plan...
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The third chapter of my audiobook of "The Great Gatsby" by F. Scott Fitzgerald.
In this chapter, Nick finally gets invited of one of Gatsby's elaborate parties, where he meets again with the young miss Jordan Baker. While there, he and Jordan hear more stories about the mythical man called Gatsby, each more crazy than the last. Finally, after most of the evening has passed, Nick finally meets the man that he already has heard so much about.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The second chapter of my audiobook of "The Great Gatsby" by F. Scott Fitzgerald.
This chapter follows Nick, and Tom catching the train to New York. En route, Tom makes Nick get off at a desolate place where he introduces Nick to a man named Wilson, and his wife called Myrtle, with whom Tom is having an affair.
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/isaacbirchallvo
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show
The first chapter introduces 4 of the main characters of the novel, Nick, the protagonist and narrator of the novel, who is a stock broker who has recently moved to West Egg village on Long Island. Trying to make some contacts after his move he decides to get in contact with a cousin who has has been out of touch with for a while, Daisy. Whilst at her enormous house, he meets a young woman named Jordan and finds out that Daisy's Husband Tom is having an affair. Don't you just want that sort of life... yeah I'll pass
Social
INSTAGRAM: instagram.com/theessentialreads
TWITTER: twitter.com/isaacbirchall98
PATREON: patreon.com/theessentialreads
Support the show